R19

B.Tech.
(ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING)

B.Tech. R19 CBCS Curriculum

VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

An Autonomous, ISO 9001:2015 & QS I-Gauge Diamond Rated Institute, Accredited by NAAC with ‘A++’ Grade
NBA Accreditation for B.Tech. CE, EEE, ME, ECE, CSE, EIE, IT Programmes
Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, Affiliated to JNTUH, NIRF 113 Rank in Engineering Category
Recognized as “College with Potential for Excellence” by UGC
Vignana Jyothi Nagar, Pragathi Nagar, Nizampet (S.O), Hyderabad – 500 090, TS, India.
Telephone No: 040-2304 2758/59/60, Fax: 040-23042761
E-mail: [email protected], Website: www.vnrvjiet.ac.in
 VISION OF THE INSTITUTE

To be a World Class University providing value-

based education, conducting interdisciplinary
research in cutting edge technologies leading to
sustainable development of the nation

MISSION OF THE INSTITUTE

⮚ To produce technically competent and socially

responsible engineers, managers and
entrepreneurs, who will be future ready.

⮚ To involve students and faculty in innovative

research projects linked with industry, academic
and research institutions in India and abroad.

⮚ To use modern pedagogy for improving the

teaching-learning process.
 DEPARTMENT OF

ELECTRICAL AND
ELECTRONICS
ENGINEERING
 VISION OF THE DEPARTMENT

To excel in Education, Technology and Research in

Electrical and Electronics Engineering leading to
sustainable socioeconomic development of the
nation.

MISSION OF THE DEPARTMENT

➢ Excellent teaching-learning environment imbibed

with professional ethics and social responsibility
in promoting quality education.

➢ Promoting research through industry

collaborations and innovative projects.
 B.TECH.
(ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS
ENGINEERING)
 B.TECH. (EEE)

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES

PEO-I: Excel in chosen career and/or higher education with technical

competence

PEO-II: Demonstrate multidisciplinary skills and professional ethics in

relating engineering issues to broader societal context

PEO-III: Work effectively as an individual and team member with good

managerial and

PEO-IV: Engage in lifelong learning to maintain and enhance

professional skills communication skills
 B.TECH. (EEE)

PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO-1: Apply mathematics, basic sciences and electrical engineering

fundamentals to solve technical problems with the background of multi-
disciplinary knowledge.

PO-2: Identify, formulate, research literature and analyze complex

electrical and electronics engineering problems attaining reasonable
conclusions using fundamentals of mathematics, basic and engineering
sciences.

PO-3: Design solutions for complex electrical and electronics

engineering problems and the process to attain the specified solutions
with societal, environmental and safety considerations

PO-4: Bring out alternate solutions using research based knowledge and
methodology

PO-5: Create, select and apply modern tools to carryout complex

electrical and electronics engineering activities with an understanding of
the limitations
PO-6: Apply contextual knowledge in professional engineering practice
to enhance the society in the aspects of economy, health, safety, legal
and culture.

PO-7: Understand the impact of engineering solutions on the

environment to mitigate any ill effects and ensure sustainability of the
solutions arrived.

PO-8: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics,

responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice

PO-9: Function effectively as an individual and as a member or leader in

diverse and multi disciplinary teams

PO-10: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with

the engineering community and with society at large

PO-11: Administer and regulate projects subjected to financial personnel

and time constraints

PO-12: Engage in lifelong learning to adopt or develop the technological

advancements to meet the growing and changing societal needs
 B.TECH. (EEE)

PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES

PSO-1: Apply mathematics, basic sciences and electrical engineering

fundamentals to solve technical problems with the background of multi-
disciplinary knowledge.

PSO-2: Identify, formulate, research literature and analyze complex

electrical and electronics engineering problems attaining reasonable
conclusions using fundamentals of mathematics, basic and engineering
sciences.

PSO-3: Design solutions for complex electrical and electronics

engineering problems and the process to attain the specified solutions
with societal, environmental and safety considerations

PO-4: Create, select and apply modern tools to carryout complex

electrical and electronics engineering activities with an understanding of
the limitations
VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY HYDERABAD
B.TECH. I YEAR
(ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING)

I SEMESTER R19
Contact
Course Code Title of the Course L T P/D Hours/ Credits
Week

19BS1MT01 Calculus for Engineers 3 1 0 4 4

19BS1CH01 Engineering Chemistry 3 0 0 3 3

19HS1EN01 English 3 0 0 3 3

19ES1CS01 Programming through C 3 0 0 3 3

19ES1EE04 Circuit Theory 3 0 0 3 3

19BS2CH01 Engineering Chemistry Laboratory 0 0 2 2 1

English Language Communication Skills
19HS2EN01 0 0 2 2 1
Laboratory
19ES2CS01 Programming through C Laboratory 0 0 2 2 1

19ES2ME01 Workshop Practices 1 0 2 3 2

Total 16 1 8 25 21

19MN6HS01 Induction Programme - - - - -

II SEMESTER R19
Contact
Course Code Title of the Course L T P/D Hours/ Credits
Week

19BS1MT04 Linear Algebra and Advanced Calculus 3 0 0 3 3

19BS1PH02 Engineering Physics 3 0 0 3 3

19ES1CS02 Data Structures through C 3 0 0 3 3

19ES1EE05 Network Analysis 3 1 0 4 4

19BS2PH02 Engineering Physics Laboratory 0 0 2 2 1

19ES2CS02 Data Structures through C Laboratory 0 0 2 2 1

19ES2EE05 Network Analysis Laboratory 0 0 2 2 1

19ES3ME02 Engineering Drawing 0 0 4 4 2

19PW4EE01 Design Sensitization 0 0 2 2 1

Total 12 1 12 25 19
L – Lecture T – Tutorial P – Practical D – Drawing
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY HYDERABAD
B.TECH. II YEAR
(ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING)

III SEMESTER R19

Contact
Hours/
Course Code Title of the Course L T P/D Credits

Week

19BS1MT09 Complex Analysis and Transforms 3 0 0 3 3

19PC1EE01 Electromagnetic Fields 3 1 0 4 4

19PC1EE02 Electrical Machines – I 3 0 0 3 3

19PC1EC02 Electronic Devices and Circuits 3 0 0 3 3

19PC1EC03 Digital System Design 3 0 0 3 3

19PC2EE01 Electrical Machines-I Laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5

19PC2EC01 Electronic Devices and Circuits Laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5

19PC2EC15 Digital Logic Design Laboratory 0 0 2 2 1

Total 15 1 8 24 20

IV SEMESTER R19
Contact
Course Code Title of the Course L T P/D Hours/ Credits
Week

19PC1EE03 Electrical Machines – II 3 0 0 3 3

19PC1EE04 Power Systems-I 3 1 0 4 4

19PC1EC06 Analog Circuits 3 0 0 3 3

19PC1ME18 Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines 3 0 0 3 3

19HS1MG02 Engineering Economics and Accountancy 3 0 0 3 3

19PC2EE02 Electrical Machines-II Laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5

19PC2EC05 Analog Circuits Laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5

19PC2IT02 Python Programming Laboratory 0 0 2 2 1

Total 15 1 8 24 20

19MN6HS03 Gender Sensitization 0 0 2 2 0

L – Lecture T – Tutorial P – Practical D – Drawing
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY HYDERABAD
B.TECH. III YEAR
(ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING)

V SEMESTER R19
Contact
Course
Title of the Course L T P Hours/ Credits
Code
Week
19PC1EE07 Power Electronics 3 0 0 3 3

19PC1EE06 Power Systems – II 3 0 0 3 3

19PC1EE05 Control Systems 3 0 0 3 3

Principles of Management and
19HS1MG04 3 0 0 3 3
Organizational Behaviour
Professional Elective -I

19PE1EE01 Utilization of Electrical Energy

19PE1EE02 Renewable Energy Systems

19PE1EE03 Special Machines and Control 3 0 0 3 3

19PC1IT05 Operating Systems

19PC1EC04 Signals and Systems

Open Elective -I 3 0 0 3 3

19PC2EE04 Power Electronics Laboratory 0 0 2 2 1

19PC2EE03 Control Systems Laboratory 0 0 2 2 1

19PW4EE02 Internship 0 0 2 2 1

Total 18 0 6 24 21

19MN6HS02 Environmental Sciences 2 0 0 2 0

 VI SEMESTER R19
Contact
Course
Title of the Course L T P Hours/ Credits
Code
Week
Electrical Measurements and
19PC1EE08 3 0 0 3 3
Instrumentation
19PC1EC10 Microprocessors and Microcontrollers 3 0 0 3 3

19PC1EE09 Electrical Drives 3 0 0 3 3

Professional Elective -II

19PE1EE04 Power System Operation and Control

19PE1EE05 Storage Technologies

19PE1EE06 Digital Control Systems 3 0 0 3 3

19PC1IT03 Computer Organization

19PE1EC02 MOS Circuits

Open Elective -II 3 0 0 3 3

Microprocessors and Microcontrollers
19PC2EC07 0 0 2 2 1.5
Laboratory
Electrical Measurements and
19PC2EE05 0 0 2 2 1.5
Instrumentation Laboratory
Advanced English Communication
19HS2EN05 0 0 2 2 1
Skills Laboratory
19PW4EE03 Design Thinking 0 0 4 4 2

Total 15 0 10 25 21

L – Lecture T – Tutorial P – Practical

OE TRACKS BASED ON MEZZANINE TECHNOLOGIES:
OE TRACKS
(Parent V SEMESTER VI SEMESTER VII SEMESTER VIII SEMESTER
Department)
Intelligent
Smart Cities Planning and Green Building Smart Materials
Smart Cities Transportation
Development Technology and Structures
(CE) System
(19OE1CE01) (19OE1CE02) (19OE1CE03)
(19OE1CE04)
Hazardous Waste Intelligent waste
Waste Solid Waste Management Waste to Energy
Management Management and
Management (19OE1CE05) (19OE1CE07)
(19OE1CE06) Recycling System
(CE)
(19OE1CE08)
Renewable Energy Renewable
Energy Storage Energy Management
Green Energy Sources Energy
Technologies and Conservation
(EEE) (19OE1EE01) Technologies
(19OE1EE03) (19OE1EE04)
(19OE1EE02)
Introduction to 3D 3D Printing -
3D Printing & Elements of CAD
Printing Machines, Tooling Reverse Engineering
Design (19OE1ME01)
(19OE1ME02) and Systems (19OE1ME04)
(ME)
(19OE1ME03)
Introduction to
Internet of Sensors Transducers and Fundamentals of Wireless Sensor
Microcontrollers
Things Actuators Internet of Things Networks
and Interfacing
(ECE) (19OE1EC01) (19OE1EC03) (19OE1EC08)
(19OE1EC02)
Augmented Introduction to Fundamentals of
Introduction to
Reality (AR) / Introduction to C Sharp Image and Video Augmented Reality
Signal Processing
Virtual Reality (19OE1EC04) Processing and Virtual Reality
(19OE1EC05)
(VR) (ECE) (19OE1EC06) (19OE1EC07)
Fundamentals of
Artificial Mathematics for Artificial Machine Learning
Artificial Deep Learning
Intelligence Intelligence Techniques
Intelligence (19OE1CS03)
(CSE) (19OE1MT01) (19OE1CS02)
(19OE1CS01)
Fundamentals of
Cryptography
Blockchain Computer Networks Distributed Data Blockchain
and Network
Technologies (19OE1CS04) / Relational Bases Technology
Security
(CSE) Data Base Management (19OE1CS05) (19OE1CS07)
(19OE1CS06)
Systems (19OE1CS08)
Kinematics and Drives and Control Robot Programming
Fundamentals of Robotics
Robotics Dynamics of System for and Intelligent
(19OE1EI01)
(EIE) Robots Robotics Control Systems
(19OE1EI02) (19OE1EI03) (19OE1EI04)
Fundamentals of
Cryptography
Computer Networks Essentials of Cyber
Cyber Security and Network Computer Forensics
(19OE1CS04) / Relational Security
(IT) Security (19OE1IT02)
Data Base Management (19OE1IT01)
(19OE1CS06)
Systems (19OE1CS08)
Data Sciences Computational
Statistical Methods for Fundamentals of Data Analysis and
/ Big Data & Thinking using
Data Science Data Mining Visualization
Analytics Python
(19OE1MT02) (19OE1IT04) (19OE1IT05)
(IT) (19OE1IT03)
Modern Electric, Hybrid Connected and
Autonomous Principles of Automobile
Automotive and Fuel Cell Autonomous
Vehicles Engineering
Technologies Vehicles Vehicles
(AME) (19OE1AE01)
(19OE1AE02) (19OE1AE03) (19OE1AE04)
GENERAL POOL OF OE COURSES:
OE TRACKS
(Parent COURSES
Departments)
• Programming through Java (19OE1IT06)
General- • Relational Data Base Management Systems (19OE1CS08)
Computing • Computational Thinking using Python (19OE1IT03)
(CSE / IT) • Introduction to Data Analytics (19OE1IT07)
• Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms (19OE1CS11)
• Professional Ethics & Human Values (19OE1HS01)
General • Entrepreneurship (19OE1HS02)
(H&S) • Personality Development and Public Speaking (19OE1HS03)
• Foreign Language-French (19OE1HS04)
• Smart Cities (19OE1CE09)
• Trends in Energy Sources for Sustainable Development (19OE1EE05)
• 3D Printing and Design (19OE1ME05)
• Embedded Systems for IoT (19OE1EC09)
• Artificial Intelligence - A Beginner's Guide (19OE1CS09)
• Blockchain Technology Essentials (19OE1CS10)
General
• Fundamentals of Robotics and Drones (19OE1EI05)
• Fundamentals of Cyber Security (19OE1IT08)
• Fundamentals of Data Science (19OE1IT09)
• Introduction to Advanced Vehicle Technologies (19OE1AE05)
• Introduction to Application Development with C# (19OE1CS12)
• Introduction to Application Development with Java (19OE1CS13)
• Introduction to Application Development with Python (19OE1CS14)
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY HYDERABAD
B.TECH. IV YEAR
(ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING)
VII SEMESTER R19
Contact
Course
Title of the Course L T P/D Hours/ Credits
Code
Week

19PC1EC30 Principles of Digital Signal Processing 3 0 0 3 3

19PC1EE10 Switchgear and Protection 3 0 0 3 3

Professional Elective - III

19PE1EE07 High Voltage Engineering

19PE1EE08 Switched Mode Power Conversion

19PE1EE09 Electric Vehicle 3 0 0 3 3

19PE1EC20 Sensors and Actuators

19PE1EC06 CPLD and FPGA Architecture

Professional Elective - IV
Electrical Distribution Systems and
19PE1EE10
Automation (EDSA)
19PE1EC05 Internet of Things
Integration and Control of Renewable
19PE1EE11 3 0 0 3 3
Technologies
19PE1EE12 Artificial Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic

19PE1EC12 Embedded Systems

Open Elective - III 3 0 0 3 3

Principles of Digital Signal Processing
19PC2EC30 0 0 2 2 1
Laboratory

19PC2EE06 Power Systems Laboratory 0 0 2 2 1

19PW4EE04 Mini-Project* 0 0 4 4 2

19PW4EE05 Major Project Phase - I 0 0 8 8 4

Total 15 0 16 31 23

* Mini-Project to be pursued during summer vacation after VI semester and evaluated in VII semester
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY HYDERABAD
B.TECH. IV YEAR
(ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING)
VIII SEMESTER R19
Contact
Course
Title of the Course L T P/D Hours/ Credits
Category
Week
Professional Elective – V

19PE1EE13 HVDC Transmission

19PE1IT04 Operating Systems

19PE1EE14 Advanced Power Electronics 3 0 0 3 3

19PE1AE17 Fuel Cell Technology

19PE1EC04 Digital Image Processing

Professional Elective – VI

19PE1EE15 Power Quality and FACTS

19PE1EE16 Smart Grid

Reliability Engineering Applications to
19PE1EE17 3 0 0 3 3
Power Systems

19PE1EE18 Energy Auditing and Conservation

19PE1EC23 VLSI Technology and Design

Open Elective – IV 3 0 0 3 3

19PW4EE06 Major Project Phase - II 0 0 12 12 6

Total 9 0 12 21 15

L – Lecture T – Tutorial P – Practical D – Drawing

 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. I Semester L T/P/D C

3 1 4

(19BS1MT01) CALCULUS FOR ENGINEERS

(Common to CE, EEE, ME, ECE, CSE, EIE, IT and AE)

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Differentiation, Integration

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To learn maximum and minimum value of a given function
• To learn Improper integrals using Beta and Gamma functions
• To learn methods of solving first order differential equations and learn about its
applications to basic engineering problems
• To learn methods of solving higher order differential equations and learn about its
applications to basic engineering problems
• To learn Laplace transforms of standard functions

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Solve problems involving Maxima and Minima
CO-2: Evaluate integrals using special functions
CO-3: Formulate and solve the problems of first and higher order differential
equations
CO-4: Apply knowledge of differential equations to real world problems
CO-5: Use Laplace and Inverse Laplace transform as a tool to solve the problems.

UNIT-I:
Functions of Finite Variables: Limits, Continuity, Partial differentiation, partial
derivatives of first and second order, Jacobian, Taylor’s theorem of two variables
(without proof). Maxima and Minima of two variables, Lagrange’s method of
undetermined Multipliers.

UNIT-II:
Improper Integrals: Definition of Improper Integrals, Beta functions: Properties and
other forms of beta functions (statements only) and problems.
Gamma functions: Properties of Gamma functions (statements only), Relation
between the Beta and Gamma functions (without proofs) and Evaluation of
improper integrals using Beta and Gamma functions.

UNIT-III:
First Order, First Degree ODE and its Applications: Differential equations of first order
and first degree - Exact differential equation, Linear and Bernoulli differential
equation, Applications of differential equations of first order and first degree -
Newton’s law of cooling, Law of natural growth and decay, Orthogonal trajectories.

UNIT-IV:
Second and Higher Order ODE with Constant Coefficients: Second order linear
differential equations with constant coefficients: Solution of Homogenous, non
 ax
homogeneous differential equations, Non-Homogeneous terms of the type e , sin
(ax), cos (ax), polynomials in x, e V(x), x V(x).
ax

UNIT-V:
Ordinary Differential Equations with Variable Coefficients: Method of variation of
parameters; Equations reducible to linear ODE with constant Coefficients: Euler-
Cauchy equation, Legendre’s equation.

UNIT-VI:
Laplace Transforms: Laplace transforms, Existence condition, Laplace transform of
Elementary functions, Properties of Laplace transforms (Without Proofs), Laplace
transform of special functions (Unit step function, Dirac delta function and Periodic
function). Inverse Laplace transform and its properties, Convolution theorem
(without proof) ant its applications, Solving linear differential equations using Laplace
transform.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, R. K. Jain and S. R. K. Iyengar, 5th Edition,
Narosa Publishing House, 2016.
2. Higher Engineering Mathematics, B. V. Ramana, 33rd Reprint, McGraw Hill
Education (India) private Limited, 2018.
3. Engineering Mathematics, N. P. Bali, 4th Edition, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., 2001.

REFERENCES:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erwin Kreyszig, 9th Edition, John Wiley, 2011.
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Peter ‘O’ Neil, 8th Edition, Cengage
Learning, 2011.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. I Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3

(19BS1CH01) ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY

(Common to CE, EEE, ECE and EIE)

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Basic knowledge of Mathematics and Chemistry

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To list out the importance of polymers, surfactants and lubricants in real world
scenario
• To outline the features of conventional and non-conventional sources of energy
• To discuss the problems of corrosion on structures to interpret the need of alloys
• To emphasize the importance of nanomaterials, analytical techniques,
environmental and green chemistry

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Identify & recognize the role of polymers, surfactants and lubricants in various
fields
CO-2: Rationalize ideas about alternate sources of energy so as to reduce load on
fossil fuels
CO-3: Summarise the effects of corrosion to indicate the use of alloys in various
metallic structures
CO-4: Familiarize with the role of nanomaterials, environmental & green chemistry
and assess the use of analytical techniques

UNIT-I:
Polymers: Polymers-Definition, types of polymerization-addition, condensation and
copolymerization, Properties of polymers- crystallinity, melting point and glass
transition, viscoelasticity, solubility of polymers. Fabrication of polymers (compression,
extrusion, blowing and thermoforming). Synthesis, properties and uses of PET, PTFE,
PMMA, polycarbonate, Bakelite and urea formaldehyde. Conducting polymers-
definition, classification and applications. FRPs and their applications.

UNIT-II:
Surfactants: Definition, cleaning mechanism, types of surfactants, micelles, reverse
micelles and critical micelle concentration.
Lubricants: Definition, types, mechanism of lubrication-thick film lubrication, thin film
lubrication and extreme pressure lubrication. Additives and selection of lubricants.
Properties-viscosity, cloud and pour point, flash and fire point, saponification
number-definition and significance.

UNIT-III:
Energy Science:
Fuels: Definition, classification, characteristics of a good fuel. Coal-proximate &
ultimate analysis-significance. Petroleum- refining, Cracking-definition, types of
cracking, fluid-bed cracking, knocking, octane number, cetane number. Alternative
and non-conventional sources of energy – solar, wind, geothermal, nuclear and
biomass (advantages and disadvantages).
Battery Technology: Features of batteries, Rechargeable batteries- lithium ion and
Zn-air batteries. Fuel cells-methanol-oxygen fuel cell.

UNIT-IV:
Corrosion: Introduction, causes and effects of corrosion, chemical and
electrochemical corrosion and mechanism of corrosion. Types-differential aeration
corrosion (Pitting and waterline corrosion), differential metal corrosion (Galvanic
corrosion). Factors affecting corrosion-nature of metal (position, passivity, purity,
areas of anode and cathode) & nature of environment (temperature, pH, humidity).
Corrosion control methods-proper designing, cathodic protection, differences
between galvanizing and tinning, paints-constituents and functions.
Alloys: Purpose of making alloys, classification of alloys, ferrous alloys ex: Steel, non-
ferrous alloys ex: Cu, Al, Pb (features and applications).

UNIT-V:
Nanomaterials and Analytical Techniques: Nanomaterials: Definition, synthesis-top
down and bottom up approaches. Properties and application of fullerenes and
carbon nanotubes. Applications of nanomaterials in electronics, catalysis,
telecommunication and medicine.
Analytical Techniques: Working principle and applications of pH-metry,
conductometry, colorimetry, chromatography (TLC), Scanning tunneling
microscope and atomic force microscope. Sensors: Lab-on-a-chip- features and
applications.

UNIT-VI:
Environmental and Green Chemistry: Air, water and noise pollution: sources and
effects, optimum levels of pollution. Solid waste management and e-waste: effects
and management.
Green Chemistry- definition, principles and applications of green chemistry. Self
healing materials-principle and applications.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Engineering Chemistry, P. C Jain and M. Jain, 16th Edition, Dhanpat Rai
Publications, New Delhi, 2016.
2. Engineering Chemistry, Prasanta Rath, B. Rama Devi, Ch. Venkata Ramana
Reddy, Subhendu Chakroborty, 1st Edition, Cengage Publications, Delhi, 2019.
3. A Textbook of Engineering Chemistry, Shashi Chawla, 3rd Edition, Dhanpat Rai
Publications, New Delhi, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Engineering Chemistry, S. S. Dara, 12th Edition, S. Chand & Company Ltd., New
Delhi, 2010.
2. Engineering Chemistry, O. G. Palanna, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2009.
3. Engineering Chemistry, B. Sivasankar, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2009.
4. Introduction to Nanoscience, S. M. Lindsay, 2010.
5. Introduction to Environmental Science, Y. Anjaneyulu, BS Publications,
Hyderabad, 2004.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. I Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3

(19HS1EN01) ENGLISH
(Common to CE, EEE, ECE and EIE)

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To enhance their vocabulary through the use of affixes/stem and learn technical
vocabulary in specialist fields
• To read and comprehend different kinds of texts (tone, tenor, sound, sense,
diction, etc. - sub-skills)
• To write clear, concise, and correct sentences and paragraphs to produce
appropriate technical prose
• To recognize and practice use the rhetorical elements necessary for the
successful practice of scientific and technical communication

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Use vocabulary contextually and effectively
CO-2: Employ reading skills to comprehend different kinds of texts.(tone, tenor,
sound, sense, diction, etc. - sub-skills)
CO-3: Apply principles of critical thinking, problem solving, for clarity, conciseness
and accuracy of expression in academic and professional communication
CO-4: Demonstrate improved competence in Standard Written English, including
grammar, sentence and paragraph structure, coherence, and use this knowledge
to accurately communicate technical information
CO-5: Employ the appropriate rhetorical patterns of discourse in technical and
business contexts for scientific and technical communication

UNIT-I:
1. Reading: On the Conduct of Life by William Hazlitt
2. Grammar: Prepositions
3. Vocabulary: Word Formation (Affixation, Compounding,
Conversion, Blending, Borrowing)
4. Writing: Punctuation, Clauses and Sentences
5. Life Skills: Values and Ethics; ‘If’ by Rudyard Kipling

UNIT-II:
1. Reading: The Brook by Alfred Tennyson
2. Grammar: Articles
3. Vocabulary: Word Formation- (Prefixes, Suffixes, Root Words)
4. Writing: Principles of Good Writing-Coherence, Cohesion
5. Life Skills: Self Improvement; How I Became a Public Speaker by
G.B. Shaw
UNIT-III:
1. Reading: The Death Trap by Saki
2. Grammar: Noun-Pronoun Agreement; Subject-Verb Agreement
3. Vocabulary: Collocation
4. Writing: Transitional Devices & Paragraph Writing; Writing
Process
5. Life Skills: Time Management; On Saving Time by Seneca

UNIT-IV:
1. Reading: Chindu Yellamma
2. Grammar: Misplaced Modifiers
3. Vocabulary: Synonyms and Antonyms
4. Writing: Writing a Summary
5. Life Skills: Innovation; Muhammad Yunus

UNTI-V:
1. Reading: Politics and the English Language by George Orwell
2. Grammar: Cliches, Redundancies
3. Vocabulary: Common Abbreviations
4. Writing: Cause and Effect Paragraphs
5. Life Skills: Motivation; The Dancer with a White Parasol by
Ranjana Dave

UNIT-VI:
Organizational Patterns for writing
1. Patterns of Writing: Comparison and Contrast
2. Patterns of Writing: Classification Paragraph
3. Patterns of Writing: Problem-Solution Pattern of writing

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Language and Life: A Skills Approach, Orient Black Swan, 2018 ed.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Technical Communication, Raman, Meenakshi and Sharma, Sangeeta, 3rd
Edition, O U P, 2015.
2. Communication Skills, Pushplata and Kumar Sanjay. O U P, 2015.
3. Longman Dictionary of Common Errors, Turton N.D., and Heaton J.B, 1991.
4. Practical English Usage, Swan, Michael. OUP, 1995.
5. Remedial English Grammar, Wood, F.T. Macmillan Publications, 2007.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. I Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3

(19ES1CS01) PROGRAMMING THROUGH C

(Common to CE, EEE, ME, ECE, CSE, EIE, IT and AE)

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To relate basics of programming language constructs and problem solving
techniques
• To classify and implement control structures and derived data types
• To analyze and develop effective modular programming
• To construct mathematical problems and real time applications using C
language

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand fundamentals of computers and Illustrate the flowchart,
algorithm, pseudo code for a given problem, develop programs using various
datatypes and operators
CO-2: Develop conditional and iterative statements for a given problem
CO-3: Exercise on programs using arrays, pointers, dynamic memory management,
structures and unions
CO-4: Develop solution for a given problem using modular approach and perform
file handling

UNIT-I:
Introduction to Programming: Introduction to components of a computer system
(disks, memory, processor, where a program is stored and executed, operating
system, compilers etc.). Idea of Algorithm: steps to solve logical and numerical
problems. Representation of Algorithm: Flow chart / Pseudo code with examples.
From algorithms to programs; source code, variables (with data types) variables and
memory locations, syntax and logical errors in compilation, object and executable
code. Arithmetic expressions and precedence.

UNIT-II:
Conditional Branching and Loops: Writing and evaluation of conditionals and
consequent branching Iteration and loops
Arrays (1-D, 2-D), Character arrays and Strings.

UNIT-III:
Basic Algorithms: Searching (Linear and Binary), basic sorting algorithms (bubble,
insertion and selection), Pre-Processor directives.

UNIT-IV:
Functions: (Including using built in libraries), Parameter passing in functions, call by
value, passing arrays to functions: idea of call by reference.
Recursion: Recursion, as a different way of solving programs. Example programs,
such as finding factorial, GCD, Fibonacci series, Ackerman function.

UNIT-V:
Structures & Unions: Defining structures and array of structures, Unions, Typedef, Bit-
fields
Pointers: idea of pointers, defining pointers, use of pointers in self-referential
structures, notation of linked list (no implementation), dynamic memory allocation.

UNIT-VI:
File Handling: Basic concepts, text files and binary files, file input/output operations,
Error Handling in Files, random access of files, command line arguments.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. The C Programming Language, Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie,
Prentice Hall of India.
2. Schaum’s Outline of Programming with C, Byron Gottfried, McGraw-Hill.

REFERENCES:
1. C: The Complete Reference, Herbert Schildt, IV Edition, McGraw-Hill.
2. Let Us C, Yashvant Kanetkar, BPB Publications.
3. Programming in ANSI C, E. Balaguruswamy, Tata McGraw-Hill.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. I Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19ES1EE04) CIRCUIT THEORY
(Common to EEE, ECE and EIE)

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Basic Mathematics

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the basic concepts of circuit analysis
• To analyze single phase AC circuits and magnetic circuits
• To apply network theorems for circuit analysis
• To understand the graph theory for circuit analysis

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Apply basic network reduction techniques for analysis of electrical circuits
CO-2: Analyze AC circuits along with resonance and locus diagrams
CO-3: Appreciate the application of network theorems
CO-4: Analyze graph theory and apply topology solutions

UNIT-I:
Introduction to Electrical Circuits: Circuit Concept – Types of Elements-R-L-C
parameters – Voltage and Current sources – Independent and dependent sources-
Source transformation – Voltage – Current relationship for passive elements (for
different input signals-square, ramp, saw tooth, triangular). Kirchhoff’s laws – network
reduction techniques – series, parallel, series parallel, star-to-delta or delta-to-star
transformation.

UNIT-II:
Magnetic Circuits: Magnetic Circuits – Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic induction
– concept of self and mutual inductance – dot convention – coefficient of coupling
– composite magnetic circuit - Analysis of series and parallel magnetic circuits

UNIT-III:
Single Phase A.C Circuits: R.M.S and Average values and form factor for different
periodic wave forms, Steady state analysis of R, L and C (in series, parallel and series
parallel combinations) with sinusoidal excitation – Concept of Reactance,
Impedance, Susceptance and Admittance – Phase and Phase difference –
concept of power factor, Real and Reactive powers –Complex and Polar forms of
representation, Complex power.

UNIT-IV:
Locus Diagrams and Resonance: Locus diagrams – series R-L, R-C, R-L-C and parallel
combination with variation of various parameters – Resonance: series and parallel
circuits, concept of band width and Q factor.
UNIT-V:
Network Analysis and Network Theorems: Nodal analysis, Mesh analysis, Super Node
and Super Mesh analysis of Networks with Independent and Dependent voltage
and current sources.
Superposition, Reciprocity, Thevenin’s, Norton’s, Maximum Power Transfer, Tellegen’s,
Millman’s and Compensation theorems for D.C. and A.C. excitations.

UNIT-VI:
Network Topology: Definitions, Graph, Tree, Basic cut-set and Basic Tie-set matrices
for planar networks -Duality and Dual networks.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Engineering Circuit Analysis, William Hayt and Jack E. Kemmerly, 8th Edition
McGraw Hill Company, 2013.
2. Circuit Theory, A. Chakrabarti, 6th Edition, Dhanpat Rai and Co., 2018.
3. Fundamentals of Electric Circuits, Charles K. Alexander, Mathew N. O. Sadiku, 3rd
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Company, 2019.

REFERENCES:
1. Network Analysis, M. E. Van Valkenburg, 3rd Edition, PHI, 2019.
2. Linear Circuit Analysis (Time Domain Phasor and Laplace Transform Approaches),
Raymond A. Decarlo and Pen-min-lin, 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press, 2004.
3. Network Theory, N. C. Jagan and C. Lakshminarayana, 1st Edition, B. S.
Publications, 2012.
4. Electrical Circuit Theory, K. Rajeswaran, Pearson Education, 2004.
5. Circuits and Networks Analysis and Synthesis, A. Sudhakar, Shyammohan S Palli,
5th Edition, TATA McGraw Hill Company, 2017.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. I Semester L T/P/D C

0 2 1

(19BS2CH01) ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LABORATORY

(Common to CE, EEE, ECE and EIE)

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Basic knowledge of Volumetric Analysis and Mathematics

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To practically learn the preparation of standard solutions and estimate hardness
& chloride content so as to check its suitability for various purposes
• To determine the rate constant of a reaction and check the variation of
concentrations with respect to time
• To measure properties like adsorption, absorption of light, conductance, viscosity,
pH and surface tension
• To synthesize a polymer and to separate a mixture of organic compounds by Thin
Layer Chromatographic (TLC) technique

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Record the amount of hardness and chloride content in water and interpret
the significance of its presence in water
CO-2: Analyze the influence of variation of concentration with time on rate constant
CO-3: Report and predict the significance of properties like absorption of light,
adsorption, conductance, viscosity, pH and surface tension
CO-4: Demonstrate the technique of Thin Layer Chromatographic (TLC) and
preparation of a polymer

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Estimation of hardness of water by complexometric method using EDTA.

2. Determination of chloride content in the given sample water using
Argentometric method.
3. Determination of the rate constant of hydrolysis of ester.
4. Estimation of copper present in the given solution by colorimetric method.
5. Conductometric titration of Acid vs Base.
6. Determination of viscosity of sample oil by Redwood Viscometer-I.
7. Determination of pH of various sample solutions by pH meter.
8. Titration of Acid vs Base using pH metric method.
9. Determination of surface tension of a liquid by drop method using
Stalagmometer.
10. Determination of Rf value of organic compounds in a mixture by Thin Layer
Chromatography.
11. Synthesis of a Polymer-Bakelite/Nylon.
12. Verification of Freundlich/Langmuir isotherm for adsorption of acetic acid on
charcoal.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Laboratory Manual on Engineering Chemistry, S. K. Bhasin and Sudha Rani,
Dhanpat Rai Publications.
2. College Practical Chemistry, V. K. Ahluwalia, Sunitha Dhingra, Adargh Gulati,
University Press Pvt. Ltd.
3. Practical Chemistry, O. P. Pandey, D. N. Bajpai, and Dr. S. Giri, S. Chand
Publications.

REFERENCES:
1. Vogel’s Text Book of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, G. N. Jeffery, J. Bassett, J.
Mendham and R. C. Denny, Longmann, ELBS.
2. Advanced Practical Physical Chemistry, J. D. Yadav, Goel Publishing House.
3. Practical Physical Chemistry, B. D. Khosla, R. Chand and Sons.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. II Semester L T/P/D C

0 2 1

(19HS2EN01) ENGLISH LANGUAGE COMMUNICATION SKILLS LABORATORY

(Common to CE, EEE, ECE and EIE)

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To provide ample practice in LSRW skills and train the students in oral
presentations, public speaking, role play and situational dialogue
• To provide practice in vocabulary usage, grammatical construction, structural
patterns, and improve comprehension abilities in the students
• To train students to use neutral accent through phonetic sounds, symbols, stress
and intonation
• To enable students to transfer information from verbal to graphic representation
and vice versa
• To equip the learners to learn basic vocabulary of 3000 words (as identified in
Oxford or Cambridge dictionary)

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Comprehend spoken and written discourse
CO-2: Speak fluently with neutral accent and exhibit interpersonal skills
CO-3: Write accurately, coherently and lucidly making appropriate use of words
depending on context
CO-4: Introduce oneself to people and be able to speak extempore
CO-5: Learnt the basic vocabulary of 3000 words (as identified by
oxford/Cambridge advanced learners dictionary)

UNIT-I:
1. Introduction of Self and others
2. Study & Referencing Skills

UNIT-II:
1. Role play-
i) Expressing likes and dislikes;
ii) Agreeing and disagreeing
iii) Making requests ( Using modals for polite requests)
iv) Accepting and declining requests
2. Listening and note taking, Listening for details
3. Reading Skills – Skimming, Scanning, Intensive Reading and Extensive Reading

UNIT-III:
1. Extempore Speech: JAM
2. Accuracy in listening - Listening to discussion on specific issues
3. Pronunciation, Intonation, Stress and Rhythm

UNIT-IV:
1. Speaking Activity: Oral Presentation
2. Accuracy in listening- listening to discussion on specific issues
3. Reading Comprehension-Contextual Vocabulary

UNTI-V:
1. Speaking Activity: Book/Film Review
2. Reading Comprehension
3. Passive Voice-Constructing the impersonal passive

UNIT-VI:
1. Writing Skills: Information Transfer
2. Definition of a Technical Term
3. Description of a Mechanism/Process

RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Practical English Usage, Swan, Michael. 4th Edition OUP, 2017.
2. Remedial English Grammar, F.T. Wood. BSC Publishers, 2014.
3. Exercises in Spoken English, Parts. I-III. CIEFL, Hyderabad. Oxford University Press,
1997.
4. Fowler’s Modern English Usage, R.W. Burchfield OUP, Oxford, 2004.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. I Semester L T/P/D C

0 2 1

(19ES2CS01) PROGRAMMING THROUGH C LABORATORY

(Common to CE, EEE, ME, ECE, CSE, EIE, IT and AE)

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To gain a working knowledge of C programming to write modular, efficient and
readable C programs by Identifying the structural elements and layout of C
source code
• To declare and manipulate single and multi-dimensional arrays of the C data
types and derived data types like structures, unions
• To use functions from the portable C library and to describe the techniques for
creating program modules using functions and recursive functions
• To manipulate character strings in C programs. Utilize pointers to efficiently solve
problems

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Use various data types for a specified problem
CO-2: Design, implement, debug a given problem using appropriate language
constructs
CO-3: Implement programs using modular approach, file I/O
CO-4: Solve a given problem using C language

[The laboratory should be preceded or followed by a tutorial to explain the

approach or algorithm to be implemented for the problem given.]

WEEK 1:
Familiarization with programming environment.

WEEK 2:
Simple computational problems using arithmetic expressions.

WEEK 3:
Problems involving if-then-else structures.

WEEK 4:
Iterative problems, sum of series.

WEEK 5:
1D Array manipulation.

WEEK 6:
Matrix problems, string operations.
WEEK 7:
Simple functions.

WEEK 8 AND WEEK 9:

Programming for solving searching and sorting techniques.

WEEK 10:
Recursive functions.

WEEK 11:
Pointers and structures.

WEEK 12:
File operations.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. I Semester L T/P/D C

1 2 2
(19ES2ME01) WORKSHOP PRACTICES
(Common to CE, EEE, ECE and EIE)

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To know the different popular manufacturing process
• To gain a good basic working knowledge required for the production of various
engineering products
• To provide hands on experience about use of different engineering materials,
tools, equipments and processes those are common in the engineering field
• To identify and use marking out tools, hand tools, measuring equipment and to
work to prescribed tolerances

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Exposed to various types of manufacturing Process
CO-2: Fabricate/make components from wood, MS flat, GI Sheet etc. – hands on
experience
CO-3: Exposed to manufacturing of machine components like fasteners, holes &
threaded holes etc.
CO-4: Produce small devices / products /appliances by assembling different
components

LECTURES & VIDEOS:

1. Manufacturing Methods - Casting, Forming, Machining, Joining, Advanced
Manufacturing Methods
2. CNC Machining, Additive Manufacturing
3. Fitting Operations & Power Tools
4. Electrical & Electronics
5. Carpentry
6. Plastic Moulding, Glass Cutting
7. Welding (Arc Welding & Gas Welding), Brazing
8. Power Tools
9. Printed Circuit Boards

I. Carpentry
i. Cross lap joint
ii. Mortise & tenon joint

II. Fitting
i. Square fitting
ii. L-Fitting

III. Welding
i. Butt joint by arc welding
ii. Lap joint by arc welding
IV. Smithy
i. Making of Rectangular Tray from sheet metal.
ii. Making of U shaped component by black smithy

V. Electrical & Electronics

i. Single lamp connection & Stair case connection
ii. Translation of any tested / designed and tested circuits on a PCB.

VI. Machine Shop

i. Step turning on lathe
ii. Drilling & threading

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Workshop Manual, P. Kannaiah and K. L. Narayana, 3rd Edition, Scitech, 2015
2. Elements of Workshop Technology Vol.1 & 2, S. K. Hajra Choudhury, A. K. Hajra
Choudhury and Nirjhar Roy, 13th Edition, Media Promoters & Publishers Pvt. Ltd.,
2010.
3. Printed Circuit Boards - Design, Fabrication, Assembly and Testing, R. S. Khandpur,
Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2005.

REFERENCES:
1. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology, Serope Kalpakjian, Steven R.
Schmid, 4th Edition, Pearson Education India Edition, 2002.
2. Manufacturing Technology-I, S. Gowri, P. Hariharan and A. Suresh Babu, Pearson
Education, 2008.
3. Processes and Materials of Manufacture, Roy A. Lindberg, 4th Edition, Prentice
Hall India, 1998.
4. Manufacturing Technology Vol-1 & 2, P. N. Rao, Tata McGraw-Hill House, 2017.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. II Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3

(19BS1MT04) LINEAR ALGEBRA AND ADVANCED CALCULUS

(Common to CE, EEE, ME, ECE, CSE, EIE, IT and AE)

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Matrices, Differentiation, Integration

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To learn rank of the matrix and its application to consistency of system of linear
equations
• To learn Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors
• To learn nature of Quadratic forms
• To learn evaluation of multiple integrals and their applications
• To learn basic properties of vector point function and their applications to line,
surface and volume integrals

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Compute the rank of a matrix and analyze the solution of a system of linear
equations
CO-2: Calculate Eigen values and Eigen vectors
CO-3: Reduce the quadratic form to its canonical form
CO-4: Evaluate areas & volumes using multiple integrals
CO-5: Transform line integral to surface and surface to volume integrals

UNIT-I:
Matrices: Rank of a matrix by Echelon form and Normal form, Inverse of Non-singular
matrices by Gauss-Jordan method; System of linear equations; Consistency of
Homogeneous and Non-Homogeneous equations, LU Decomposition method.

UNIT-II:
Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors: Eigen values and Eigen vectors and their properties,
Diagonalization of matrices; Cayley-Hamilton Theorem (without proof), finding
inverse and power of a matrix by Cayley-Hamilton Theorem.

UNIT-III:
Real & Complex Matrices, Quadratic forms: Types of Matrices, Symmetric; Hermitian;
Skew-Symmetric; Skew-Hermitian; orthogonal matrices; Unitary Matrices and its
properties; Quadratic forms and Nature of the Quadratic Forms, Reduction of
Quadratic form to canonical form using Linear Transformation and Orthogonal
Transformations.

UNIT-IV:
Multiple Integrals: Evaluation of Double Integrals (Cartesian and polar coordinates);
change of order of integration (only Cartesian form), Change of variables (Cartesian
to polar); Evaluation of Triple Integrals, Change of variables (Cartesian to Spherical
and Cylindrical polar coordinates) for triple integrals. Applications: Areas (by double
integrals) and volumes (by double integrals and triple integrals).
UNIT-V:
Vector Differential Calculus: Vector point functions and scalar point functions.
Gradient and Directional derivatives, Divergence and Solenoidal vectors, Curl and
Irrotational vectors, Scalar potential functions, Tangent plane and normal line.
Vector Identities (without proofs).

UNIT-VI:
Vector Integral Calculus: Line, Surface and Volume Integrals and their problems.
Green’s theorem in a plane, Gauss-Divergence theorem and Stokes theorem
(without proofs) and their problems.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, R. K. Jain and S. R. K. Iyengar, 5th Edition,
Narosa Publishing House, 2016.
2. Higher Engineering Mathematics, B. V. Ramana, 33rd Reprint, McGraw Hill
Education (India) private Limited, 2018.
3. Engineering Mathematics, N. P. Bali, 4th Edition, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., 2001.

REFERENCES:
1. Linear Algebra and its Applications, Gilbert Strang, 4th Edition, Cengage Learning,
2014.
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erwin Kreyszig, 9th Edition, John Wiley, 2011.
3. Linear Algebra: A Modern Introduction, D. Poole, 4th Edition, Cengage Learning,
2017.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. II Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19BS1PH02) ENGINEERING PHYSICS
(Common to EEE, ECE and EIE)

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: 10+2 Physics

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To analyze various phenomena of light- Interference and diffraction
• To apply the basic principles of LASER to various laser systems and optical fibers
• To explain the basic concepts in quantum physics required to deal with behavior
of particle
• To interpret behavior of an electron in a periodic potential in crystal
• To explain various types of semiconductors and semiconductor materials

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Extend the importance of Interference in thin films, Fraunhofer diffraction
CO-2: Explain the lasing action of various laser sources and optical fiber materials
CO-3: Apply quantum mechanics to behavior of a particle
CO-4: Classify solids based on band gap
CO-5: Analyse formation of PN junction and importance of semiconductor materials

UNIT-I:
Wave Optics: Superposition Principle, Coherence, Interference of light by wave front
splitting and amplitude splitting; Interference in thin films by reflection, Newton’s rings
experiment by reflection- Calculation of wavelength, Farunhofer diffraction
(qualitative treatment) from a single slit, Double slit diffraction, Diffraction grating
and a circular aperture .

UNIT-II:
Lasers: Introduction, Characteristics of Lasers, Spontaneous and Stimulated Emission
of Radiation, Meta Stable State, Population Inversion, Lasing Action, Einstein’s
Coefficients and relation between them, Ruby Laser, Helium-Neon Laser,
Semiconductor Laser, Application of Lasers in Science, Engineering and Medicine,
Propagation of LASER through Optical Fiber- Total Internal Reflection.

UNIT-III:
Principles of Quantum Mechanics: Introduction to Quantum Mechanics, Waves and
particles, de Broglie hypothesis, Matter waves, Davisson and Germer experiment,
Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle, Schrodinger Time independent Wave Equation,
Physical significance of wave function, Particle in one dimensional infinite potential
box.

UNIT-IV:
Band Theory of Solids: Free electron theory of metals (Drude and Lorentz theory),
Electrical conductivity and Ohm’s law, Bloch’s theorem for particles in a periodic
potential, Kronig-Penney model (Qualitative only), E-K diagram and origin of energy
bands. Types of electronic materials: metals, semiconductors, and insulators,
Effective mass of an electron.
UNIT-V:
Semiconductors: Intrinsic semiconductors- Carrier concentration, dependence of
Fermi level on carrier-concentration and temperature, Extrinsic Semiconductors
(Qualitative), Continuity equation-Carrier generation and recombination, Carrier
transport: diffusion and drift currents, Hall Effect, Hall Experiment, Measurement of
Hall mobility, Resistivity, carrier density using Hall effect.

UNIT-VI:
Engineered Semiconductor Materials: Direct and Indirect band gap semiconductors,
Formation of p -n junction, Energy diagram of diode, V-I characteristics of p-n
junction diode, Working principle of LED, Working principle and V-I characteristics of
Solar Cell – Parameters (short circuit current and open circuit voltage) extraction
from I-V characteristics.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Physics, Halliday, Resnick and Krane, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2014.
2. Engineering Physics, R. K. Gaur and S. L. Gupta, 8th Edition, Dhanpat Rai and Sons,
2011.
3. Introduction to Semiconductor Materials and Devices, M. S. Tyagi, 3rd Edition,
Wiley India, 2014.

REFERENCES:
1. A Textbook of Engineering Physics, M. N. Avadhanulu and P. G. Kshirsagar, 4th
Edition, S. Chand, 2014.
2. Optics, A. Ghatak, 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2014.
3. Introduction to Solid State Physics, Charles Kittel, 8th Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
2014.
4. Engineering Physics, B. K. Pandey and S. Chaturvedi, 5th Edition, Cengage
Learning, 2015.
5. Concepts of Modern Physics, Arthur Beiser, 6th Edition, McGraw Hill Inc, 2016.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. II Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19ES1CS02) DATA STRUCTURES THROUGH C
(Common to CE, EEE, ME, EIE and AE)

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To summarize efficient storage mechanisms of data for an easy access
• To familiarize concepts of various linear data structures
• To introduce concept of non-linear data structures
• To develop applications using data structures

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Find time complexity notations for various sorting techniques
CO-2: Implement the operations of creation, insertion, deletion on linear data
structures
CO-3: Apply the operations of creation, insertion, deletion on non-linear data
structures
CO-4: Develop the applications using data structure concepts

UNIT-I:
Data Structures: Introduction to data structures, abstract data types. Asymptotic
notations, Merge sort, Quick Sort, Radix sort.

UNIT-II:
Linked List: Singly linked list implementation, insertion, deletion and searching
operations on linear list, circular linked list implementation
Double linked list implementation, insertion, deletion and searching operations.
Applications of Linked Lists – Polynomial addition and subtraction.

UNIT-III:
Stacks: Operations, array and linked representations of stacks, stack applications-
infix to postfix conversion, postfix expression evaluation, Towers of Hanoi recursive
implementation.

UNIT-IV:
Queues: operations, array and linked representations of queues. Circular queue
operations, dequeue operations.

UNIT-V:
Trees: Definitions, binary tree representation, binary search tree, binary tree
traversals- Preorder, Inorder, Post order.

UNIT-VI:
Graphs: Definitions, graph representations, spanning tree, graph traversals- BFS and
DFS.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. C Programming & Data Structures, B. A. Forouzan and R. F. Gilberg, Third Edition,
Cengage Learning.
2. Data Structures Using C (Paperback), Aaron M. Tenenbaum.

REFERENCES:
1. C & Data Structures, P. Padmanabham, Third Edition, B. S. Publications.
2. Data Structures using C, A. M. Tanenbaum, Y. Langsam, and M. J. Augenstein,
Pearson Education.
3. C Programming & Data Structures, E. Balagurusamy, TMH.
4. C Programming & Data Structures, P. Dey, M. Ghosh, R. Thereja, Oxford University
Press.
5. C & Data Structures, E. V. Prasad and N. B. Venkateswarlu, S. Chand & Co.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. II Semester L T/P/D C

3 1 4
(19ES1EE05) NETWORK ANALYSIS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Circuit Theory, Calculus for Engineers

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand three phase circuits
• To analyse transients in electrical systems
• To evaluate network parameters of given electrical network
• To understand the behaviour of filters
• To apply Fourier analysis to electrical systems

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of this course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Describe the importance of three phase circuit for balanced and
unbalanced conditions
CO-2: Analyze the transient behavior of electrical networks in time domain and
frequency domain
CO-3: Illustrate the concept of complex frequency, transform impedance,
significance of poles and zeros of a given transfer function and network synthesis
CO-4: Design the filter circuit for application of electrical system
CO-5: Describe the properties of Fourier transforms and their applications to
electrical systems

UNIT-I:
Three Phase Circuits: Three phase circuits: Phase sequence – Star and Delta
connection – Relation between line and phase voltages and currents in balanced
systems – Analysis of balanced and Unbalanced 3 phase circuits – Measurement of
Active and Reactive Power- Different methods-Problems

UNIT-II:
Transient Analysis: Transient response of R-L, R-C, R-L-C circuits (Series and parallel
combinations) for D.C. and sinusoidal excitations – Initial conditions - Solution using
differential equation approach and Laplace transforms.
Response of R-L, R-C, R-L-C circuits for step, ramp, pulse and impulse excitation using
Laplace Transform Methods.

UNIT-III:
Network Functions: Driving point impedance and transfer functions of single port
RLC networks, natural frequency of networks, Poles and Zeros of Network Functions,
Significance of poles and Zeros, Properties of Driving Point Functions, Properties of
Transfer functions, Necessary Conditions for Transfer Functions

UNIT-IV:
Network Parameters: Impedance parameters, Admittance parameters, Hybrid
parameters, Transmission (ABCD) parameters, conversion of Parameters from one
form to other, Conditions for Reciprocity and Symmetry, Interconnection of Two Port
networks in Series, Parallel and Cascaded configurations, Image Parameters,
Illustrative problems.
UNIT-V:
Filters: Classification of filters – Low pass, High pass, Band pass and Band Elimination,
Constant-k and M-derived filters-Low pass and High pass Filters and Band pass and
Band elimination filters (qualitative treatment only)

UNIT-VI:
Fourier Analysis of A.C. Circuits: Fourier series and evaluation of Fourier co-efficients,
Trigonometric and complex Fourier series for repetitive wave forms, amplitude and
phase spectrums, Fourier transforms, properties of Fourier transforms, Application to
network analysis with non-sinusoidal repetitive waveform excitations

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Engineering Circuit Analysis, William Hayt and Jack E. Kemmerly, 8th Edition,
McGraw Hill Company, 2013.
2. Network Analysis, A. Sudhakar, Shyammohan Palli, McGraw Hill Company.
3. Fundamentals of Electric Circuits, Charles K. Alexander, Mathew N. O. Sadiku, 3rd
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Company, 2019.

REFERENCES:
1. Network Analysis, M. E. Van Valkenburg, 3rd Edition, PHI learning, 2019.
2. Circuit Theory, A. Chakrabarti, 6th Edition, Dhanpat Rai and Co., 2018.
3. Electrical Circuits, David A. Bell, 7th Edition, Oxford University Press, 2009.
4. Network Theory and Filter Design, Vasudev K. Aatre, 3rd Edition, Eastern Wiley
Publishers, 1993.
5. Electric Circuits, Mahmood Nahvi, Joseph A. Edmister, Schaum's Outline, 7th
Edition, 2017.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. II Semester L T/P/D C

0 2 1

(19BS2PH02) ENGINEERING PHYSICS LABORATORY

(Common to EEE, ECE and EIE)

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To practically learn interaction of light with matter through physical phenomena
like interference, diffraction and dispersion
• To understand the periodic motion and formation of standing waves and know
the characteristics of the capacitors and resistors
• To study semiconductor devices
• To experience resonance phenomena
• To compare the experimental results with the class room learning

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Demonstrate the optical phenomena with formation of Newton Rings, pure
spectrum through prism and to evaluate grating parameters
CO-2: Illustrate charging & discharging of a capacitor
CO-3: Asses the various characteristics of semiconductor devices
CO-4: Realize tangent law of magnetism and resonance phenomenon in Melde’s
and Sonometer experiment
CO-5: Correlate the experimental results with the class room learning

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Spectrometer: To determine the dispersive power of given prism using

spectrometer
2. Diffraction Grating: To determine the wavelength of given laser and grating
parameters
3. Diffraction at Single Slit: To determine the width of given wire.
4. Newton’s Rings Experiment: To determine the radius of curvature of given plano
convex lens
5. RC Circuit: To determine the time constant of RC circuit
6. Optical Fiber: To determine Numerical aperture and Acceptance angle of a
given optical fiber cable.
7. Energy Band Gap of Semiconductor: To determine Energy band gap of a
semiconductor diode
8. Light Emitting Diode: To study the V-I characteristics of LED
9. Solar Cell: To study the V-I characteristics of Solar cell
10. AC Frequency by Sonometer: To measure frequency of AC mains
11. Stewart Gee’s Experiment: To verify Biot - Savart’s law
12. Melde’s Experiment: To determine the frequency of electrical vibrator using
resonance phenomenon

REFERENCES:
1. Engineering Physics Laboratory Manual/Observation, Faculty of Physics,
VNRVJIET.
2. Laboratory Manual of Engineering Physics, Y. Aparna & K. Venkateswara Rao,
VGS Publications.
3. Engineering Physics Practicals, B. Srinivasa Rao, Keshava Vamsi Krishna and K. S.
Rudramamba, Second Edition, Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd., University Science
Press.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. II Semester L T/P/D C

0 2 1

(19ES2CS02) DATA STRUCTURES THROUGH C LABORATORY

(Common to CE, EEE, ME, EIE, and AE)

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To impart the implementation of data structures such as linked lists, stacks and
queue
• To introduce the various advanced data structures such as tree traversals
• To analyze the sorting algorithms
• To teach the various graph traversal algorithms

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Analyze the algorithms to determine the time and space complexities
CO-2: Implement the linear data structures like stacks, queues and linked lists
CO-3: Evaluate the non-linear data structures like Trees and graphs
CO-4: Predict the tree and graph traversing techniques

WEEK 1:
1. Merge Sort

WEEK 2:
2. Quick Sort
3. Radix Sort

WEEK 3:
4. SLL creation, insertion, deletion, searching, display operations.

WEEK 4:
5. CLL creation, insertion, deletion, searching, display operations.

WEEK 5:
6. DLL creation, insertion, deletion, searching, display operations.

WEEK 6:
7. STACK operations using arrays and Linked List.

WEEK 7:
8. Infix to postfix conversion.

WEEK 8:
9. Postfix evaluation.
10. Towers of Hanoi problem

WEEK 9:
11. QUEUE operations using arrays and LL.
WEEK 10:
12. CIRCULAR QUEUE operations using arrays.

WEEK 11:
13. DEQUEUE operations using arrays.

WEEK 12:
14. Binary tree traversals using recursion.

WEEK 13:
15. Graph traversals (BFS and DFS).
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. II Semester L T/P/D C

0 2 1

(19ES2EE05) NETWORK ANALYSIS LABORATORY

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Circuit Theory, Network Analysis

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To design electrical systems
• To analyze a given network by applying various network theorems
• To understand the locus diagrams

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Analyze DC and AC linear circuits
CO-2: Apply concepts of electrical circuits across engineering
CO-3: Evaluate response in a given network by using theorems
CO-4: Simulate the electrical circuits using suitable software
CO-5: Demonstration of safety precautions, measuring instruments and electrical
components

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

PART – A
1. Demonstration of safety precautions, measuring instruments, electrical and
electronic components.
2. Identification of ratings of resistors using color codes and electrical circuit bread
board practice.

PART – B
1. Verification of Thevenin’s and Norton’s theorems.
2. Verification of superposition and reciprocity theorems.
3. Verification of maximum power transfer and compensation theorem.
4. Analysis of series RL, RC and RLC circuits.
5. Series and parallel resonance.
6. Locus diagrams of RL and RC series circuits.
7. Determination of self, mutual inductances and coefficient of coupling.
8. Time response of RC and RL circuits.
9. Determination of Z and Y parameters.
10. Determination of ABCD and hybrid parameters.
11. Simulation and analysis of DC circuits.
12. Simulation and analysis of AC circuits (RL.RC and RLC).
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. II Semester L T/P/D C

0 4 2

(19ES3ME02) ENGINEERING DRAWING

(Common to EEE, ECE and EIE)

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To know the conventions used in Engineering Drawing and comprehend the
tools to be used in AutoCAD software
• To understand the importance of engineering scales and curves
• To learn to use the orthographic projections for points, lines, planes and solids
in different positions
• To understand the development of sections and isometric projections
• To create simple solid models of various domain applications

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Apply the concepts of engineering curves in construction using AutoCAD
CO-2: Solve the problem of projections of points, lines, planes and solids in different
positions using AutoCAD
CO-3: Solve the problems of Projections of solids and its positions using AutoCAD
CO-4: Solve the problems on Isometric Projections and its conversions using
AutoCAD

Introduction to AutoCAD Software:

The Menu System, Toolbars (Standard, Object Properties, Draw, Modify and
Dimension), Drawing Area (Background, Crosshairs, Coordinate System), Dialog
boxes and windows, Shortcut menus (Button Bars), The Command Line, The Status
Bar, Different methods of zoom as used in CAD, Select and erase objects.

UNIT-I:
Introduction to Engineering Drawing:
Principles of Engineering drawing and their significance, Conventions, Drawing
Instruments
Engineering Curves: Construction of Ellipse, Parabola and Hyperbola – General and
Special methods; Cycloidal curves- Epicycloids and Hypocycloids.

UNIT-II:
Orthographic Projections, Projections of Points & Straight Lines: Principles of
Orthographic Projections – Conventions; Projections of Points in all positions;
Projections of lines inclined to both the planes

UNIT-III:
Projections of Planes: Projections of Planes- Surface Inclined to both the Planes

UNIT-IV:
Projections of Regular Solids: Projections of Regular Solids inclined to both the Planes
– Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinder and Cone
UNIT-V:
Isometric Projections: Principles of Isometric projection – Isometric Scale, Isometric
Views, Conventions; Isometric Views of lines, Planes, Simple and Compound Solids

UNIT-VI:
Conversion of Isometric Views to Orthographic Views and Vice-versa, Conventions
Introduction to Solid Modelling: Creation of simple solid models relevant to the
domain.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Engineering Drawing, N. D. Bhatt, 53rd Edition, Charotar Publishing House, 2016.
2. Textbook on Engineering Drawing, K. L. Narayana & P. Kannaiah, Scitech
Publishers, 2010.
3. Engineering Drawing and Computer Graphics, M. B. Shah & B. C. Rana, Pearson
Education, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Mastering AutoCAD 2019 and AutoCAD LT 2019, George Omura and Brian C.
Benton (Auto CAD 2019), 1st Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Indianapolis, Indiana.
2. AutoCAD Software Theory and User Manuals
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. II Semester L T/P/D C

0 2 1

(19PW4EE01) DESIGN SENSITISATION

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To create awareness of design among students of engineering
• To teach a systematic approach to identifying and defining a problem before
brainstorming for a solution
• To instill a sense of significance towards applying creativity to product and
service design
• To motivate students to apply design thinking while implementing a project
focusing on local or global societal problems

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of this course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Identify design principles from an engineering perspective
CO-2: Cultivate sensitivity towards design aspects of Activities, Environments,
Interactions, Objects, and Users (A-E-I-O-U) in daily life
CO-3: Validate problem statements through user empathisation with societal and
environmental consciousness
CO-4: Devise visual design and documentation to communicate more effectively
CO-5: Develop project management skills in a multidisciplinary environment

STUDENTS’ RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Forming diverse teams of 3–5 members each to work collaboratively throughout
the semester.
2. Proactively engaging to observe the objects and interactions in their daily life
and society from a design perspective.
3. Identifying general societal and social problems that may be effectively
addressed using design thinking principles
4. Presenting and reporting the tasks to the concerned faculty members using their
creative communication and people skills.

MODULE-1: Design Overview and Motivation

Design is Everywhere – Various perspectives including history; Design Vocabulary;
Design in Indian Context; Art and Design; Importance of Design in Career

MODULE-2: Understanding Design

Design Engineering vs. Engineering Design; Good and Bad Design — Case Studies
Introduction to the Design Double Diamond: Discover-Define-Develop-Deliver;
Importance of user-centricity for design
MODULE-3: Doing Design: Discover Phase
Looking for problems: SDGs; Identifying Stakeholders and Defining User Personas;
User Empathisation and Tools; Data collection from users and for users: Surveys,
Questionnaires, Statistics, Interactions
Need Analysis: Types of Users, Types of Needs; Market Size; Value Proposition to the
Users; Identifying Addressable Needs and Touchpoints; Data Validation; Structuring
Need Statements

MODULE-4: Designing Customer Service Experience

Enhancing Customer Experience in Services through Innovation and Design Thinking;
Service Development Process and Case Studies; Service Experience Cycle and Case
Studies

MODULE-5: Communication Skills for Design

Communicating using various media to express an idea in print, electronic, mobile,
web, and social media: Visuals, Text, Voice and Audio, Infographics
General Guidelines for a Good Presentation: Target Audience, Slideshow Templates,
Appropriate Visual Elements and Aesthetics, Typography, Presentation Styles,
Guidelines
General Guidelines for a Good Report: Documentation Classification, Standards,
Styles, and Templates

MODULE-6: Sustainable Design Approaches

Concern for Environment and Sustainability in Design, Case Studies to understand
good Design For Environment (DFE) Decisions; Design Considerations in the five
stages of the Product Life Cycle

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Tim Brown, “Change by Design”, Harper Business, 2012 (ISBN: 978-0062337382)
2. Donald A. Norman, “The Design of Everyday Things”, MIT Press, 2013 (ISBN: 978-
0262525671)
3. Daniel Ling, “Complete Design Thinking Guide for Successful Professionals”,
CreateSpace Independent Publishing, 2015 (ISBN: 978-1514202739)

REFERENCES:
1. Bruno Munari, “Design As Art”, Penguin UK, 2009 (ISBN: 978-0141035819)
2. Tom Kelly, Jonathan Littman, “The Art of Innovation”, HarperCollins Business, 2002
(ISBN: 978-0007102938)
3. Thomas Lockwood, “Design Thinking: Integrating Innovation, Customer
Experience, and Brand Value”, Allworth Press, 2009 (ISBN: 978-1581156683)
4. Joost Groot Kromelink, “Responsible Innovation: Ethics, Safety and Technology”,
2nd ed., TU Delft, Faculty of Technology, Policy and Management, 2019 (e-Book
ISBN: 978-9463662024)
5. Jimmy Jain, “Design Thinking for Startups: A Handbook for Readers and Workbook
for Practitioners”, Notion Press, 2018 (ISBN: 978-1642495034)
6. Beverly Rudkin Ingle, “Design Thinking for Entrepreneurs and Small Businesses:
Putting the Power of Design to Work”, A Press, 2013 (ISBN: 978-1430261810)
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. III Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19BS1MT09) COMPLEX ANALYSIS AND TRANSFORMS

COURSE PREREQUISITES: Differentiation, Integration

COURSE OBJECTIVES: Student will gain knowledge of

• Analytic functions and their properties
• Concept of complex integration
• The notion of conformal mapping
• The properties of Fourier transforms
• Classifications and method of solving Partial Differential Equations

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Apply Cauchy-Riemann equations to study analyticity of functions
CO-2: Evaluate contour integrals using Cauchy's integral theorems
CO-3: Analyze the image of the given curve under the given transformation
CO-4: Expand the function as Fourier series
CO-5: Model the problem into PDE and solve it

UNIT – I:
Functions of a Complex Variable: Functions of a complex variable, Continuity,
Differentiability, Analyticity, Cauchy-Riemann equations in Cartesian and polar
coordinates, Harmonic and conjugate harmonic functions, Milne – Thompson
method.

UNIT – II:
Complex Integration, Complex Power Series and Residues: Line integral, evaluation
long a path and by indefinite integration. Cauchy’s integral theorem, Cauchy’s
integral formula, generalized integral formula. Expansion of Taylor’s series and
Laurent series (without proofs). Singular point, isolated singular point, pole of order m,
essential singularity. Residues – Evaluation of residue by formulae, Residue theorem,
Evaluation of real integrals.

UNIT – III:
Conformal Mapping: Transformation of e z , lnz, z2, Sin z, cos z, z + a/z. Basic
transformations: Translation, rotation, inversion. Bilinear transformation - fixed point,
cross ratio, properties, invariance of circles, determination of bilinear transformation
mapping three given points to three assigned points.

UNIT – IV:
Fourier Series: Fourier Series of periodic functions, Euler‘s formulae, Fourier series of
even and odd functions, having arbitrary periods, half range Fourier series.

UNIT – V:
Fourier Transforms: Fourier integral representation of a function, Fourier sine and
cosine integral, Complex Fourier transform, Sine and Cosine transforms and their
properties, Finite Fourier Transform.
UNIT – VI:
Partial Differential Equations: Partial Differential Equations of second order:
Classifications- parabolic, elliptic and hyperbolic, solving partial differential
equations using Method of separation of variables. Problems of vibrating string-
wave equation.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Complex Variables and Applications, by J. W. Brown and R. V. Churchill, 7th
Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2004
2. Higher Engineering Mathematics - B. S. Grewal, Khanna Publishers, 36th Edition-
2010
3. Higher Engineering Mathematics – B. V. Ramana; Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi,
11th Reprint-2010

REFERENCES:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics - Peter O’Neil, (2000), 5th Edition, Cengage
Learning
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley &
Sons, 2006
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. III Semester L T/P/D C

3 1 4
(19PC1EE01) ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce concepts of electrostatic field
• To introduce concepts of magnetic field
• To understand the concepts of time varying fields
• To appreciate the modifications in Maxwell equation

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Analyze electric fields due to simple charge configurations
CO-2: Obtain magnetic fields and forces due to different configurations
CO-3: Analyze Maxwell’s equation in different forms and media
CO-4: Understand the evolve of Faraday’s Laws of electromagnetic induction

UNIT – I:
Static Electric Field: Electrostatic Fields-Coulomb’s law, Electric Field Intensity (EFI)-EFI
due to a Line charge, Surface charge; Work done in moving a point charge in an
electrostatic field, Absolute Electric potential and Potential difference, Properties of
potential function, Potential gradient, Gauss law and its applications for different
configurations, Maxwell’s first equation, Div D= ρV,Laplace’s and Poisson’s
equations, Solution of Laplace’s equation in one variable,

UNIT – II:
Conductors, Dipole, Dielectrics and Capacitance: Electric dipole-EFI, Potential and
Torque on an electric dipole; Conductors- Properties when placed in electric field,
Current and current densities, Ohms Law in Point form, Continuity equation of
current; Dielectric-Polarization, Permittivity of dielectric materials, Boundary
conditions of perfect dielectric materials, conductor- dielectric; Capacitance of a
parallel plate, spherical and co-axial capacitors with composite dielectrics,
Electrostatic Energy stored and Energy density in static electric field

UNIT – III:
Static Magnetic Fields: Static magnetic fields-Biot- Savart’s Law and its alternate
forms, Magnetic Field Intensity due to straight current carrying filament, MFI due to
circular, square and solenoid current carrying wire using Biot Savart’s law, Relation
between magnetic flux, magnetic flux density and MFI, Maxwell’s second equation
div B=0, Ampere’s Circuital law and its application for MFI due to long current
carrying filament& infinite sheet of current,Maxwell’s third equation Curl H=JC

UNIT – IV:
Magnetic Forces and Magnetic Dipole: Magnetic force-Moving charges in a
magnetic field, Lorentz force equation, Force on a differential current element,
straight long current carrying conductor in a magnetic field, Force between two
straight long and parallel current carrying conductors, Magnetic dipole and dipole
moment, Torque on a current loop placed in magnetic field
UNIT – V:
Magnetic Materials and Inductance: Nature of Magnetic materials, Magnetization
and permeability, Magnetic boundary conditions, Magnetic Circuits, Energy stored
and Energy density, Inductances due to solenoids, toroids and cables, Scalar
Magnetic Potential and limitations, Vector Magnetic potentials and properties,
Vector magnetic potential due to simple configurations, vector Poison’s equations

UNIT – VI:
Time Varying Fields and Maxwell’s Equation: Faraday’s law for Electromagnetic
induction, Its integral and point forms-Maxwell’s fourth equation curl E=-δB/δt,
Statically induced EMF and Dynamically induced EMF-simple problems,
Displacement current and Displacement current density, Modification of Maxwell’s
equations for time varying fields from Gauss Law, Ampere’s law, Faraday’s law in
integral and differential forms, Poynting Theorem and Poynting vector

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Engineering Electromagnetics, by William H. Hayt & John A. Buck, McGraw-Hill
Companies, 7th Edition, 2006
2. Elements of Electromagnetics, by M. N. O. Sadiku, Oxford University Publication,
2014

REFERENCES:
1. Electromagnetics, by S. Kamakshaiah, Right Publishers, 2007
2. Electromagnetism-Problems with Solution, by Pramanik, Prentice Hall India, 2012
3. The Electromagnetic Field in its Engineering Aspects, by G. W. Carter, Longmans,
1954
4. Electricity and Magnetism, by W. J. Duffin, McGraw Hill Publication, 1980
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. III Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PC1EE02) ELECTRICAL MACHINES-I

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the electro-mechanical energy conversion process and operation
of DC machines and transformers
• To know the different testing methods for dc machines and transformers
• To know the behavior of DC machines and transformers
• To learn about different method to control the speed of DC motor and voltage
of transformers

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Identify the different parts and their role in electro-mechanical energy
conversion operation of DC machines and transformers
CO-2: Select DC machines and Transformers for appropriate application
CO-3: Start and control the DC motor speed and transformer output voltage
CO-4: Carry out different assessment tests to predetermine the efficiency of DC
machines and transformers

UNIT – I:
Electromagnetism and Electromechanical Energy Conversion: Review of Ampere
and Biot Savart Laws, Magnetic field patterns of bar magnet and a current carrying
coil, influence of highly permeable materials on the magnetic flux lines, Linear and
Non-linear Magnetization characteristics. Energy stored in the magnetic field,
Derivation of Electro-magnetic force in Singly excited electromagnetic systems,
Examples, Derivation of Electromagnetic Torque and Reluctance (saliency or
eccentricity) Torque in Multi Excited Systems, examples

UNIT – II:
DC Generators-I: principle-Simple Loop generator, commutator action, construction,
EMF equation, Armature windings- lap and wave windings, Types of field excitations
– separately excited, shunt, series and Compound generators, Open circuit
characteristic of separately excited DC generator, voltage build-up in a shunt
generator- critical field resistance and critical speed

UNIT – III:
DC Generators-II: Armature reaction- armature MMF wave-MMF wave by Field
winding- air gap flux density distribution with armature reaction, compensating
windings, Commutation- linear and delayed commutation-Methods of improving
commutation, voltage and current characteristics of separately excited, shunt and
series and Compound generators

UNIT – IV:
DC Motors: Principle, back EMF, Types of DC motors, Mechanical Power developed,
Derivation of Torque equation, Operating characteristics of dc motors. Starting &
Speed control of DC shunt motors, Losses and efficiency, condition for maximum
efficiency, Swin-burne’s test- Brake Test- Back-to back test- Field’s Test
UNIT – V:
Transformers-I: Principle and construction of single-phase transformers, EMF
equation, ideal transformer, transformer on No-load, Magnetizing current, effect of
nonlinear B-H curve of magnetic core material, harmonics in magnetization current,
Transformer on Load, phasor diagrams, voltage regulation, losses and efficiency,
Open circuit and short circuit tests, back-to-back test, All-Day efficiency

UNIT – VI:
Transformers-II: Parallel operation of single phase transformers, Three-phase
transformers, Construction- different configurations, Open Delta connection, Scott
connection, On Load and Off Load Tap-changers, Three-winding transformers,
Autotransformers, Cooling of transformers.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Electric Machines, by J. Nagrath and D. P. Kothari, McGraw-Hill Education, 2010
2. Electrical Machinery, by P. S. Bimbhra, Khanna Publishers, 2011

REFERENCES:
1. Electric Machinery, by E. Fitzgerald and C. Kingsley, New York, McGraw-Hill
Education, 2013
2. Performance and Design of AC Machines, by M. G. Say, CBS Publishers, 2002
3. Performance and Design of DC Machines, by E. Clayton and N. N. Hancock, CBS
Publishers, 2004
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. III Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PC1EC02) ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS
(Common to ECE, EIE & EEE)

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Engineering Physics (19BS1PH02)

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the construction, principle of operation and characteristics of
various semiconductor devices
• To study the applications of various semiconductor devices
• To have the familiarity with small signal model of semiconductor devices
• To understand the concepts of feedback in amplifiers and Oscillators

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Explain the principle of operation and substantiate the applications of various
Semiconductor devices
CO-2: Appreciate the need for biasing and stabilization
CO-3: Design the application specific circuits using basic active and passive
components
CO-4: Explain the necessity of feedback in amplifiers and Oscillators

UNIT – I:
PN-Junction Diode and Applications: Review of p-n Junction as a Diode, Diode
Equation, Volt-Ampere Characteristics, Temperature dependence of V-I
characteristics, Ideal and Practical Diode Equivalent Circuits, Transition and Diffusion
Capacitances, Breakdown Mechanisms in Semi-Conductor Diodes, Zener Diode and
its Characteristics.
Half wave Rectifier, Full wave rectifier, Bridge Rectifier, Harmonic components in a
Rectifier Circuit, Capacitor filters, π- section filters, Zener diode as Voltage Regulator.

UNIT – II:
Bipolar Junction Transistor, Biasing and Stabilization: Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT),
Transistor Current Components, Transistor Construction, BJT Operation, Common
Base, Common Emitter and Common Collector Configurations, Limits of operation,
BJT as an Amplifier, BJT Specifications. DC and AC Load lines, Quiescent operating
point, Need for Biasing, Analysis of Fixed Bias, Collector Feedback Bias, Emitter
Feedback Bias, Collector-Emitter Feedback Bias, Voltage Divider Bias, Bias Stability,
Stabilization Factors, Stabilization against variations in VBE, β and ICO, Thermal
Runaway, Thermal Stability and Compensation Techniques

UNIT – III:
Field Effect Transistor, Biasing: Construction and operation of Junction Field Effect
Transistor (JFET), Volt-Ampere characteristics- Drain and Transfer Characteristics, FET
as Voltage Variable Resistor, FET Biasing, Construction and operation of MOSFET,
MOSFET characteristics in Enhancement and Depletion modes.
UNIT – IV:
Small signal low frequency Amplifiers:
BJT Amplifiers: Small signal low frequency transistor amplifier circuits: h-parameter
representation and analysis of single stage CE, CC, CB amplifiers - Computation of
Voltage gain, Current gain, Input impedance and Output impedance, Comparison
of CB, CE, CC amplifiers.
JFET Amplifiers: JFET Small Signal Model, FET Common Source Amplifier, Common
Drain Amplifier.

UNIT – V:
Feedback Amplifiers and Oscillators: Concept of feedback, Types of feedback,
general characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers, voltage series, voltage
shunt, current series and current shunt feedback configurations and their analysis(BJT
version), Illustrative problems.
Classification of oscillators, Conditions for oscillations, RC phase shift oscillator,
Generalized analysis of LC oscillators – Hartley and Colpitts oscillators, piezoelectric
crystal oscillator, Stability of oscillators.

UNIT – VI:
Special Purpose Semiconductor Devices: Tunnel Diode, Varactor Diode, Photo
Diode, Photo Transistor, UJT, LED, SCR

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Electronic Devices and Circuits – J.Millman, C.Halkias, and Satyabrata Jit, 4th
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2015
2. Electronic Devices and Circuits – R.L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, 11th Edition,
Pearson/Prentice Hall, 2016

REFERENCES:
1. Integrated Electronics - J.Millman ,C.Halkias, and Chetan D Parikh, 2nd Edition,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2010
2. Electronic Devices and Circuits – T.F. Bogart Jr., J.S.Beasley and G.Rico, 6th Edition,
Pearson Education, 2004
3. Microelectronic Circuits- Adel S. Sedra and Kenneth C. Smith 7th Edition,
Oxford, 2014
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. III Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PC1EC03) DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN
(Common to EEE, ECE & EIE)

COURSE PRE-REQUISITE: Linear Algebra and Advanced Calculus (19BS1MT04)

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand and analyze the logic families
• To understand the different ways of number representation and simplification of
Boolean functions with reference to digital circuit design
• To understand the design principles of combinational and sequential circuits
• To understand the role of state machine in digital system designs
• To introduce the principles involved in implementing a digital system using PLDs

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Identify suitable logic family for the implementation of digital ICs
CO-2: Apply the fundamental concepts of digital logic in the design of digital system
CO-3: Analyze and design combinational and sequential logic building blocks of a
digital system
CO-4: Apply state machines in the design of digital systems
CO-5: Implement digital systems using various programmable logic devices

UNTI – I:
Digital Logic Families: TTL NAND gate, Specifications, Noise margin, Propagation
delay, fan-in, fan-out, Tristate TTL, ECL, CMOS families and their interfacing
Number Systems and codes: Number Systems, Representation of unsigned and
Signed Numbers – Binary Arithmetic, Binary Codes, Code Conversions

UNIT – II:
Switching Functions and Logic Simplification: Boolean Algebra postulates and
theorems, Algebraic Simplification, Digital logic gates, Multilevel NAND/NOR
realizations, Boolean function representations: Canonical and Standard forms,
Karnaugh map up to 5 variables, Don‘t care combinations.

UNIT – III:
Combinational Circuits: Half Adder, Full Adder, Ripple Carry Adder, Half Subtractor,
Full Subtractor, Binary Adder/Subtractor, BCD adder, 4-bit Magnitude Comparator,
Encoder, Priority Encoder, Decoder, Multiplexer, De- Multiplexer, Barrel shifter.

UNIT – IV:
Sequential Circuits: Classification of sequential circuits, Latches and Flip Flops, SR,
JK,D, T and Master-Slave JK Flip Flops, Flip-Flop Conversions, Ripple and Synchronous
Counters, Shift Registers, Sequence generator and sequence detector, Introduction
to Finite State Machines(Mealy and Moore).
UNIT – V:
Algorithmic State Machine Charts: Introduction to ASM charts, system Design using
data path and control subsystems, ASM charts for Binary Multiplier and Dice Game
Controller.

UNIT – VI:
Programmable Logic Devices: Logic implementation using Programmable Logic
Devices (PLDs): Read Only Memory (ROM), Programmable Logic Array (PLA),
Programmable Array Logic (PAL).
Basic architectures of CPLD and FPGA, FPGA Programming Technologies: SRAM,
Antifuse, EPROM

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Digital Design – Morris Mano, 3rd Edition, PHI, 2006
2. Modern digital Electronics- R P Jain, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2009
3. Digital Fundamentals-Floyd and Jain, 8th Edition, Pearson Education, 2009

REFERENCES:
1. Digital Systems- Ronald J Tocci, Neal S Widmer, Gregory L Moss, 10th Edition,
Pearson Education, 2009
2. Digital Principles and Applications- Donald P Leach, Albert Paul Malvino and
Goutam Saha, 8th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2014
3. Fundamentals of logic design - Charles H. Roth Larry L. Kinney, 7th Edition,
Cengage, 2015
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. III Semester L T/P/D C

0 3 1.5
(19PC2EE01) ELECTRICAL MACHINES-I LABORATORY

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To expose the students to the operation of DC machines
• To perform different tests on transformers and DC machines
• To know different methods of controlling the speed of DC motors
• To examine the self excitation phenomenon in DC generators

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Start and control the different DC machines
CO-2: Assess the performance of DC machines and transformers using different
testing methods
CO-3: Identify different conditions to be satisfied for self-excitation of DC generators
CO-4: Separate iron losses of DC machine into different components

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Magnetization characteristics of DC shunt generator

2. Swinburne‘s Test on DC Shunt Machine
3. Speed control of DC Shunt Motor
4. Separation of losses of a DC Shunt Machine
5. Load Test on DC Shunt Generator
6. Load Test on DC Series Generator
7. Hopkinson‘s Test on a Pair of Identical DC Shunt Machines
8. Field‘s Test on a pair of Identical DC Series Machines
9. Open circuit and short circuit tests on single phase Transformer
10. Load Characteristics‘ of DC Compound Generator
11. Brake Test on DC Compound Motor
12. Determination of Voltage Regulation of Single Phase Transformer by direct
method
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. III Semester L T/P/D C

0 3 1.5

(19PC2EC01) ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS LABORATORY

(Common to ECE & EEE)

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Engineering Physics

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To identify various active and passive components.
• To understand the functionality of various measuring instruments
• To know the characteristics of various active devices

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand the specifications of various devices and measuring equipment
CO-2: Analyze the characteristics of various semiconductor devices
CO-3: Appreciate the effect of feedback on the systems’ performance

Part A: (Only for viva-voce Examination)

ELECTRONIC WORKSHOP PRACTICE (in 2 lab sessions):
1. Identification, Specification, testing of R,L,C components (color
codes),Potentiometer (SPDT, DPDT and DIP), Coils, Gang Condensers, Relays,
Bread Board, PCB.
2. Identification, Specification, testing of Active devices: Diodes, BJT, Low power
JFET, MOSFET, Power Transistors, LED, LCD, SCR, and UJT.
3. Study and operation of:
a) Multimeters (Analog and Digital)
b) Function Generator
c) Regulated Power Supplies
d) CRO

Part B:
1. V-I characteristics of PN junction diode under forward and reverse bias.
2. V-I characteristics of Zener diode and voltage regulator using Zener Diode.
3. Full wave Rectifier without filter and with π filter: Computation of Ripple factor
and Regulation efficiency
4. Input and Output characteristics of CE transistor configuration: computation of
h-parameters.
5. Input and Output characteristics of CB transistor configuration: computation of
h-parameters.
6. Characteristics of FET under CS configuration.
7. Frequency response of CE Amplifier.
8. Frequency response of CS Amplifier.
9. Frequency response of Voltage series feedback amplifier.
10. RC phase shift Oscillator using transistors.
11. Colpitt’s Oscillator using transistors.
12. Characteristics of UJT
Experiments over and above curriculum:
1. UJT Relaxation Oscillator.
2. Transistor as a switch
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. III Semester L T/P/D C

0 2 1
(19PC2EC15) DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN LABORATORY

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To learn VERILOG hardware description language
• To understand the design of combinational and Sequential Circuits through
different specifications
• To design digital circuits using CAD tools
• To understand & implement the finite state machine

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Develop VERILOG HRL code to design a combinational system
CO-2: Develop VERILOG HDL Code to design a digital system
CO-3: Understand the design flow of CAD tools for digital system design
CO-4: Analyze the importance of Finite State machine

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

Design and simulate the following circuits

1. Logic Gates-(Universal gates and Ex-OR gate)

2. Full Adder and Full Subtractor
3. Code converter (Binary to Gray)
4. Multiplexer (4x1 MUX) and De-Multiplexer(1x4 D-MUX)
5. Encoder and Decoder
6. Parity Generator
7. 4-bit comparator
8. Flip-flops (JK & D) using truth table and state diagram
9. Up & down counter
10. Decade counter
11. Shift registers (Universal)
12. Mealy state Machine
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. IV Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PC1EE03) ELECTRICAL MACHINES-II

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the armature windings and the flux patterns in AC machines
• To know the construction and operation of induction and synchronous machines
• To know the different testing methods for induction and synchronous machines
• To know the behavior of induction and synchronous machines

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: To identify different parts of ac machines and develop AC windings to
establish the rotating magnetic fields
CO-2: To understand the operation of AC machines and assess the performance for
appropriate application
CO-3: To start and control the AC machines in view of speed, voltage, active and
reactive powers
CO-4: To carry out different assessment tests to predetermine the efficiency of AC
machines

UNIT – I:
Fundamentals of AC Machine Windings: A.C armature windings - differences
between ac and dc armature windings-active - Pitch Factor-Winding Distribution
factor- winding factor; Air-gap MMF distribution with direct current through
concentrated, uniformly and Sinusoidally distributed windings- 3D visualization of the
above winding types; Production of Pulsating fields- Production of Rotating
magnetic Field in Two phase and three phase systems.

UNIT – II:
Three Phase Induction Machines-I: Principle, Construction, Types, slip, rotor
frequency, Torque equation, Torque-Slip Characteristics with different rotor
resistances, Starting and Maximum Torques, Equivalent circuit, Phasor Diagram,
Losses and Efficiency, Effect of variation of stator voltage, frequency on torque
speed characteristics

UNIT – III:
Three Phase Induction Machines-II: Circle Diagram, Methods of starting, Braking,
Speed control for induction motors, Cogging and Crawling, Induction Generator
operation- Self-excitation, Doubly-Fed Induction Machines (Elementary treatment).

UNIT – IV:
Single-Phase Induction Motors: Constructional features, double field revolving
Theory, Split-phase starting methods- Resistance and capacitor split phase motors,
shaded pole motors, applications, single phase induction motor equivalent circuit-
determination of machine parameters.

UNIT – V:
Synchronous Machines-I: Constructional features, types- cylindrical rotor
synchronous machine - generated EMF, armature reaction, phasor diagram,
synchronous impedance, voltage regulation, methods to find voltage regulation,
Analysis of Salient pole machine - two reaction theory, phasor diagram, Slip Test,
synchronization, power delivered, power angle characteristics, Effect of change of
excitation and fuel input,

UNIT – VI:
Synchronous Machines-II: Short circuit analysis, Synchronous motor, principle,
Starting of Synchronous Motors, Phasor diagram, V-curves, Synchronous Condenser,
Hunting.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Electric Machines, by J. Nagrath and D. P. Kothari, McGraw-Hill Education, 2010
2. Electrical Machinery, by P. S. Bimbhra, Khanna Publishers, 2011

REFERENCES:
1. Performance and design of AC machines, by M. G. Say, CBS Publishers, 2002
2. Electric Machinery, by E. Fitzgerald and C. Kingsley, New York, McGraw-Hill
Education, 2013
3. Alternating current machines, by S. Langsdorf, McGraw-Hill Education, 1984
4. Principles of Electric Machines and Power Electronics, by P. C. Sen, John Wiley &
Sons, 2007
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. IV Semester L T/P/D C

3 1 4
(19PC1EE04) POWER SYSTEMS-I

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To explain the various generation sources such as hydro, thermal, nuclear and
gas power plants
• To describe Transmission line parameters and derive its expressions for various
configurations and analyze different types of transmission lines
• To describe Travelling wave theory and derive expressions for reflection and
refraction coefficients with various terminations of the lines
• To describe DC and AC distribution systems and its voltage drop calculations

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand the functioning of different power plants
CO-2: Evaluate the performance of Transmission lines and cables
CO-3: Analyze the travelling wave phenomena including corona
CO-4: Assess the performance of DC and AC distribution systems

UNIT – I:
Generation of Electrical Energy
Conventional Power Plants: Operation of Hydel, Thermal, Nuclear and Gas Power
plant with layout- Description of components-Choice of site- advantages and
Disadvantages.

UNIT – II:
Transmission Line Parameters: Types of conductors - Calculation of resistance for
solid conductors – Calculation of inductance for single phase lines, three phase
single circuit and double circuit lines, Transposed lines, concept of GMR and GMD,
Skin and Proximity effects. Calculation of capacitance for single phase lines, three
phase single circuit and double circuit lines, Transposed lines, Numerical Problems.

UNIT – III:
Performance of Transmission Lines: Classification of Transmission Lines, Performance
of Short, Medium lines –Nominal-T, Nominal- π Networks and A, B, C, D Constants -
Numerical Problems. Long Transmission Line-Rigorous Solution, evaluation of A,B,C,D
Constants, Representation of Long Lines - Equivalent-T and Equivalent- π network
models- Numerical problems - Ferranti effect.

UNIT – IV:
Power System Transients and Corona: Transients - Travelling wave theory -
Attenuation, Distortion, Reflection and Refraction Coefficients - Termination of lines
with different types of conditions - Open Circuited Line, Short Circuited Line, T-
Junction, Lumped Reactive Junctions. Bewley‘s Lattice Diagrams-Numerical
Problems
Corona - Description of the phenomenon, factors affecting corona, critical voltages
and power loss, Radio Interference - Problems.
UNIT – V:
Mechanical Design of Overhead Transmission Lines: Sag and Tension Calculations
with equal and unequal heights of towers, Effect of wind and Ice loading; Types of
Insulators, String efficiency and Methods of improvement - Capacitance grading
and Static Shielding - Numerical Problems.

UNIT – VI:
Distribution systems:
Substations: Air Insulated and Gas Insulated Substations – Layouts - components –
Description – comparison - Classification of Distribution Systems - Comparison of DC
Vs AC Distribution Systems - Requirements and Design features of Distribution
Systems-Voltage Drop Calculations in D.C Distribution system -Radial system - fed at
one end - fed at both the ends with equal and unequal Voltages, Ring Main
Distribution system. Voltage Drop Calculations in A.C. Distribution system, Numerical
problems.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Electrical Power Systems by C.L.Wadhawa New age International (P) Limited,
Publishers 1997
2. Power system Analysis-by John J Grainger William D Stevenson, TMC Companies,
4th Edition
3. Modern Power system Analysis by I.J.Nagrath and D.P.Kothari: Tata McGraw- Hill
Publishing Company, 2nd Edition

REFERENCES:
1. A Text Book on Power System Engineering by M.L.Soni, P.V.Gupta, U.S.Bhatnagar
and A.Chakraborti, Dhanpat Rai and Co. Pvt. Ltd, 1999
2. Power System Analysis by Hadi Saadat, TMH Edition
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. IV Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PC1EC06) ANALOG CIRCUITS
(Common to ECE & EEE)

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Electronic Devices and Circuits (19PC1EC02)

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the principle of Multi stage Amplification
• To understand the principle of large signal amplification
• To learn about process of wave shaping circuit
• To study the applications of Operational Amplifier
• To study the IC versions of various waveform generators

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Analyze and Compute the parameters of single and multistage Amplifiers
CO-2: Design various large signal and tuned amplifiers
CO-3: Design the wave shaping circuit for a specified output
CO-4: Understand the characteristics of an Operational Amplifier
CO-5: Design various applications using linear integrated circuits

UNIT – I:
Frequency Response of BJT Amplifiers: Analysis at low and high frequencies, Effect of
coupling and bypass capacitors, Miller‘s Theorem.
Transistor at high frequency: Hybrid-π Common Emitter transistor model, CE short
circuit gain, CE current gain with resistive load, Single stage CE transistor amplifier
response at high frequencies.

UNIT – II:
Multistage Amplifiers: Introduction, Methods of inter-stage coupling, Frequency
response and Analysis of multistage amplifiers, n-stage cascaded amplifier, CE-CC
Amplifier, Darlington Pair.
MOS Amplifiers: MOS Small signal Model, Common source amplifier with Resistive
load, Diode connected load, and current source load, Source follower, Cascode
Amplifiers.

UNIT – III:
Large Signal Amplifiers: Class-A Power Amplifier- Series fed and Transformer coupled,
Conversion Efficiency, Class B Power Amplifier- Push Pull and Complimentary
Symmetry configurations, Conversion Efficiency, Cross Over Distortion, Principle of
operation of Class AB and Class C Amplifiers.
Tuned Amplifiers: Classification, Single Tuned Amplifiers – Q-factor, frequency
response of tuned amplifiers, Concept of stagger tuning and synchronous tuning.

UNIT – IV:
Linear Wave Shaping: High pass, Low pass RC circuits and their response for
sinusoidal, step, pulse, square inputs. RC network as a differentiator and integrator,
Attenuators.
Non-Linear Wave Shaping: Diode clippers, clipping at two independent levels,
Transfer characteristics of clippers, Clamping operation, clamping circuits, Clamping
circuit theorem.

UNIT – V:
Linear Integrated Circuits: Classification, basic information of Op-amp, ideal and
practical Op-amp, internal circuits, Op-amp DC and AC characteristics, modes of
operation-inverting, non-inverting, and differential.

OP-AMP Applications: Basic applications of Op-amp, Instrumentation amplifier, ac

amplifier, V to I and I to V converters, Sample and Hold circuits, Differentiators,
Integrators, Comparators.

UNIT – VI:
Data Converters and Waveform Generators: D-A and A- D Converters: weighted
resistor DAC, R-2R ladder DAC, Different types of ADCs- Successive approximation
ADC and Dual slope ADC, Parallel comparator.
555 Timer and PLL: Introduction to 555 timer, functional diagram, Mono-stable,
Astable and Schmitt Trigger operations, PLL – operation and application.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Integrated Electronics - J.Millman ,C.Halkias, and Chetan D Parikh, Tata McGraw
Hill ,2nd Edition ,2017
2. Pulse, Digital and Switching Waveforms J. Millman ,H. Taub and Suryaprakash
Rao M, 3rd Edition McGraw-Hill, 2017
3. Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits – Ramakanth A. Gayakwad, 4TH
Edition, PHI, 2015

REFERENCES:
1. Electronic Circuit Analysis - S. Salivahanan, N. Suresh Kumar, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, 4 Edition, 2017
th

2. Pulse and Digital Circuits – K Venkata Rao, K Rama Sudha, G. Manmadha Rao,
Pearson Education India, 1st Edition, 2010
3. Linear Integrated Circuits –D. Roy Choudhary, Shail.B.Jain, New Age International,
5th Edition, 2018
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. IV Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PC1ME18) FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINES

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Mathematics, Physics and Engineering Mechanics

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• Understand the properties of fluids, principles of buoyancy, flow, force and head
calculations
• Understand the hydro dynamic force and impact of jet
• Principles of operation of different types of hydraulic turbines
• Principles of operation of different types of hydraulic pumps

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Apply the knowledge of fluids and properties to solve flow, force and velocity
problems
CO-2: Apply the knowledge to find the head loss due to friction inpipe and other
losses
CO-3: Apply the knowledge of fluid flow and dynamics in solving problems in
hydraulic machines
CO-4: Perform model analysis of hydraulic machinery and select appropriate
machines for hydro power plant

UNIT – I:
Fluid Statics: Properties of fluid – specific gravity, viscosity, surface tension, vapor
pressure and their influence on fluid motion, Pressure at a point, measurement of
pressure.
Fluid Kinematics: Classification of flows, acceleration equations, Streamline, path line
and streak lines and stream tube, continuity equation, Stream function, velocity
potential function.

UNIT – II:
Fluid Dynamics: Surface and body forces – Euler’s and Bernoulli’s equation,
Venturimeter, Orifice meter, Pitot tube, Reynolds experiment –Darcy Weisbach
equation – Minor losses in pipes – pipes in series and pipes in parallel. Momentum
equation.

UNIT – III:
Basics of Turbo Machinery: Hydrodynamic force of jets on flat, inclined and curved
vanes - jet striking centrally and at tip, flow over radial vanes.

UNIT – IV:
Elements of Hydroelectric Power Station: Types of power plants, storage
requirements, estimation of power from a given catchment area, head and
efficiency.

UNIT – V:
Hydraulic Turbines: Classification of turbines, design of Pelton wheel, Francis turbine
and Kaplan turbine – working proportion, work done, efficiency, draft tube-theory,
functions and efficiency. Geometric similarity, Unit and specific quantities,
characteristic curves, governing of turbines, selection of type of turbine, cavitation,
surge tank and water hammer.

UNIT – VI:
Hydraulic Pumps: Classification, centrifugal pumps types, working, work done,
manometric head, losses and efficiency, specific speed pumps in series and parallel
– performance characteristic curves, NPSH. Reciprocating Pump –types,
Working, Discharge, slip, indicator diagrams.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Hydraulics And Fluid Mechanics Including Hydraulics Machines by P. N. Modi, S.
M. Seth, Standard Book House, 2009

REFERENCES:
1. Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines by R. K. Rajput, S. Chand & Co. Ltd, 3 rd
Rev, Edition, 2006
2. Fluid Mechanics - Fundamentals & Applications by Yunus A. Çengel, John M.
Cimbala, McGraw-Hill Higher Education, 2006
3. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines by R. K. Bansal, Lakshmi Publications,
2005
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. IV Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19HS1MG02) ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND ACCOUNTANCY

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To explain the basic nature of pure economics and to analyse certain concepts
of both Micro & Macro Economics and to know the role of managerial
economics in solving problems of business enterprises
• To understand different forms of organizing private-sector and public-sector
business enterprises and problems which have been encountered by public
enterprises in India
• To describe each stage of product life cycle with the help of different costs and
their role in maintaining optimum cost of production and overall profitability by
considering different market competitions
• To analyse the process involved in preparation of project proposals, to estimate
capital required to commerce and carryon business projects, to know the various
sources of mobilizing required amount of capital and to evaluate investment
opportunities
• To apply the basic accounting concepts & conventions and to analyse financial
position of business enterprise

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Perform decision making function effectively in an uncertain framework by
applying the concepts of economics, manage demand efficiently and plan future
course of action
CO-2: Select suitable form of business organization which meets the requirements of
business
CO-3: Fix the right price which can best meet the pre-determined objectives of the
business under different market conditions
CO-4: Identify the best source of mobilising capital, select most profitable investment
opportunity, carry out & evaluate benefit/cost, life cycle and Break-even analysis on
one or more economic alternatives
CO-5: Analyze overall position of the business enterprise, therefore, take appropriate
measures to improve the situation.

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Economics & Managerial Economics: Introduction to Economics:
Definition, nature, scope and types of Economics. Concepts of Macro-Economics:
Gross Domestic Product (GDP), Gross National Product (GNP), National Income (NI)
& Rate of Inflation.
Managerial Economics: Definition, nature, scope & significance.
Elements of Managerial Economics: Demand Analysis, Law of Demand, Elasticity of
Demand and Demand Forecasting.

UNIT – II:
Forms of organizing Private and Public-Sector Business Enterprises:
Private Sector Business Enterprises:
(i) Sole Proprietorship - Definition, features, merits, limitations & suitability.
(ii) Partnership - Definition, Partnership Act, features, types, merits, limitations,
suitability. (iii) Joint-Stock Company - Definition, Companies Act, features, types,
merits, limitations, suitability.
Public Sector Business Enterprises: Definition, features, objectives, merits, problems.

UNIT – III:
Market Structures, Product Life-Cycle (PLC), Pricing and Financial Accounting:
Market Structures: Definition & common features of market and classifications of
markets. Evaluation of market structures-Perfect Competition, Monopoly,
Monopolistic Competition and Oligopoly.
Product Life-Cycle and Pricing: Definition, various stages of PLC, and Life-Cycle
Costs; objectives and methods of pricing.
Introduction to Financial Accounting: Definition, basic principles and double-entry
book- keeping, practice of accounting process-Journal, ledger, trial balance and
final accounts (simple problems)

UNIT – IV:
Financial Analysis through Ratios: Meaning, computation of ratios
(i) Liquidity Ratios: Current Ratio and Quick Ratio,
(ii) Solvency Ratios: Interest Coverage Ratio and Debt- Equity Ratio,
(iii) Activity Ratios: Stock/Inventory Turnover Ratio and Debt Turnover Ratio,
(iv) Profitability Ratios: Gross Profit Ratio, Net Profit Ratio & Earning Per Share(EPS)
Ratio.

UNIT – V:
Management Accounting: Definition & nature of Management Accounting.
Capital: Types of capital, factors influencing capital requirements, sources of
mobilising Fixed and Working Capital.

UNIT – VI:
Cost Accounting: Cost Accounting: Definition, Types of costs – Opportunity cost,
Explicit/Out-of-Pocket cost, Implicit/Imputed cost, Fixed cost, Variable cost, Semi-
Variable cost, Differential cost, Sunk cost, Total cost, Average cost & Marginal cost.
Break- Even/Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) Analysis (Simple Problems).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis by Aryasri, 2009; Tata McGraw-Hill
2. Managerial Economics by Varshney & Maheswari, 2009; Sultan Chand
3. Principles of Marketing: A South Asian Perspective by Kotler Philip, Gary Armstrong,
Prafulla Y. Agnihotri and Eshan ul Haque , 2010, 13th Edition, Pearson Education/
Prentice Hall of India

REFERENCES:
1. Indian Economy by Misra S. K. and Puri, Himalaya Publishers
2. Textbook of Business Economics by Pareek Saroj, Sunrise Publishers
3. Financial Accounting for Management: An Analytical Perspective by Ambrish
Gupta, Pearson Education
4. Managerial Economics by H. Craig Peterson & W. Cris Lewis; Prentice Hall of India
5. Guide to Proposal Writing by Jane C. Geever & Patricia McNeill, Foundation
Centre
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. IV Semester L T/P/D C

0 3 1.5

(19PC2EE02) ELECTRICAL MACHINES-II LABORATORY

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the operation of synchronous machines
• To know different methods of finding voltage regulation of synchronous
generators
• To understand different testing methods to assess electrical machines
• To learn how to convert phase between 3 to 2 and vice-versa

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Assess the performance of different machines using different testing methods
CO-2: Convert the phase from 3 phase to 2 phase and vice-versa
CO-3: Compensate the changes in terminal voltages of synchronous generator after
estimating the change by different methods
CO-4: Start different machines and Control the active and reactive power flows in
synchronous machines

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Sumpner‘s test on two identical single-phase transformers
2. Scott-connected Transformer
3. Seperation of Iron losses of a single phase transformer
4. No-Load and blocked rotor tests on three-phase squirrel-cage Induction Motor.
Analysis through equivalent circuit diagram.
5. No-Load and blocked rotor tests on three-phase squirrel-cage Induction Motor.
Analysis through Circle diagram
6. Brake test on three phase slip ring induction motor
7. Speed Control of three phase slip ring Induction Motor
8. Regulation of three-phase Alternator by synchronous impedance method.
9. Regulation of three-phase Alternator by ZPF Method
10. Slip test on three-phase salient pole Alternator
11. V and inverted V curves of a three-phase synchronous motor
12. Equivalent circuit and Brake test on Single-phase Induction Motor
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. IV Semester L T/P/D C

0 3 1.5
(19PC2EC05) ANALOG CIRCUITS LABORATORY

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Electronic Devices and Circuits

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To explain the operation, design and Analysis of multistage amplifiers using BJT
• To understand the operation of power amplifiers and their efficiency
• To understand the operation of wave shaping circuits
• To understand the operation of IC 741 and its applications
• To understand the working principle of 555 timer

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Design and analyze multi-stage amplifier circuits
CO-2: Design Linear and Non-linear Waveshaping circuits
CO-3: Analyze and design application specific circuits using Op.Amp IC 741
CO-4: Design applications using IC 555 Timer

PART - A
Design and simulation of the following circuits using simulation software and
implementation through hardware.
1. Common Emitter Amplifier
2. MOSFET- CS amplifier
3. Two stage RC coupled BJT Amplifier
4. Darlington amplifier.
5. Class B Complementary Symmetry Amplifier.

PART – B: Implement the following

1. Linear Waves shaping - RC high pass and low Pass circuits
2. Non-linear wave shaping–Clippers
3. Non-linear wave shaping–Clampers
4. Adder, Subtractor, Comparator, Integrator and Differentiator using IC 741 OP-
AMP.
5. Square Wave Generator and Triangular Wave Generator using OP- AMP.
6. R-2R ladder D-A Converter
7. Monostable and Astable Multivibrator.using 555 timer
8. Schmitt Trigger circuits using IC 741 & IC 555.

Experiments over and above the curriculum:

1. Sweep generator
2. Active first order LPF, HPF using OP-AMP
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. IV Semester – CSE, IT & ECE L T/P/D C

0 2 1
(19PC2IT02) PYTHON PROGRAMMING LABORATORY

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To install and run the Python interpreter
• To learn control structures
• To Understand Lists, Dictionaries in python
• To Handle Strings and Files in Python

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Develop the application specific codes using python
CO-2: Understand Strings, Lists, Tuples and Dictionaries in Python
CO-3: Verify programs using modular approach, file I/O, Python standard library
CO-4: Implement Digital Systems using Python

Exercise 1 Basics
Running instructions in Interactive interpreter and a Python Script
Write a program to purposefully raise Indentation Error and correct it

Exercise 2 Operations
Write a program to compute GCD of two numbers by taking input from the user
Write a program add.py that takes 2 numbers as command line arguments and
prints its sum.

Exercise - 3 Control Flow

Write a Program for checking whether the given number is even number or not.
Write a program using for loop that loops over a sequence.
Python Program to Print the Fibonacci sequence using while loop
Python program to print all prime numbers in a given interval (use break)

Exercise – 4 Lists
Find mean, median, mode for the given set of numbers in a list.
Write a program to convert a list and tuple into arrays.
Write a program to find common values between two arrays.

Exercise – 5 Dictionary
Write a program to count the numbers of characters in the string and store them in a
dictionary data structure
Write a program combine_lists into a dictionary.

Exercise – 6 Strings
Write a program to check whether a string starts with specified characters.
Write a program to check whether a string is palindrome or not

Exercise -7 Strings Continued

Python program to split and join a string
Python Program to Sort Words in Alphabetic Order
Exercise - 8 Files
Write a program to print each line of a file in reverse order.
Write a program to compute the number of characters, words and lines in a file.
Write a program to count frequency of characters in a given file.

Exercise - 9 Functions
Simple Calculator program by making use of functions
Find the factorial of a number using recursion
Write a function dups to find all duplicates in the list.
Write a function unique to find all the unique elements of a list.

Exercise - 10 Functions - Problem Solving

Write a function cumulative_ product to compute cumulative product of a list of
numbers.
Write a function reverse to print the given list in the reverse order.
Write function to compute GCD, LCM of two numbers

Exercise- 11 Multi-D Lists

Write a program that defines a matrix and prints
Write a program to perform addition of two square matrices
Write a program to perform multiplication of two square matrices

Exercise - 12 - Modules
a) Install NumPypackage with pip and explore it.

Exercise - 13
Write a program to implement Digital Logic Gates – AND, OR, NOT, EX-OR
Write a program to implement Half Adder, Full Adder, and Parallel Adder

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Python Programming: A Modern Approach, Vamsi Kurama, Pearson
2. Learning Python, Mark Lutz, Orielly

REFERENCES:
1. Think Python, Allen Downey, Green Tea Press
2. Core Python Programming, W.Chun, Pearson
3. Introduction to Python, Kenneth A. Lambert, Cengage
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. IV Semester L T/P/D C

0 2 0
(19MN6HS03) GENDER SENSITIZATION

COURSE DESCRIPTION:
This course offers an introduction to Gender Studies, an interdisciplinary field that
asks critical questions about the meanings of sex and gender in society. The primary
goal of this course is to familiarize students with key issues, questions and debates in
Gender Studies, both historical and contemporary. It draws on multiple disciplines –
such as literature, history, economics, psychology, sociology, philosophy, political
science, anthropology and media studies – to examine cultural assumptions about
sex, gender, and sexuality. This course integrates analysis of current events through
student presentations, aiming to increase awareness of contemporary and historical
experiences of women, and of the multiple ways that sex and gender interact with
race, class, caste, nationality and other social identities. This course also seeks to
build an understanding and initiate and strengthen programmes combating
gender-based violence and discrimination. The course also features a number of
exercises and reflective activities designed to examine the concepts of gender,
gender-based violence, sexuality, and rights. It will further explore the impact of
gender-based violence on education, health and development

ACTIVITIES:
Classes will consist of a combination of activities: dialogue-based lectures,
discussions, collaborative learning activities, group work and in-class assignments

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To sensitize students on issues of gender in contemporary India
• To provide a critical perspective on the socialization of men and women
• To expose the students to debates on the politics and economics of work
• To enable students to reflect critically on gender violence
• To expose students to more egalitarian interactions between men and women

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand important issues related to gender in contemporary India
CO-2: Attain a finer grasp of how gender discrimination works in our society and how
to counter it
CO-3: Acquire insight into the gendered division of labour and its relation to politics
and economics
CO-4: Respond to put an end to gender violence
CO-5: Equipped to work with the other gender treating them as equals

MODULE 1: Introduction to Gender

Definition of Gender
Basic Gender Concepts and Terminology
Exploring Attitudes towards Gender
Social Construction of Gender

MODULE 2: Gender Roles and Relations

Types of Gender Roles
 Gender Roles and Relationships Matrix
Gender-based Division and Valuation of Labour

MODULE 3: Gender Development Issues

Identifying Gender Issues
Gender Sensitive Language
Gender, Governance and Sustainable Development
Gender and Human Rights
Gender and Mainstreaming

MODULE 4: Gender-based Violence

The concept of violence
Types of Gender-based violence
The relationship between gender, development and violence
Gender-based violence from a human rights perspective

MODULE 5: Gender and Culture

Gender and Film
Gender and Electronic Media
Gender and Advertisement
Gender and Popular Literature

MODULE 6: Gender and Studies

Knowledge: Through the Lens of Gender Point of View, Gender and the Structure
of Knowledge
Whose History: Questions for Historians and Others, Reclaiming a Past, Writing Other
Histories

TEXT BOOK:
1. Towards a World of Equals: A Bilingual Textbook on Gender, A. Suneetha, Uma
Bhrugubanda, Duggirala Vasanta, Rama Melkote, Vasudha Nagaraj, Asma
Rasheed, Gogu Shyamala, Deepa Sreenivas and Susie Tharu, Telugu
Akademi, Telangana Government, 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Sen, Amartya. More than One Million Women are Missing. New York Review of
Books 37.20 (20 December 1990). Print. ‘We Were Making History...’ Life Stories of
Women in the Telangana People’s Struggle. New Delhi: Kali for Women, 1989.
2. Tripti Lahiri. By the Numbers: Where Indian Women Work. Women’s Studies Journal
(14 November 2012) Available online at: http://blogs.wsj.com/India real
time/2012/11/14/by-the-numbers-where-India-women-work/>
3. Abdulali Sohaila I Fought For My Life ...and Won. Available online at:
http://www.thealternative.in/lifestyle/i-fought-for-my-lifeand-won-sohaila-
abdulal/
4. K. Kapadia. The Violence of Development: the Politics of Identity, Gender and
Social Inequalities in India. London: Zed Books, 2002
5. T. Banuri and M. Mahmood, Just Development: Beyond Adjustment with a
Human Face, Karachi: Oxford University Press, 1997
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PC1EE07) POWER ELECTRONICS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Circuit Theory, Network Analysis, Electronic Devices and

Circuits

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To design/develop suitable power converter for efficient control or conversion of
power in drive applications
• To design / develop suitable power converter for efficient transmission and
utilization of power in power system applications

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand the operating characteristics of various power electronic devices
and their protection
CO-2: Analyze operating principles of different converters and find their applications
CO-3: Understand the control range/ control methodologies for various power
electronic converters

UNIT – I:
Power Semiconductor Devices: Thyristors – Silicon Controlled Rectifiers (SCR’s) – BJT –
Power MOSFET – Power IGBT and their characteristics
Basic theory of operation of SCR – Static and Dynamic characteristics of SCR -
Salient points - Two transistor analogy-UJT firing circuit – Series and Parallel
connections of SCRs - Snubber circuit details – Specifications and Ratings of SCRs,
BJT, MOSFET, IGBT, Numerical problems, natural and forced commutation (Principle
only).

UNIT – II:
Single Phase Controlled Converters: Single Phase Half Controlled Converters: Half
controlled converters with R, RL and RLE loads – Derivation of average load voltage
and current -with free- wheeling Diode – Numerical problems
Single Phase Fully controlled Converters: Bridge connections with R, RL and RLE
loads- Derivation of average load voltage and current - Performance parameters of
single phase full bridge converter, Effect of source inductance – Numerical
problems.

UNIT – III:
Three Phase Controlled Converters: Three Phase Converters – Three pulse and six
pulse converters – Bridge connections, average load voltage with R and RL loads –
Effect of Source inductance – Numerical Problems.

UNIT – IV:
DC-DC Buck Converter: Elementary chopper with an active switch and diode,
concepts of duty ratio and average voltage, power circuit of a buck converter,
analysis and waveforms at steady state, duty ratio control of output voltage.
DC-DC Boost Converter: Power circuit of a boost converter, analysis and waveforms
at steady state, relation between duty ratio and average output voltage.
UNIT – V:
Single-Phase Voltage Source Inverter: Power circuit of single-phase voltage source
inverter, switch states and instantaneous output voltage, square wave operation of
the inverter, concept of average voltage over a switching cycle, bipolar sinusoidal
modulation and uni-polar sinusoidal modulation, modulation index and output
voltage.
Three-Phase Voltage Source Inverter: Power circuit of a three-phase voltage source
inverter, switch states, instantaneous output voltages, average output voltages over
a sub-cycle, three-phase sinusoidal modulation.

UNIT – VI:
AC Voltage Controllers: Single phase AC voltage controllers with R and RL loads-
wave forms – Modes of operation of Triac – Triac with R and RL loads – Derivation of
RMS load voltage – Numerical problems
Cyclo Converters: Cyclo converters – Single phase midpoint cyclo converters with
Resistive and inductive load (Principle of operation only)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices and Applications, M. H. Rashid, Pearson
Education India, 2009
2. Power Electronics, P. S. Bimbhra, Khanna Publishers
3. Power Electronics: Converters, Applications and Design, N. Mohan and T. M.
Undeland, John Wiley & Sons, 2007

REFERENCES:
1. Fundamentals of Power Electronics, R. W. Erickson and D. Maksimovic, Springer
Science & Business Media, 2007
2. Power Electronics, P. C. Sen, Tata McGraw-Hill Education
3. Thyristorised Power Controllers, S. R. Doradla, A. Joshi, R. M. K. Sinha, G. K. Dubey,
New Age Books
4. Power Electronics, M. D. Singh, K. B. Kanchandhani, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company, 2006
5. Power Electronics: Essentials and Applications, L. Umanand, Wiley India, 2009
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PC1EE06) POWER SYSTEMS-II

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Thorough Knowledge of Power Systems-I, Circuit Theory

and Electrical Machines

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To describe load flow methods
• To analyze symmetrical and unsymmetrical faults
• To describe stability types
• To learn different methods of stability analysis

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Develop Network matrices and Solve Load flow problems using different
methods
CO-2: Analyze symmetrical and unsymmetrical faults
CO-3: Evaluate steady state stability of Synchronous Machine
CO-4: Assess transient stability and understand its improvement methods

UNIT – I:
Power System Network Matrices: Graph Theory: Basic Concepts-Branch, Link, bus
Incidence Matrix, Formation of Bus Admittance Matrix using direct inspection and
singular transformation methods- Numerical Problems. Formation of Zbus: Algorithm
for Modification of Zbus Matrix for addition of an element for the following cases-
Addition of an element as a link, Addition of an element as a tree branch.

UNIT – II:
Power Flow Analysis: Introduction, Classification of buses, Formulation of static load
flow equations, Solution techniques using Gauss Seidel Method- Algorithm and
Flowchart. Newton Raphson Method in Rectangular and Polar Coordinates Form-
Algorithm and Flowchart. Decoupled and Fast Decoupled Methods- Algorithm and
Flowchart, Comparison of Different Methods.

UNIT – III:
Symetrical Fault Analysis: Per-Unit System: p.u. Representation of a transformer, p.u.
equivalent reactance network of Power System, Numerical Problems. Symmetrical
fault Analysis: Short Circuit on NL Synchronous Machine – sub transient, transient and
steady state models, Short Circuit on loaded Synchronous Machine. Short circuit
Current and MVA Calculations, Fault limiting Reactors- Generator reactors, Bus bar
Reactors and Feeder Reactors - Numerical Problems.

UNIT – IV:
Unsymmetrical Fault Analysis: Symmetrical Component Theory: Symmetrical
Component Transformation and its power invariance, Sequence Networks: Positive,
Negative and Zero sequence Networks for transformers, transmission line and
synchronous machines - Numerical Problems.
Unsymmetrical Fault Analysis: LG, LL, LLG faults, Interconnection of sequence
networks, effect of fault impedance, Numerical Problems.
UNIT – V:
Steady State Stability Analysis: Classification of Power system stability, Stability:
Concept of steady state, Dynamic and Transient Stability. Dynamics of synchronous
machine and its Inertia Constant, Derivation of Swing Equation. Equivalent Inertia
Constant for two machine coherent system. Classical machine model, Power Angle
Curve. Determination of Steady State Stability limit, Transfer Reactance,
Synchronizing Power Coefficient, Numerical problems.

UNIT – VI:
Transient Stability Analysis: Determination of Transient Stability by Equal Area
Criterion, Application of Equal Area Criterion: Sudden change in Mechanical Input,
Sudden loss of one of parallel lines, Sudden short circuit on one of the lines-Short
Circuit at one end, away from line and reclosure. Critical Clearing Angle
Calculation, Solution of Swing Equation: Point-by-Point Method and transient stability
improvement methods.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Modern Power system Analysis, I.J. Nagrath and D.P. Kothari, Tata McGraw-Hill,
Publishing Company, 2nd Edition
2. Elements of Power System, Stevenson, Tata McGraw Hill
3. Power System Analysis, B.R.Gupta, Wheeler Publications

REFERENCES:
1. Power System Analysis, Grainger and Stevenson, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Power System Analysis, A.R.Bergen, Prentice Hall, Inc
3. Power System Analysis, Hadi Saadat, TMH Edition
4. Computer Techniques in Power System Analysis, M.A.Pai, TMH Publications
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PC1EE05) CONTROL SYSTEMS
(Common to EEE, ECE & EIE)

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Ordinary Differential Equations and Laplace Transform

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the different ways of system representations such as Transfer
function representation and state space representations and to assess the system
dynamic response
• To assess the system performance using time domain analysis and methods for
improving it
• To assess the system performance using frequency domain analysis and
techniques for improving the performance
• To design various controllers and compensators to improve system performance

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO -1: Analyze the system steady state and transient performance
CO-2: Evaluate the effects of feedback on system performance
CO-3: Obtain the transfer function/ state space models
CO-4: Design suitable controller and compensator for the improvement of system
performance

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Control Problem: Open-Loop and Closed-loop systems, benefits of
Feedback. Mathematical models of physical systems. Transfer function models of
linear time-invariant systems –RLC Circuits, DC and AC servo motors. Block diagram
algebra and Signal Flow Graphs.

UNIT – II:
Time Response Analysis: Standard test signals. Time response of first and second
order systems for standard test inputs. Application of initial and final value theorems.
Design specifications for second-order systems based on the time- response.

UNIT – III:
Stability and Root Locus: Concept of Stability, Routh-Hurwitz Criterion, Relative
Stability analysis. Root-Locus technique. Construction of Root-loci.

UNIT – IV:
Frequency-Response Analysis: Relationship between time and frequency response.
Bode plots- transfer function from bode plot-phase and gain margins- stability
analysis. Polar and Nyquist plots, Nyquist stability criterion. Relative stability using
Nyquist criterion – gain and phase margins.

UNIT – V:
Introduction to Controller Design: Stability, steady-state accuracy, transient
accuracy, disturbance rejection, insensitivity and robustness of control systems. Root-
loci method of feedback controller design- Application of Proportional, Integral and
Derivative Controllers. Design specifications in frequency-domain. Frequency
domain methods of design- Lead and Lag compensators.

UNIT – VI:
State Space Analysis: Concepts of state variables. State space model - RLC circuits
and DC motors. State Transition Matrix and its properties- Transformations: State
space to Transfer function and vice versa. Eigenvalues and Stability Analysis.
Concept of controllability and observability.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Control Systems Engineering, J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, New Age
International, 2009
2. Modern Control Engineering, K. Ogata, Prentice Hall, 1991

REFERENCES:
1. Modern Control Systems, Richard C. Dorf and Robert H. Bishop
2. Automatic Control System, B. C. Kuo, Prentice Hall, 1995
3. Control Systems: Principles and Design, M. Gopal, McGraw-Hill Education, 1997
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3

(19HS1MG04) PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Engineering Economics and Accounting (EEA)

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• Understand the principles, functions and theories of management and expose
with a systematic and critical understanding of organizational theory, structures
and design
• Comprehend the conceptual knowledge relating to Organizational Behaviour
• Provide a basic understanding of the behavior of individuals and groups in the
organizations
• Develop theoretical and practical insights and problem-solving capabilities for
effectively managing the organizational processes

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Apply theories to improve the practice of management and describe and
assess the basic design elements of organizational structure and evaluate their
impact on employees
CO-2: Analyse the behaviour of individuals and groups in organizations in terms of
the key factors that influence organizational behaviour
CO-3: Appreciate the management challenges associated with high levels of
change in the organizations
CO-4: Evaluate the appropriateness of various leadership styles, conflict
management strategies and motivational strategies used in a variety of
organizational settings

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Management:
Concepts of Management - Nature, Importance, and Functions of management;
Taylor’s Scientific Management Theory; Fayol’s Principles of Management; Social
Responsibilities of Management; Planning-definition and types of plans; decision
making-definition and process
Organizing – Definition and Principles of Organization; Organization chart; Types of
mechanistic and organic structures of organization - Line Organization, Line And
Staff Organization, Functional Organization, Committee Organization, Matrix
Organization, Virtual Organization, Cellular Organization, Team Structure,
Boundaryless Organization, Inverted Pyramid Structure, And Lean And Flat
Organization Structure; features and suitability.

UNIT – II:
Motivation and Leadership:
Motivation- Definition; Theories: Maslow’s need of Hierarchy, Herzberg two Factor,
Mc Gregor Theory X and theory Y and Alderfer’s ERG.
Leadership- Definition; Styles and Theories: Trait, Behavioural and Contingency.
UNIT – III:
Introduction to Organizational Behaviour:
Organizational Behaviour- Definition; Historical Background; Nature, Scope and
Importance; Linkages with other social Sciences; Approaches and Models.

UNIT – IV:
Perception and Personality:
Perception- Definition; Factors influencing; Perceptual Selectivity;
Perceptual Organisation and Social Perception.
Personality- Definition; Determinants; Theories; Traits; Big Five Personality Model.

UNIT – V:
Interpersonal Skills:
Communication- Definition; Process; Direction; Interpersonal and Organizational and
Barriers.
Teams and Groups- Definition; Types of teams and groups; Five-Stage Model;
Characteristics of an effective teams; Johari Window & Transactional Analysis

UNIT – VI:
Organizational – Conflict, Stress Management, Change and Development:
Organizational Conflict- Definition; Reasons; Types and Levels; Handling Styles.
Stress Management-Definition; Types; Model; Consequences and Strategies to
manage
Organizational Change - Definition; Types; Resistance; Overcoming and
Approaches: Lewin’s Three-Step Change Model, Kotter’s Eight-Step Plan for
Implementing Change.
Organizational Development- Definition; Nature and Interventions.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Management, James Arthur, Finch Stoner, R. Edward Freeman, and Daniel R.
Gilbert, 6th Edition, Pearson Education/Prentice Hall
2. Organizational Behaviour, Stephen P. Robbins, Prentice Hall, 2013
3. Organizational Behaviour, Fred Luthans, McGraw-Hill, 2013
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EE01) UTILIZATION OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Electrical Machines, Circuit Theory

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To make the student familiar with electrical energy and its use when it is
converted into several forms of energy
• To deal with the fundamentals of illumination and its classification and the
electric heating and welding
• To learn the basic knowledge of electric drives
• To learn the different types of speed time curves in traction system

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand the basic principles of illumination and its design and electric
welding and its types
CO-2: Describe various methods of electric heating and design of heating element
CO-3: Know types of electric drives, performance characteristics, braking methods
and their applications
CO-4: Describe existing electric traction systems, Speed-time curves for different
services
CO-5: Understand the Mechanics of Train movement and specific energy
consumption

UNIT – I:
Illumination: Introduction, Terms used in illumination, laws of illumination, sources of
light, Incandescent lamps, Discharge lamps-MV and SV lamps, fluorescent lamps,
Effect of voltage variation on lamp efficiency – Comparison of Incandescent and
Discharge lamps, Type of lighting schemes, factory lighting, flood lighting and street
lighting.

UNIT – II:
Electric Heating: Electrical heating-advantages, methods and applications,
Resistance heating, design of heating element, efficiency calculations. Induction
heating: Core type and Core less furnaces and high frequency eddy current
heating, dielectric heating: principle and applications – Problems.

UNIT – III:
Electric Welding: Electric welding-advantages, Types of welding-resistance and arc
welding, Electric welding equipment, comparison between A.C and D.C Welding.

UNIT – IV:
Electric Drives: Introduction to Electric drive-advantages, Types of electric drives,
choice of motor, starting and running characteristics, speed control, Methods of
Electric Braking: Plugging, Rheostatic and Regenerative Braking. Temperature rise,
particular applications of electric drives, types of industrial loads, continuous,
intermittent and variable loads, load equalization.
UNIT – V:
Electric Traction – I: Electric traction--types, Review of existing electric traction
systems in India. Special features of traction motor, Modern 25 KV A.C. single phase
traction systems: advantages, equipment and layout of 25 KV single phase A.C.
traction system. Simplified speed time curves, Average and scheduled speed -
Quadrilateral and Trapezoidal speed time curves-Problems.

UNIT – VI:
Electric Traction – II: Mechanics of train movement: Adhesive Weight, coefficient of
Adhesion, tractive effort and specific energy consumption, factors affecting specific
energy consumption-problems.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Utilization of Electric Energy, E. Openshaw Taylor, Orient Longman Private Limited,
1971
2. Art & Science of Utilization of Electrical Energy, Partab, Dhanpat Rai & Sons
3. Utilization of Electric Power and Electric Traction, G. C. Garg, Khanna Publishers

REFERENCES:
1. Utilization of Electrical Power including Electric Drives and Electric Traction, N. V.
Suryanarayana, New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers,1996
2. Generation, Distribution and Utilization of Electrical Energy, C. L. Wadhwa, New
Age International (P) Limited Publishers, 1997
3. Utilization of Electrical Power, J. B. Gupta, Kataria Publishers
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EE02) RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEMS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Environmental Science and Physics

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To provide necessary knowledge about the modeling, design and analysis of
various PV systems
• To show WECS environmentally sustainable alternative to the world's energy
supplies
• To understand the power conditioning of PV & WECS system’s power output

COURSE OUTCOME: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Model, analyze and design various photovoltaic systems
CO-2: Design appropriate power conditioning system for WECS system
CO-3: Design an efficient storage system for standalone Renewable Energy systems

UNIT – I:
Photovoltaic Energy Conversion: Photovoltaic Energy Conversion, Solar radiation
and measurement -solar cells and their characteristics- types - equivalent circuit-
modeling of solar cells including the effects of temperature, irradiation and
series/shunt resistances on the open-circuit voltage and short-circuit current, I-V, P-V
Characteristics. Solar cell arrays- PV modules-PV generators- shadow effects and
bypass diodes- hot spot problem in a PV module

UNIT – II:
Solar PV Power Conditioning: Switching devices for solar energy conversion, DC
Power conditioning converters - maximum power point tracking algorithms -AC
power conditioners -Line commutated inverters -synchronized operation with grid
supply -Harmonic problem, Battery charger operation –Applications.

UNIT – III:
Wind Energy Conversion (WEC): Basic Principle of wind energy conversion -nature of
wind -wind survey in India -Power in the wind -components of a wind energy -
conversion system -Performance of induction generators for WECS, Site selection,
classification of WECS.

UNIT - IV:
Self-Excited & Grid Connected WECS: Self excited induction generator for isolated
power generators -Theory of self-excitation -Capacitance requirements -Power
conditioning schemes -Controllable DC Power from Self excited induction
generators (SEIGs) -system performance.
Grid Connected WECS: Grid connectors concepts -wind farm and its accessories -
Grid related problems

UNIT – V:
Storage Systems: Energy Storage Parameters -Lead–Acid Batteries –Ultra capacitors -
Flywheels -Superconducting Magnetic Storage System -Pumped Hydroelectric
Energy Storage -Compressed Air Energy Storage -Storage Heat -Energy Storage as
an Economic Resource.

UNIT – VI:
Estimation of Energy Storage and Feasibility Analysis: Background-Solar Power-Wind
Power (Brief discussion), Estimation-daily residential load-daily available solar energy-
daily available wind energy-Importance, Estimation of Storage sizing- Steps for
Storage sizing- Grid connected residential PV-grid connected residential Wind-hybrid
system, Feasibility analysis of Storage systems- Various Terms involved- Case study of
comparison between Off grid and grid connected systems

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Non-conventional Energy Sources, Rai, G. D., Khanna Publishers Limited, New
Delhi, 2002
2. Wind and Solar Power Systems, Mukund R. Patel, CRC Press, 2004
3. Energy Storage Technologies and Applications, Ahmed Faheem Zobaa, In Tech
Publishers, 2013

REFERENCES:
1. Solar Energy Utilization, Rai, G. D., Khanna Publishers Limited, New Delhi,1997
2. Wind Energy Systems, Gray L. Johnson, Prentice Hall Inc., Singapore, 1985
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EE03) SPECIAL MACHINES AND CONTROL

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To know the use of special machines in different feed-back systems
• To understand the use of micro-processors for controlling different machines
• To know their applications as control systems components

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Use different special machines as part of control system components
CO-2: Use special machines as transducers for converting physical signals into
electrical signals
CO-3: Use micro-processors for controlling different machines
CO-4: Select different special machines as control system components

UNIT - I:
Stepping Motors: Constructional features, principle of operation, modes of
excitation, single phase stepping motors, torque production in variable Reluctance
(VR) stepping motor, Dynamic characteristics, Drive systems and circuit for open
loop control, Closed loop control of stepping motor, microprocessor-based
controller.
UNIT – II:
Synchronous Reluctance Motors: Constructional features: axial and radial air gap
Motors. Operating principle, reluctance torque – Phasor diagram, motor
characteristics, linear induction motors.

UNIT – III:
Switched Reluctance Motors: Constructional features, principle of operation. Torque
equation, Power controllers, Characteristics and control. Microprocessor based
controller. Sensor less control.

UNIT-IV:
Permanent Magnet Brushless DC Motors: Commutation in DC motors, Difference
between mechanical and electronic commutators, Hall sensors, Optical sensors,
Multiphase Brushless motor, Square wave permanent magnet brushless motor drives,
Torque and emf equation, Torque-speed characteristics, Controllers- Microprocessor
based controller. Sensorless control.

UNIT-V:
Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motors: Principle of operation, EMF equation,
power input and torque expressions, Phasor diagram, Power controllers, Torque
speed characteristics, Self-control, Vector control, Current control schemes. Sensor
less control.

UNIT-VI:
Axial Flux Machines: Principle of Operation, comparison between axial and radial
flux machines, advantages, N-N and N-S type, single air-gap and multi air-gap
machines, sizing equations, power density comparison between axial and radial flux
machines, applications.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Brushless Permanent Magnet and Reluctance Motor Drives, T.J.E. Miller,
Clarendon Press, Oxford,1989
2. Stepping Motors – A Guide to Motor Theory and Practice, P.P. Aearnley, Peter
Perengrinus, London,1982

REFERENCES:
1. Stepping Motors and Their Microprocessor Controls, T. Kenjo, Clarendon Press
London, 1984
2. Permanent Magnet and Brushless DC Motors, T. Kenjo and S. Nagamori,
Clarendon Press, London,1988
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PC1IT04) OPERATING SYSTEMS

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To study the basic concepts and functions of operating systems
• To summarize various approaches to solve the problem of process concurrency
in an operating system
• To evaluate the memory usage trade-offs in terms of size (main memory, auxiliary
memory) and processor speed
• To understand disk storage strategies and file strategies with protection and
security issues

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Identify System calls and evaluate process scheduling criteria of OS
CO-2: Develop procedures for process synchronization and scheduling services of
an OS
CO-3: Distinguish disk access, file systems supported by an OS
CO-4: Extend operating systems virtual memory, protection and security aspects

UNIT – I:
Computer System and Operating System Overview: Overview of Computer System
hardware, Operating System Objectives and functions Operating System Services,
System Calls, System Programs.
CPU Scheduling: Basic Concepts, Scheduling Criteria, Scheduling Algorithms and
evaluation.

UNIT – II:
Linux Utilities: File handling utilities, Security by file permissions, Process utilities, Disk
utilities, Networking commands, Filters, Text processing utilities and Backup utilities,
sed – scripts, operation, addresses, commands, applications, awk – execution, fields
and records, scripts are using system commands in awk.

UNIT – III:
Process Management: Process Description, Process Control Block, Process States,
Threads Overview.
Concurrency: Cooperating Processes, Inter-process Communication, Principles of
Concurrency, Mutual Exclusion, Software and hardware approaches, Semaphores,
Monitors, Message Passing, Classic problems of synchronization.
Inter Process Communication: Introduction to IPC, Pipes, and FIFOs, Introduction to
three types of IPC-message queues, semaphores and shared memory. Message
Queues Kernel support for messages, client/server example.

UNIT – IV:
Principles of Deadlock: System Model, Deadlock Characterization, Methods for
handling Deadlocks, Deadlock Prevention, Deadlock avoidance, Deadlock
detection, Recovery from Deadlocks, Dining philosopher‘s problem.
UNIT-V:
Memory Management: Basic concepts, Swapping, Contiguous memory allocation,
Paging, Segmentation, Virtual memory, Demand paging, Page-replacement
algorithms, Thrashing.
Secondary Storage Structure: Disk structure; Disk scheduling, Disk management,
Swap space Management, RAID structure, Stable-storage Implementation
Case studies: windows, Unix, Linux.

UNIT –VI:
File Management: File system-File concepts, File System Structure, Inodes, File
Attributes, File types, Access methods, Symbolic links & hard links, Directory structure,
Filesystem mounting, Implementing file systems-File system structure and
implementation, Directory implementation, Allocation methods, Free-space
management, Efficiency and performance
Protection & Security: Protection mechanisms, OS Security issues, threats, Intruders,
Viruses,
Case Studies: windows, Unix, Linux.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Operating System Principles, Abraham Silberchatz, Peter B. Galvin, Greg Gagne,
7th Edition, John Wiley
2. Unix Concepts and Applications, Sumitabha Das, 4th Edition, TMH, 2006

REFERENCES:
1. Modern Operating Systems, Andrew S. Tanenbaum, 2nd Edition, Pearson/PHI
2. Operating Systems – A Concept Based Approach, D. M. Dhamdhere, 2nd Edition
3. Unix System Programming using C++, T. Chan, PHI
4. Operating Systems - Internal and Design Principles, Stallings, 5th Edition, Pearson
Education/PHI, 2005
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PC1EC04) SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
(Common to EEE, ECE & EIE)

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Calculus for Engineers (19BS1MT01), Linear Algebra and

Advanced Calculus (19BS1MT04)

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand various fundamental characteristics of signals and systems
• To study the importance of transform domain
• To analyze and design various systems
• To study the effects of sampling
• Understand Laplace and Z-transforms their properties for analysis of signals and
systems

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Classify the signals and implement various operations on signals
CO-2: Analyze the spectral characteristics of signals and systems
CO-3: Understand the conditions for physical realizability of a system
CO-4: Identify the significance of sampling types and applications of correlation
functions
CO-5: Discover the significance of LT, ZT and their relation

UNIT – I:
Representation of Signals: Continuous time and Discrete Time signals, Classification
of Signals – Periodic and aperiodic, even and odd, energy and power signals,
deterministic and random signals, causal and non-causal signals, complex
exponential and sinusoidal signals. Concepts of standard signals. Various operations
on Signals.

UNIT – II:
Signal Analysis: Analogy between vectors and signals, orthogonal signal space,
Signal approximation using orthogonal functions, Closed or complete set of
orthogonal functions.
Fourier Series Representation of Periodic Signals: Dirichlet conditions, Representation
of Continuous time periodic signals using Trigonometric and Exponential Fourier
series, Complex Fourier spectrum, Gibb‘s Phenomenon.

UNIT – III:
Fourier Transform: Fourier transform from Fourier series, Fourier transform of standard
signals and periodic signals, properties of Fourier transform with proof, Inverse Fourier
Transform.
Laplace Transform: Concept of Region Of Convergence (ROC) for Laplace
transform, Properties of ROC, Inverse Laplace Transform, Relation between Laplace
Transform and Fourier transform of a signal. Introduction to Hilbert Transform and its
properties.
UNIT – IV:
Signal Transmission through Linear Systems: Classification of Continuous time and
discrete time Systems, impulse response, Response of a linear system, Transfer
function and Filter characteristics of an LTI system, Distortion less transmission through
a system, Signal bandwidth, system bandwidth, Ideal LPF, HPF and BPF
characteristics, Causality and Paley -Wiener criterion for physical realization.

UNIT – V:
Convolution and Correlation of Signals: Concept of convolution in time domain and
frequency domain, Graphical representation of convolution, Properties of
Convolution, Concepts of correlation, properties of correlation. Relation between
convolution and correlation, Detection of periodic signals in the presence of noise
by correlation.
Sampling Theorem: Representation of continuous time signals by its samples -
Sampling theorem – Reconstruction of a Signal from its samples, aliasing – discrete
time processing of continuous time signals, sampling of band pass signals.

UNIT – VI:
Z –Transform: Basic principles of z-transform, region of convergence, properties of
ROC, Properties of z-transform with proofs, Poles and Zeros. Inverse z-transform –
Power series method, Residue Theorem method, Convolution Method and Partial
fraction expansion method.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Signals, Systems and Communications - B.P. Lathi, BS Publications, 2009
2. Signals and Systems – Alan V.Oppenheim, Alan S.Willsky and S.Hamid Nawab, 2nd
Edition, PHI ,1997

REFERENCES:
1. Signals and Systems- A.Anand Kumar, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2012
2. Signals and Systems -Simon Haykin and Barry Van Veen, 2nd Edition, John Wiley,
1998
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

0 2 1
(19PC2EE04) POWER ELECTRONICS LABORATORY

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Power Electronics

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To apply the concepts of power electronic converters for efficient
conversion/control of power from source to load
• To design the power converter with suitable switches meeting a specific load
requirement

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand the operating principles of various power electronic converters
CO-2: Use power electronic simulation packages& hardware to develop the power
converters
CO-3: Analyze and choose the appropriate converters for various applications

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Characteristics of SCR, MOSFET & IGBT
2. Gate firing circuit for SCR using UJT, Gate drive circuits for MOSFET, IGBT
3. Single Phase fully controlled bridge converter with R and RL loads
4. DC-DC buck converter
5. DC-DC boost converter
6. Single Phase Bridge inverter with R and RL loads
7. Single Phase AC Voltage Controller with R and RL Loads
8. Single Phase Cyclo-converter with R and RL loads
9. (a) Simulation of single-phase Semi converter using R and RL loads
(b)Simulation of single-phase full converter using R, RL and RLE loads
10. Simulation of three-phase full converter using R, RL and RLE loads
11. (a)Simulation of DC-DC buck converter
(b) Simulation of DC-DC boost converter
12. (a)Simulation of single phase Inverter with PWM control
(b) Simulation of three phase Inverter with PWM control

REFERENCES:
1. Simulation of Electric and Electronic circuits using PSPICE, M.H. Rashid, M/s PHI
Publications
2. PSPICE A/D User’s Manual, Microsim, USA
3. PSPICE Reference Guide, Microsim, USA
4. MATLAB and its Tool Box, User’s Manual, Mathworks, USA
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

0 2 1
(19PC2EE03) CONTROL SYSTEMS LABORATORY

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Control Systems

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the different ways of system representations such as Transfer
function representation and state space representations
• To get the transfer functions of various physical and laboratory-based systems
• To design various controllers and compensators to improve system performance
and test them in the laboratory
• To get the performance of various devices (Magnetic amplifiers, Servo motors
and stepper motors etc.)

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Analyze the system steady state and transient performance
CO-2: Evaluate the effects of feedback on system performance
CO-3: Obtain the transfer function/ state space models
CO-4: Design suitable controller and compensator for the improvement of system
Performance

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Time response of second order system with different values of ζ

2. Effect of PID Controller on dynamic response of second order systems.
3. Design of lead compensator and its magnitude and phase plots
4. Design of lag compensator and its magnitude and phase plots
5. Transfer function of DC motor
6. Effect of feedback on performance of DC servo motor
7. Characteristics of AC servo motor
8. Temperature control using PID Controller
9. Simulation of PID controllers and its effects on system performance
10. Stability analysis using Root locus, Bode and Nyquist plots through Simulation
11. Root locus-based design of controllers for improving system performance through
Simulation
12. Frequency domain-based design of compensators for improving system stability
through Simulation
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

0 2 1

(19PW4EE02) INTERNSHIP

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Gain exposure to the current technological developments relevant to the
subject area of training
CO-2: Apply the technical knowledge in real industrial situations
CO-3: Promote academic, professional and/or personal development
CO-4: Demonstrate effective communication skills through oral presentation
CO-5: Engage in effective written communication through internship report

COURSE OUTLINE:

• A student shall take up 01 credit summer internship in an industry/research

organization/institution during the summer vacation after fourth semester (II year
II semester) of the B.Tech. programme.
• Internship shall be carried out for a minimum period of 02 weeks and maximum of
04 weeks.
• Evaluation of the Internship shall be done by a review committee consisting of
the Head of the Department, faculty supervisor and a senior faculty member of
the department. A student shall submit a detailed report regarding the internship
and present it before the review committee for evaluation.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

0 2 0
(19MN6HS02) ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

COURSE PREREQUISITES: Basic knowledge of environmental issues

COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Environmental science is the study of patterns and processes in the natural world
and their modification by human activity. We as human beings are not an entity,
separate from the environment around us, rather we are a constituent seamlessly
integrated and co-exist with the environment around us. To understand current
environmental problems, we need to consider physical, biological and chemical
processes that are often the basis of those problems. The course requires the
students to identify and analyse natural and human- made environmental problems,
evaluate the relative risks associated with these problems, and examine alternative
solutions for resolving or preventing them. This course will survey some of the many
environmental science topics at an introductory level, ultimately considering the
sustainability of human activities on the planet. We are not an entity so separate
from the environment that we can think of mastering and controlling it rather we
must understand that each and every action of ours reflects on the environment
and vice versa.

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To recognize the impacts of human interventions towards environment
• To list out the benefits in creating a sustainable environment
• To sketch out various activities in achieving a cleaner environment
• To emphasize the role of an individual for a better planet to live

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Gain a variety of experiences & acquire a basic knowledge about the
environment & its allied problems
CO-2: Interpret the key components in safe guarding the environment
CO-3: Appraise the quality of environment in order to create a healthy atmosphere
CO-4: Familiarize with the individual responsibilities towards green revolution

MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION
Environmental Science: Introduction, Definition, scope and importance.

MODULE 2: AWARENESS ACTIVITIES

Small group meetings about:
• Water management
• Projects Vs Environment
• Generation of less waste
• Promotion of recycle use
• Impact of Science & Technology on Environment
• Avoiding electronic waste

MODULE 3: SLOGAN AND POSTER MAKING EVENT

• Food waste management
• Rain water harvesting
• Climate change
• Green Power
• Water conservation
• Green at work
• Role of IT in environment and human health
• Sustainable development

MODULE 4: EXPERT LECTURES ON ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

• Environmental Impact Assessment
• Industrial waste treatment
• Organic farming/Vertical gardens/Hydroponics

MODULE 5: CLEANLINESS DRIVE

• Indoor air pollution
• Vehicular pollution
• VISUAL pollution
• Waste management at home
• Composting
• Plastic recycling

MODULE 6: CASE STUDIES

• HPCL disaster in Vizag
• Oleum gas leak in Delhi
• Mathura Refinery & Taj Mahal
• Conservation of Hussain Sagar lake
• The Cleanliest city of India-Surat
• Green Buildings in India
• KBR park in Hyderabad (Environmental protection Vs Development)
• Fluorosis
• Ecotourism & its impacts

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Environmental Studies for UG Courses, Erach Bharucha, UGC Publications, Delhi,
2004
2. Textbook of Environmental Studies, Deeksha Dave, S. S. Katewa, Cengage
Delmar Learning India Pvt., 2012

REFERENCES:
1. Introduction to Environmental Science, Y. Anjaneyulu, BS Publications, 2004
2. Environmental Studies by Anubha Kaushik & C. P. Kaushik, 4th Edition, New Age
International Publishers
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PC1EE08) ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Circuit Theory, Electrical Machines – II, Electro Magnetic

Field Theory

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce the basic concepts related to the operation of Electrical and
Electronic Measuring Instruments
• To measure high voltages & high currents in distribution systems using Instrument
transformers
• To measure unknown inductance, Resistance, capacitance using D.C Bridges
&A.C Bridges
• To know the operation of AC and DC potentiometers

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Apply the knowledge about the instruments to use them more effectively
CO-2: Suggest the kind of instrument suitable for typical measurements
CO-3: Apply the knowledge about transducers to use them effectively
CO-4: Apply the knowledge about instrument transformers to use them more
effectively in distribution systems

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Measuring Instruments: Static characteristics of instruments-
Accuracy, Precision, Linearity, Sensitivity, Dead time, Dead zone &Resolution. Types
of errors, Random error analysis, Probable error or tolerance
Introduction to Measuring Instruments: Classification of measuring Instruments-
operating forces in measuring instruments & systems to provide Deflecting, Control
and Damping Torques.

UNIT – II:
Measurement of Voltage, Current, Power, Power Factor and Energy: PMMC, Moving
iron type instruments-Expression for the deflecting torque and control torque
Extension of range using shunts and series resistance, dynamometer type
instruments, single phase energy meter, errors and calibration, Measurement of
Power and Energy, Power factor meter.

UNIT – III:
Measurement of Resistance, Inductance and Capacitance: Measurement of low,
medium and high resistances, insulation resistance measurement, Megger.
AC bridges Inductance Measurement: Maxwell’s inductance bridge, Maxwell’s
inductance-Capacitance Bridge, Anderson’s bridge, Owen’s bridge, Hay’s bridge.
Capacitance Measurement: Desauty’s bridge, Shearing bridge, High voltage
shearing bridge, Wien’s bridge.
UNIT – IV:
Instrument Transformers and Potentiometers: Current and Potential transformers, ratio
and phase angle errors, turns compensation, measurement of power using
instrument transformers.
Potentiometers: DC potentiometers, Calibration of Voltmeters, Ammeters and UPF
watt meter using D.C potentiometers.

UNIT – V:
Electronic Measurements: Digital voltmeters & types, digital multimeters, CRO:
calculation of deflection sensitivity, Deflection factor, Frequency and phase angle
measurements using CRO, Digital storage oscilloscope, electronic timer & counter
for frequency & time measurement.

UNIT – VI:
Instrumentation: Transducers, classification of transducers, strain gauges, Types of
strain gauges, inductive & capacitive transducers, piezoelectric and Hall-effect
transducers for displacement measurement, thermistors, thermocouples,
Introduction to smart sensors.
Data Acquisition Systems: Types of instrumentation systems, components of analog
data acquisition systems.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Electrical and Electronics Measurements and Instrumentation, A. K. Sawhney,
Dhanpat Rai & Co. Publications
2. Electrical Measurement and Measuring Instruments, Golding E.W, 3rd Edition, Sir
Issac Pitman and Sons, 1960
3. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques, Helfrick Albert
D, Cooper William D., Prentice-Hall of India, 1992

REFERENCES:
1. Instrumentation Measurement and Feedback, Jones B.E, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1986
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3

(19PC1EC10) MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS

(Common to ECE, EEE & EIE)

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Digital System Design, Computer Organization

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand architectures of various microprocessors and microcontrollers
• To understand basic programming concepts and software development tools
• To learn interfacing techniques necessary for designing processor/ controller
based real time systems

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand the evolution and architectures of 8086 & ARM Cortex-M3
CO-2: Analyse and understand the instruction set of 8086 & ARM Cortex-M3
CO-3: Understand the exception, interrupts and interrupt handling schemes
CO-4: Analyse and interface various peripherals for the design of processor/
controller-based systems

UNIT – I:
Introduction to 8086 Microprocessor
Architecture of 8086 Microprocessor: Introduction to microprocessor family,
Microprocessors Vs Microcontrollers, 8086 Internal Architecture, Addressing modes
Instruction Set: Data transfer instructions, String instructions, Logical instructions,
Arithmetic instructions, Control transfer instructions, Process control instructions.

UNIT – II:
Hardware & Software details of 8086 Microprocessor
Programming 8086 Microprocessor: Assembler directives, Procedures and Macros,
Simple assembly language programs
Operating Modes: Basic 8086 Configurations - Minimum mode and Maximum mode,
System bus timing - Timing diagrams for minimum mode and maximum mode
systems.

UNIT – III:
IO Interfaces
Parallel I/O Interface: Parallel I/O Interface 8255A - Internal block diagram and
System connections, Operational modes and initialization, Interfacing with 8086,
Interfacing Analog to Digital Converters (ADCs) and Digital to Analog Converters
(DACs) with 8086
Serial I/O Interface: Serial data communication, Serial data transmission methods
and standards - RS-232C, Intel 8251A- USART architecture and interfacing with 8086.
UNIT – IV:
ARM Processors
Introduction to ARM Processors: ARM Cortex-M3 Processor, Background of ARM and
ARM Architecture - Architecture Versions, Processor Naming, Instruction Set
Development, Thumb-2 Technology and Instruction Set Architecture, Applications
ARM Cortex-M3 Organization: ARM Cortex-M3 Block diagram, Bus Interfaces, Core
Registers, Special Registers, Operation Modes, Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller,
Exceptions and Interrupts, Memory map, Stack implementation, Two-Stack Model,
Reset Sequence

UNIT – V:
ARM Cortex-M3 Instruction Set and Memory System
Instruction Sets: ARM Cortex-M3 16-bit and 32-bit Instruction Set, Unified Assembler
Language, Data Processing Instructions, Branch Instructions, Load and Store
Instructions
Memory System: Memory Maps, Memory Access Attributes, Default Memory Access
Permissions, Bit-Band Operations, Unaligned Transfers, Exclusive accesses, Pipeline

UNIT – VI:
ARM Cortex-M3 Firmware Development Ecosystem
Cortex-M3 Programming:
Overview, Typical Development Flow, C Programming for Cortex-M3, Using C and
Assembly, CMSIS (Cortex Microcontroller Software Interface Standard) -Organization
of CMSIS, Benefits of CMSIS.
Exception Programming: Using Interrupts, Exception/Interrupt Handlers, Software
Interrupts, Vector Table Relocation

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Microprocessors and Interfacing, Douglas V. Hall, 2nd Edition, TMH, 1999
2. The Definitive Guide to the ARM Cortex-M3, Joseph Yiu, 2nd Edition, Elsevier Inc
2010

REFERENCES:
1. Advanced microprocessors and Peripherals – A.K.Ray and K.M.Bhurchandi, TMH,
2000
2. Microcomputer Systems - The 8086/8088 Family Architecture, Programming and
Design, Y.Liu and G.A. Gibson, 2nd Edition, PHI
3. Embedded Systems with ARM Cortex-M Microcontroller in Assembly Language
and C, 3rd Edition, July 2017
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PC1EE09) ELECTRICAL DRIVES

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Power Electronics, Electrical Machines – I, II & III

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce the drive system and operating modes of drive and its
characteristics
• To understand Speed –torque characteristics of different motor drives by various
Power converter topologies
• To understand the motoring and braking operations of drive
• To understand the differences between DC drives and AC drives

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand the characteristics of DC motors and induction motors
CO-2: Discriminate the methods of speed-control for dc motors and induction
motors
CO-3: Apply power electronic converters for the speed control of dc motor and
induction motor

UNIT – I:
Fundamentals of Electric Drive: Introduction to electric drives – block diagram-
advantages of electric drives -classification of electric drives- Speed-torque
conventions and multi-quadrant operations- Types of load torque: components,
nature and classification-Steady state stability.
UNIT – II:
Control of DC drives by Phase Controlled Converters: Introduction to DC motor
drives- constant torque and constant power operation- Orthogonal relationship
between field and armature currents - Single phase semi and fully controlled
converters connected to d.c separately excited motor – continuous current
operation – output voltage and current waveforms – Speed and Torque expressions
– Speed – Torque Characteristics-Problems.
Three phase semi and fully controlled converters connected to d.c separately
excited motor– output voltage and current waveforms – Speed and Torque
expressions – Speed – Torque characteristics – Problems. Closed loop control of
separately excited dc motor drive(Block diagram only).

UNIT – III:
Multi-quadrant Chopper fed DC drive: Introduction to chopper controlled DC drives-
-Electric Braking – Plugging, Dynamic and Regenerative Braking operations-Analysis
of single quadrant chopper drives -Two quadrant chopper drives- Four quadrant
chopper drives- Continuous current operation – Output voltage and current wave
forms – Speed torque expressions – Speed torque characteristics- Problems.
UNIT – IV:
Induction Motor Characteristics: Review of induction motor equivalent circuit and
torque-speed characteristic, variation of torque-speed curve with applied voltage,
applied frequency and applied voltage and frequency, typical torque-speed
curves of fan and pump loads, operating point, constant flux operation, flux
weakening operation.

UNIT – V:
Scalar control or constant V/f control of induction motor: V/f control of induction
motor, steady-state performance analysis based on equivalent circuit, speed drop
with loading, slip regulation.
Control of slip ring induction motor: Impact of rotor resistance of the induction motor
torque-speed curve, operation of slip-ring induction motor with external rotor
resistance, starting torque, power electronic based rotor side control of slip ring
motor, Performance of slip power recovery schemes.

UNIT – VI:
Synchronous Motor Drives: Operation of self -controlled synchronous motors by VSI,
CSI- Closed Loop control operation of synchronous motor drives (Block Diagram
Only)
Special drives – Permanent magnet synchronous motor -Brushless DC motor –
principle of operation- control of permanent magnetic drives-converter circuits-
modes of operation.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Electrical Drives, G. K. Dubey, CRC Press, 2002
2. Electric Motor Drives: Modeling, Analysis and Control, R. Krishnan, Prentice Hall,
2001
3. Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives by B.K.Bose, PHI

REFERENCES:
1. Thyristor Control of Electric drives by Vedam Subramanyam, Tata McGraw Hill
Publications
2. A First course on Electrical Drives – S K Pillai New Age International (P) Ltd. 2nd
Edition
3. Thyristor DC Drives by P.C.Sen, Wiley-Blackwell,
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EE04) POWER SYSTEM OPERATION AND CONTROL
COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Through Knowledge of Power Systems, Control Systems and
Electrical Machines

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the formulation of Load-Flow problems applying different methods
and carryout load-flow studies and compare
• To understand the importance of Economic Operation of Power Systems
including losses
• To understand the importance of Load Frequency Control in the operation of
power systems
• To understand the importance of reactive power and FACTS devices for stable
operation of Power systems

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Analyze the Optimal operation of Hydro and Thermal power plants
CO2: Develop the transfer function models and block diagrams of single and two
area
systems
CO3: Evaluate the performance of single and two area systems with and without
Controllers
CO4: Analyze the behavior of Reactive power compensation devices

UNIT – I:
Economic Operation of Power Systems: Optimal operation of Generators in Thermal
Power Stations, - heat rate Curve – Cost Curve – Incremental fuel and Production
costs, input-output characteristics, Optimum generation allocation with line losses
neglected. Optimum generation allocation including the effect of transmission line
losses – Loss Coefficients, General transmission line loss formula.

UNIT – II:
Unit Commitment and Hydrothermal Scheduling: Optimal unit commitment:
Constraints in unit commitment- Spinning Reserve, Thermal unit constraints and Hydro
constraints. Cost function formulation: start-up cost consideration and shut-down
cost consideration. Dynamic programming method for the solution of UC Problem -
Algorithm.
Optimal scheduling of Hydrothermal System: Mathematical formulation and solution
Technique with Algorithm. Analysis of Large systems through system tearing

UNIT – III:
Modeling of Turbines and Excitation System: Basic Generator Control loops – ALFC
and AVR loops and cross coupling between two loops. Modeling of Turbine: First
order Turbine model, Block Diagram representation of Steam Turbines and
Approximate Linear Models. Mathematical Modeling of Speed Governing System –
Governor Characteristics, Regulation of two generators, Derivation of small signal
transfer function. Generator load model, Modeling of Excitation System:
Fundamental components of an Excitation system, Transfer function, Block Diagram
Representation of IEEE Type-1 Model.

UNIT –IV:
Single Area Load Frequency Control: Necessity of keeping frequency constant,
Definitions of Control area, coherency, concept of control area, Incremental power
Balance of a control area, – Single area control – Block diagram representation of
an isolated power system – Steady state analysis – Dynamic response – Uncontrolled
case. Proportional plus Integral control of single area and its block diagram
representation and steady state and dynamic response.

UNIT –V:
Two-Area Load Frequency Control: ALFC of Multi-Area Systems-Advantages of pool
Operation. Two area system - Modelling of a tie-line, Development of block diagram
of a two area system. Mechanical analog of two area system and its Static and
dynamic responses. Tie-line bias control, Automatic Generation Control and
Economic dispatch control.

UNIT – VI:
Reactive Power Compensation: Overview of Reactive Power control – Reactive
Power compensation in transmission systems Shunt and Series Compensation,
Synchronous Condenser – advantages and disadvantages of different types of
compensating equipment for transmission systems. Fundamentals of FACTS
Controllers: Working and VI Characteristics of TCR, FC-TCR, TSC-TCR, TCSC and
STATCOM.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Modern Power System Analysis – by I.J.Nagrath and D.P.Kothari, 2nd Edition, Tata
M Graw – Hill Publishing Company Ltd
2. Electric Energy systems Theory – by O.I.Elgerd, 2nd Edition, Tata Mc Graw-hill
Publishing Company Ltd
3. Operation and Control in Power Systems by P.S.R.Murthy, 2nd Edition, BS
Publications, 2011

REFERENCES:
1. Power System Analysis and Design by J.Duncan Glover and M.S.Sarma. 3rd
Edition, THOMPSON
2. Power System Operation and Control by S.Sivanagaraju and G.Sreenivasan, 5th
Edition, PEARSON
3. Power System Analysis by Grainger and Stevenson, Tata McGraw Hill
4. Power System Analysis by Hadi Saadat, TMH Edition
5. Electrical Power Systems by C.L.Wadhwa, Newage, 3rd Edition, International
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EE05) STORAGE TECHNOLOGIES

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Power Electronics, Circuits and Power Systems

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the storage technologies available for energy
• To understand Electro chemical secondary batteries characteristics
• To understand efficiency improvement techniques in storage systems
• To appreciate various applications of storage systems

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Learn Mechanical, Magnetic and Electrostatic storage systems
CO-2: Enumerate merits and demerits of various secondary batteries
CO-3: Study characteristics of Lead acid batteries
CO-4: Improve the efficiency of storage systems
CO-5: Apply knowledge on storage technologies in EV and Power systems

UNIT – I:
Nonelectrical Storage Systems: Flywheel, Energy Relations, Flywheel System
Components, Benefits of Flywheel over Battery, Superconducting Magnet Energy
Storage, Compressed Air Energy storage, Overview Thermal Energy Storage.
Capacitor bank storage, Comparison of storage Technologies Transient response of
energy storage devices.

UNIT – II:
Electro Chemical Storage: History, General battery concepts- Types of Batteries-
Primary, secondary- Battery Vs Cell, Nickel-Cadmium -Nickel-Metal Hydride, Nickel
hydrogen, Lithium-Ion- Lithium-Polymer, Fuel cells, Flow Batteries.

UNIT – III:
Specifications and Characteristics: Domains of applications of Energy storage-
Starter-Traction-stationary-mobile or nomadic, Review of storage requirements,
Definitions of characteristics, Terminology of States, Battery Design, Battery Charging,
Charge Regulators, Battery Management, General Equivalent Electrical Circuit,
Performance Characteristics

UNIT – IV:
Sealed-Lead Cells and Batteries: Discharge Characteristics, Charging-Importance-
characteristics-charge acceptance-over charging, Types of charging- Constant
voltage charging- Constant current charging- Taper charging-special charging-
Charging power sources, storage, Testing, safety.
UNIT – V:
Electrical Energy Storage System Efficiency Improvement: Hybrid Electrical Energy
storage – Design Considerations- Architecture- Charge management- components
Modeling of Power Conversion, Reconfigurable EES Array Architecture, Cycle
Efficiency and Capacity Utilization of EES Bank, General Bank Reconfiguration
Architecture, Dynamic Reconfiguration Algorithm, Cycle Efficiency and Capacity
Utilization Improvement. Mathematical modelling of Battery. Concepts of SOC and
rates of charging and discharging.

UNIT – VI:
Storage Applications: Electric Vehicle application- Regenerative Brake- PV module
assistance-Storage bank reconfiguration- Overall cost analysis, Energy storage in
Transient regimes of Power system-Problem formulation-modeling- steady state
stability analysis with storage-storage Parameters to ensure transient stability, Battery
rating calculations for standalone system.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Energy Storage for Power Systems, A. Ter-Gazarian, Peter Peregrinus Ltd., 1994
2. Design and Management of Energy-Efficient Hybrid Electrical Energy Storage
Systems, Younghyun Kim, Naehyuck Chang, Springer, 2014
3. Rechargeable Batteries Applications Handbook, EDN Series of Design
Engineers, Elsevier

REFERENCES:
1. Lithium Batteries and Other Electrochemical Storage Systems, Christian Glaize,
Sylvie Geniès
2. Wind and Solar Power Systems, Mukund R. Patel, Second Edition, CRC Press, 2006
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EE06) DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Control Systems, Linear Control Systems

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce the components of digital control system and to study the Z-
transforms
• To provide knowledge on pulse transfer functions and their analysis
• To introduce state variable analysis and stability concepts in discrete domain
• To educate on tuning of PID controllers in discrete domain

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Expose to the concepts of Digital control systems
CO-2: Provide adequate knowledge of discrete systems in state variable analysis
CO-3: Learn the concept of stability analysis and design of discrete time systems
CO-4: Provide comprehensive knowledge of optimal control

UNIT – I:
Introduction Sampling and Reconstruction: Introduction, Examples of Data control
systems – Digital to Analog conversion and Analog to Digital conversion, sample and
hold operations.
Z – Transforms: Introduction, Linear difference equations, pulse response, Z –
transforms, Theorems of Z – Transforms, the inverse Z – transforms, Modified Z-
Transforms

UNIT – II:
Z-Plane Analysis Of Discrete-Time Control System: Z-Transform method for solving
difference equations; Pulse transforms function, block diagram analysis of sampled –
data systems, mapping between s-plane and z-plane: primary strips and
complementary strips.

UNIT – III:
State Space Analysis: State space representation of discrete time systems, Pulse
Transfer Function Matrix solving discrete time state space equations, State transition
matrix and it’s Properties, Methods for Computation of State Transition Matrix,
Discretization of continuous time state – space equations

UNIT – IV:
Controllability and Observability: Concepts of Controllability and Observability, Tests
for controllability and Observability. Duality between Controllability and
Observability, Controllability and Observability conditions for Pulse Transfer Function
of state feedback controller through pole placement – Necessary and sufficient
conditions, Ackerman’s formula. State Observers – Full order and Reduced order
observers.
UNIT – V:
Stability Analysis: Mapping between the S-Plane and the Z-Plane – Primary strips and
Complementary Strips – Constant frequency loci, Constant damping ratio loci,
Stability Analysis of closed loop systems in the Z-Plane. Jury stability test – Stability
Analysis by use of the Bilinear Transformation and Routh Stability criterion. Stability
analysis using Liapunov theorems.

UNIT – VI:
Design of Discrete Time Control System by Conventional Methods: Transient and
steady – State response Analysis – Design based on the frequency response method
–Bilinear Transformation and Design procedure in the w- plane, Lead, Lag and Lead-
Lag compensators and digital PID controllers.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Discrete-Time Control Systems, K. Ogata, Pearson Education/PHI, 2nd Edition
2. Digital Control and State Variable Methods, M. Gopal, TMH

REFERENCES:
1. Digital Control Systems, Kuo, 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press, 2003
2. Digital Control Engineering, M. Gopal, New Age International Publishers
3. Digital Control Engineering Analyses and Design, M. Sami Fadali and Antoni
Visioli, AP Academic Press
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PC1IT03) COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
(COMMON TO EEE, ECE, CSE & IT)
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To describe the functional blocks of a computer to interpret the instructions and
various addressing modes for the execution of instruction cycle
• To perform Arithmetic micro-operations on integers and floating-point numbers
• To analyze the cost performance and design trade-offs in designing and
constructing a computer processor including memory
• To discuss the different ways of communicating with I/O devices & interfaces and
the design techniques to enhance the performance using pipelining, parallelism

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Interpret the functional architecture of computing systems
CO-2: Explore memory, control and I/O functions
CO-3: Impart the knowledge on micro programming
CO-4: Analyze instruction level parallelism, Concepts of advanced pipeline
techniques

UNIT – I:
Functional Blocks of a Computer: CPU, memory, input-output subsystem, control unit.
Instruction set architecture of a CPU – registers, instruction execution cycle, RTL
interpretation of instructions, addressing modes, instruction set.
Case study – Instruction set of some common CPUs

UNIT – II:
Data Representation: Signed number representation, fixed and floating point
representations, character representation.
Computer Arithmetic: Integer Addition and Subtraction - Ripple carry adder, carry
look- ahead adder. Multiplication – Shift-and add, Booth multiplier, carry save
multiplier. Division – Restoring and non-restoring techniques, floating point arithmetic.

UNIT – III:
Microprogrammed Control: Control memory, address sequencing, micro program
example, and design of control unit, hardwired control, and micro programmed
control.

UNIT – IV:
Memory System Design: Semiconductor memory technologies. SRAM vs DRAM.
Memory Organization: Memory interleaving, concepts of hierarchical memory
organization, cache memory, cache size vs block size, mapping functions,
replacement algorithms, write policies, virtual memory, secondary storage.

UNIT – V:
Peripheral Devices and their Characteristics: Input-output subsystems, I/O device
interface, I/O transfers, - program controlled, Interrupt driven and DMA, privileged
and non –privileged instructions, software interrupts and exceptions. Programs and
processes – role of interrupts in process state transitions, I/O device interfaces – SCSI,
USB.

UNIT – VI:
Pipeline and Vector Processing: Parallel Processing, Pipelining, Arithmetic Pipeline,
Instruction pipe line, RISC pipeline Vector Processing, Array Processors

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Computer Organization and Design: The Hardware/Software Interfaces, 5th
Edition by David A. Patterson and John L. Hennessy, Elsevier
2. Computer Organization and Embedded Systems, 6th Edition by Carl Hamacher,
McGraw Hill Higher Education

REFERENCES:
1. Computer System Architecture, by M. Morris Mano, 3rd Edition
2. Computer Architecture and Organization, by John P. Hayes, 3rd Edition,
WCB/McGraw-Hill
3. Computer Organization and Architecture: Designing for Performance, by William
Stallings, 10th Edition, Pearson Education
4. Computer System Design and Architecture, by Vincent P. Heuring and Harry F.
Jordan, 2nd Edition Pearson Education
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EC02) MOS CIRCUITS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Electronic Devices and Circuits, Analog Circuits

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To learn the MOS device physics
• To know the design procedure of various analog application of MOSFET
• To know the design procedure of various digital application of MOSFET
• To understand the concepts semiconductor memories

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand the operation and sizing issues of MOSFET
CO-2: Design basic analog applications of MOSFET
CO-3: Design basic digital applications of MOSFET
CO-4: Conceptualize the memory classification and designing of memory circuits

UNIT – I:
Basic MOS Device Physics: MOSFET as a switch, MOS I vs V Characteristics, second-
order effects, MOS device models-MOS device capacitances, MOS small signal-
model, Scaling and Short channel effects.

UNIT – II:
MOS Single Stage Amplifiers: Common source amplifier with different loads, source
follower, Common gate amplifier, Cascode Amplifier, Folded cascade amplifier,
Frequency Response of Amplifiers - CG, CS, and CD amplifiers.

UNIT – III:
Analog MOS Sub-Circuits: Current Mirrors- Basic current mirrors, Active current mirrors.
Differential Amplifiers: Single-ended and Differential operation, Basic Differential pair,
Common Mode Response, Differential pair with MOS Loads.

UNIT – IV:
Operational Amplifiers: One-stage Op-Amp, Two-stage Op-Amp, Precision
Rectification, ADC, and DAC.
Sampling Circuits using NMOS, PMOS, CMOS Switches, and Switch capacitor circuit,
Switched capacitor integrator.

UNIT – V:
MOS Inverters: Introduction, The static CMOS Inverter an intuitive Perspective, Static
and Dynamic behaviour of CMOS Inverter, Noise margins, switching characteristics,
calculation of delay times, effect of load on switching characteristics and driving
large loads, logical effort of paths.

UNIT – VI:
Memory and Array Subsystems: Types of memory, ROM Organization, RAM
organization, DRAM Types and Operation, refresh operation, SRAM types and
operation, FLASH Memory.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits, Behzad Razavi, TMH Edition, 2016
2. Digital Integrated Circuits, Jan M. Rabaey, Anantha Chandrakasan, Borivoje
Nikolic, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2016

REFERENCES:
1. CMOS Analog Circuit Design, Philip E. Allen and Douglas R. Holberg, Oxford
University Press, International Second Edition/Indian Edition, 2010
2. Analog Integrated Circuit Design, David A. Johns, Ken Martin, Wiley Student Edn,
2013
3. CMOS: Circuit Design, Layout and Simulation, Baker, Li and Boyce, PHI, 2012
4. Principles of CMOS VLSI Design, Neil H.E Weste and Kamran Eshraghian, 2nd
Edition, Addition Wesley, 1998
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

0 3 1.5

(19PC2EC07) MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS LABORATORY

(Common to ECE, EEE & EIE)

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Digital System Design

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To provide practical knowledge on programming 8086/8051 to perform various
operations
• Interface various I/O devices to 8086/8051
• Design and develop digital systems for embedded applications and know the
process to meet desired needs within realistic constraints

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Write programs for 8086/ARM architectures to carry out various operations
CO-2: Apply the knowledge of interfacing techniques to design processor-based
systems
CO-3: Apply the knowledge of interfacing techniques to design controller-based
systems

Part A
Experiments on 8086 microprocessor
1. Programs for 16-bit arithmetic operations using Various Addressing Modes.
2. Program for sorting an array for 8086.
3. Program for searching for a number or character in a string for 8086.
4. Program for string manipulations for 8086
5. Program to define and call a subroutine which calculates the average of three
numbers.
a) Interfacing ADC to 8086.
b) Interfacing DAC to 8086
c) Interfacing stepper motor to 8086.

Part B
Experiments on ARM development boards
1. Programs to perform arithmetic operations
2. Control ON/OFF of LEDs using switches involving delays.
3. Controlling an LED using switch by polling method/Interrupt method
4. Implementation of PWM to change duty cycle.
5. Communication through UART.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

0 3 1.5

(19PC2EE05) ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION LABORATORY

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Electrical Measurements and Instrumentation

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To calibrate LPF Watt Meter, energy meter, P.F Meter using electro dynamo
meter type instrument as the standard instrument
• To determine unknown inductance, resistance, capacitance by performing
experiments on D.C Bridges &A.C Bridges
• To determine three phase active & reactive powers using single wattmeter
method practically
• To determine the ratio and phase angle errors of current transformer and
potential transformer

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Get the ability to choose instruments
CO-2: Can test any instrument
CO-3: Can find the accuracy of any instrument by performing experiment
CO-4: Can calibrate PMMC instrument using D.C potentiometer

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Measurement of batch of resistances and estimation of statistical parameters

2. Measurement of (i) low resistance using Kelvin’s double bridge (ii)earth
resistance and insulation resistance using Megger
3. Measurement of L and C using Anderson Bridge, Schering bridge, and LCR meter
4. Calibration of D.C voltmeter Ammeter & watt meter using dc potentiometer
5. Calibration of dynamometer type power factor meter & energy meter
6. Measurement of Three phase Active and Reactive power
7. Testing of Dielectric strength of transformer oil
8. Measurement of Three phase power using instrument transformers
9. Measurement of current using Shunts, C.T and Hall sensors
10. Measurement of Linear Displacement with the help LVDT
11. Measurement of different ranges of temperatures using i) RTD ii) Thermo couple
12. Measurement of load with the help of strain gauges
13. Measurement of % ratio error and phase angle of given C.T. by Silsbee’s method
14. Measurement of % ratio error and phase angle of given P.T by Silsbee’s method
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

0 2 1
(19HS2EN05) ADVANCED ENGLISH COMMUNICATION SKILLS LABORATORY
(Common to all branches)

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To enable students to understand the principles and process of Technical Writing
• To train students to write technical documents such as Applications, Resumes,
SOPs, Proposals and Technical Reports
• To train students to speak accurately and fluently for participation in
Presentations, Group Discussions and interviews.
• To train students in soft skills to make them effective individuals

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course the student should be able to
CO-1: Summarize and synthesize information and produce technical writing that is
required in academics as well as in the engineering profession
CO-2: Employ principles of TW and writing process to produce technical documents
such as cover letters, resume, SOP, Project Proposals and Technical Reports
CO-3: Actively participate in group discussions/interviews and prepare & deliver
effective presentations
CO-4: Become an effective individual through goal setting & Career Planning &
function effectively in multi-disciplinary and heterogeneous teams through the
knowledge of teamwork, Inter-personal relationships, conflict management and
leadership quality

UNIT – I:
The Concept of Technical Communication:
1. Understanding the concept of Technical Communication
2. Technical Writing (TW)- Definition, Principles and Processes
3. Summarizing and Synthesizing
4. Editing

UNIT – II:
Application Writing:
1. Formal Letters (Indian and Western styles); Cover Letter
2. Resumé and SoP Writing
3. E-Correspondence and Netiquette

UNIT – III:
Presentation Skills:
1. SWOC Analysis
2. Self -Introduction
3. Oral Presentations
4. Powerpoint Presentations
UNIT – IV:
Report Writing:
1. Technical Report —Categories, Formats, Styles and Types
2. Proposal Writing
3. Writing Agenda & Minutes

UNIT – V:
Employability Skills-1:
1. Self Assessment; Values & Beliefs; Self Esteem
2. Nonverbal Communication
3. Group Discussions

UNIT – VI:
Employability Skills-2:
1. Personal goal setting & Career Planning
2. Interview Skills – Face to Face
3. Interview Skills – Telephonic / Video

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Technical Writing Essentials, Suzan Last, University of Victoria, 2019
(Technical Writing Essentials by Suzan Last is licensed under a Creative Commons
Attribution 4.0 International License)
2. Technical Communication: A Practical Approach, William S. Pfeiffer, 7th Edition,
Longman, 2012
3. Reports In Paul V. Anderson's Technical Communication: A Reader-Centered
Approach, Anderson, Paul V. 5th Edition, Boston Heinle 2003

REFERENCES:
1. "Communication in the workplace: What can NC State students expect?" J.
Swartz, S. Pigg, J. Larsen, J. Helo Gonzalez, R. De Haas, and E. Wagner,
Professional Writing Program, North Carolina State University, 2018 [Online]
Available:https://docs.google.com/document/d/1pMpVbDRWIN6HssQQQ4MeQ
6U-oB-sGUrtRswD7feuRB0/edit ↵
2. Technical Communication, Burnett, Rebecca, 5th Edition, Heinle 2001
3. Technical Writing Process and Product, Gerson Sharon J. and Steven Gerson: 3rd
Edition, New Jersey: Prentice Hall 1999
4. Technical Communication: Situations and Strategies, Markel, Mike, 8th Edition
2006-2007
5. https://kupdf.net/download/learner-english-pdf
1pdf_59beb5ec08bbc55c18686ee6_pdf
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

0 4 2
(19PW4EE03) DESIGN THINKING

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To inculcate core design principles and applied creativity to develop innovative
strategies that better connect engineers with their end users
• To build mindset leading to flow of creative ideas, validating those ideas and
prioritizing the best ones
• To incorporate tools that designers need to take a design project from inspiration
and insights to ideation and implementation
• To instil full scope of organizational innovation and strategy through knowledge,
insight and analytical skills

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Use design thinking and hypothesis-driven innovation processes to develop
viable solutions to user challenges
CO-2: Use multiple brainstorming techniques to find innovative solutions
CO-3: Develop and test a business model or business case to support the viability of
the solution
CO-4: Prototype a solution to a user challenge
CO-5: Investigate the cultural, emotional, technological and business factors
relevant to developing new product or service design concept

Module 1: Revisiting Design Thinking

Creative thinking as basis of innovation; Empathy process for deep understanding of
challenge with practical ingenuity; Making sense of observations and insights;
Defining a point of view and context
Design thinking skills for Problem Discovery, Definition, and Ideation – Identifying
problems in daily lives and in the world at large, Understanding user and customer
perspectives, Thinking from the problem before thinking of a solution

Module 2: Ideation Process

Clear Articulation of problem statement with focus on latent needs; Brainstorming
potential solutions; Ideation methods with case-study based approach to using
Systematic Inventive Thinking (SIT) Methods such as Addition, Subtraction,
Multiplication, Division and Task Unification
Strategic Innovation for competition in future: Linear Innovation vs. non-linear
innovation, Understanding and identifying weak signals, 3-box thinking, 3-Box
framework and Box-3 ideation

Module 3: Designing Customer Experience

Understanding Innovation through Design Thinking; Enhancing Customer Experience;
Service Design and Development Process and Case Studies; Service Experience
Cycle and Case Studies
Module 4: Sustainable Design Approaches
Concern for Environment and Sustainability in Design, Case Studies to understand
good Design For Environment (DFE) Decisions; Design Considerations in the five
stages of the Product Life Cycle

Module 5: Integrative Engineering Design Solutions

Identifying and resolving issues with working in diverse teams, Modularising,
prototype building by different engineering disciplines within the team, validated
learning with accessible metrics

Module 6: Capstone Project (Interdisciplinary)

Applying Design Thinking Principles and Methods for Ideation and Prototyping,
Testing Solution, Refining Solution, and Taking the Solution to the Users

TEXT BOOKS:
1. 101 Design Methods: A Structured Approach for Driving Innovation in Your
Organization, Vijay Kumar, John Wiley & Sons, ISBN: 978-1118083468, 2012
2. Living with Complexity, Donald A Norman, MIT Press, ISBN: 978-0262528948, 2016
3. Design Thinking for Entrepreneurs and Small Businesses: Putting the Power of
Design to Work, Beverly Rudkin Ingle, A Press, ISBN: 978-1430261810, 2013

REFERENCES:
1. Emotionally Durable Design: Objects, Experiences and Empathy, Jonathan
Chapman, 2nd Edition, Routledge, ISBN: 978-0415732161, 2015
2. Innovation Design: How Any Organization Can Leverage Design Thinking to
Produce Change, Drive New Ideas, and Deliver Meaningful Solutions, Thomas
Lockwood, Edgar Papke, New Page Books, ISBN: 978-1632651167, 2017
3. Design Thinking Business Analysis: Business Concept Mapping Applied, Thomas
Frisendal, Springer, ISBN: 978-3642434822, 2012
4. Chapter 1: A Simple Framework for Leading Innovation, The Three Box Solution,
HBR Press, 2016
5. Design a Better Business: New Tools, Skills and Mindset for Strategy and
Innovation, Patrick Van Der Pijl, Justin Lokitz, Lisa Kay Solomon, Erik van der Pluijm,
Maarten van Lieshout, Wiley, ISBN: 978-8126565085, 2016
OPEN ELECTIVE
COURSES
SMART CITIES
 SMART CITIES

In the twenty-first century, engineers are being tasked with solving ever more
complex and subtle societal challenges – from climate change to unprecedented
urbanisation that is materially affecting the lives of many urban populations. As
engineers become ever more interdisciplinary and the boundaries of disciplines
soften, they need to reflect as a community as to the appropriateness of the
engineering paradigm to address these needs. Currently the engineering
community is pointing to the digital technologies and the ‘smart city’ as a deliverer
of efficiency and resilience without fully acknowledging the intricate socio-political
context in which it is situated.

The domain of EIE was developed to modernise and automate these operations
using the technological advancements in the realm of electronics. Even outside the
industry, common household appliances — such as washing machine, air-
conditioner, geyser, and microwave oven — cannot attract customers without
features such as auto cut-off after certain time or temperature, which is again an
example of instrumentation. The field of Instrumentation Engineering is also core to
the recent advances such as smart home appliances, smart cities and automobiles.
It is thus not far from the truth to claim that the fourth industrial revolution.

The world population is continuously growing and reached a significant evolution of

the society, where the number of people living in cities surpassed the number of
people in rural areas. This puts national and local governments under pressure
because the limited resources, such as water, electricity, and transports, must thus
be optimized to cover the needs of the citizens. Therefore, different tools, from
sensors to processes, service, and artificial intelligence, are used to coordinate the
usage of infrastructures and assets of the cities to build the so-called smart cities.

Different definitions and theoretical models of smart cities are given in literature.
However, smart city can usually be modelled by a layered architecture, where
communication and networking layer plays a central role. In fact, smart city
applications lay on collecting field data from different infrastructures and assets,
processing these data, taking some intelligent control actions, and sharing
information in a secure way. Thus, a two-way reliable communications layer is the
basis of smart cities. This chapter introduces the basic concepts of this field and
focuses on the role of communication technologies in smart cities. Potential
technologies for smart cities are discussed, especially the recent wireless
technologies adapted to smart city requirements.

What is the concept of a smart city?

There is no universally accepted definition for a smart city because people can
interpret different meanings for it. Hence, it means different things to different
people. Here, you will get a basic definition that captures the essence of what a
smart city is and what it does. While the concept varies from area to area
depending on the resources, the basic idea behind it remains the same. A smart city
aims to bring various components together to live harmoniously and attempts to do
with the least environmental damage or impact. In other words, a smart city is a
place with high standards of living, which survives and thrives on eco-friendly means.
The size and amenities within a smart city vary according to geography, resources
available, geopolitical scenario and investment received.

Growth in Global population continues to drive citizens from rural areas to cities. With
rapid expansion of urban areas, cities need to become intelligent to handle this
large scale urbanization. This is driving city operators to look at smarter ways to
manage complexities, increase efficiencies and improve quality of life. Today we
need cities that monitor& integrate infrastructure to better optimize resources while
maximizing service to its citizens. So to meet all the needs we need our cities to be
smarter which brings a concept “Smart cities” Smart cities optimize the use of
technology in the design & operation of infrastructure and buildings in such a way
which meets the current and future needs of their citizens. To be truly smart they also
require consideration of governance &growth, urban development
and infrastructure, the environment & natural resources, society and community.

Smart city programs provide a range of technologies that can be applied to solve
infrastructure problems associated with ageing infrastructure and increasing
demands. The potential for infrastructure and urban improvement remains
unrealized, however, due to technical, financial, and social constraints and criticisms
that limit the implementation of smart cities concepts for infrastructure
management. The discussion presented here provides a review of smart
technologies including sensors, crowdsourcing and citizen science, actuators, data
transmission, Internet of Things, big data analytics, data visualization, and
blockchain, which can be used for infrastructure management. Smart infrastructure
programs are reviewed to explore how enabling technologies have been applied
across civil engineering domains, including transportation systems, water systems, air
quality, energy infrastructure, solid waste management, construction engineering
and management, structures, and geotechnical systems.

Making cities “smarter” by efficient management of resources and infrastructure,

greener environment, and smart governance resulting in a better quality of living of
its citizens. This can be enabled by the effective use of information and
communication technologies (ICTs) tools, which have the ability to provide
eco‐friendly and economically viable solutions for cities.

Setting up a smart city is more than improving the old system with technology by
simply adding sensors, remote supervision, and control to essential city services. It
should be a complete shift of a paradigm in daily life when using new technologies,
especially new ICT leading to smart outcomes.

Smart solutions
Another important feature of smart cities is that they will provide smart solutions to
modern problems. These include:

• Public information systems

• Redressal of grievances
• Electronic service delivery
• Maximum engagement of citizens
• Reduced energy and fuel usage
• Reduces the development of wastes
• Smart water monitoring
• Treatment of wastewater
• Sustainable monitoring water quality
• Maximum utilization of renewable energy sources
• Usage of green building techniques
• Smart parking to reduce clutter
• Intelligent traffic management system.

Advantages of a smart cities,

1. Promotion of mixed land usage resulting in higher efficiency and reduced

wastage of land.
2. Expanded housing opportunities.
3. Reduced congestion, air pollution and resource depletion.
4. Helps to boost local economies by promoting localized trade and
interactions.
5. Efficient use of public transport to reduce fuel wastage.
6. Safe and secure localities.
7. Preservation of open spaces.
8. Reduction in urban heating.
9. Promotion of transit-oriented development.
10. Making governance more people-friendly and cost-effective.

Here’s a look at some projects that have taken inspiration from the concepts used
for the design of smart cities. These projects will help you build energy-efficient
systems that will help heal the world.

1. Home Automation using IoT

2. Smart Irrigation System
3. Smart Building using IoT
4. Smart Energy Meter using GSM
5. Solar and Smart Energy Systems
6. Smart Water Monitoring
7. Automated Street Lighting
8. Automated Railway Crossing
9. Intelligent Transportation Systems
10. Smart Sewage Maintenance Systems.

To develop new smart cities and to transform

our cities into smart cities the engineers in
particular are stepping up as leaders.

Civil & Environmental Engineers are working to harness the potential of latest
technologies and data for our urban infrastructure, which is among the most
complex system in the world. They provide sustainable, resilient and advanced
means of transportation system, green building, better water management system
and better waste management system. This not only develop physical infrastructure
but also develop institutional & social infrastructure that enable our societies to
function. Modelling these systems of systems will require managing data at an
unprecedented scale.

To support them Computer and Electronics & Communication Engineers help in

creating future cities that are digital, build and operate cities ICT landscape across
application and infrastructure like IOT (Internet of Things), e-payment, e-market, the
latest communication devices etc which is leveraging next generation technologies.
They create a platform for conveyance of different city services, leverage big data
analytics to manage city performance and proactive crisis management.

Electrical Engineers developing new renewable source of energy to meet ever

increasing power demands. They also develop methods of effective power
transmission with minimum losses which is more economical and safer. They also
work on developing microchips to micro sensors which are helping in making our
households, institution efficient and safer.

Conclusion
It is clear that dreaming of a smart city without active contribution of engineers is a
myth. So, there will always be demand of Engineers and because of which even
after crises in the placement scenario still the maximum science students choose
Engineering as their first career choice in hope of a better future.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1CE01) SMART CITIES PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To Introduce students on smart city basic concepts, global standards and Indian
context of smart cities
• To understand smart community, smart transportation and smart buildings
• To understand Energy demand, Green approach to meet Energy demand and
their capacities
• To identify Smart Transportation Technologies in cities and concepts towards
smart city

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Recognize smart city concepts and their international and national standards
CO-2: Recognize smart community, transportation and building concepts
CO-3: Develop and calibrate energy demand and their capacity limits
CO-4: Predict the various smart urban transportation systems and the transition from
existing city towards a smart city

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Smart Urban Infrastructures and Smart Cities: Introduction to City
Planning - Understanding Smart Cities - Dimensions of Smart Cities - Global
Experience of Smart Cities – Global Standards and Performance Benchmarks,
Practice Codes -Indian scenario - India “100 Smart Cities” Policy and Mission.

UNIT – II:
Smart Cities Planning and Development: Introduction to Smart Community - Smart
community concepts: Concept of Smart Community - Smart Transportation - Smart
Building and Home Device - Smart Health - Smart Government - Smart Energy and
Water – Cyber Security, Safety, and Privacy - Internet of Things, Blockchain, Artificial
Intelligence, Alternate Reality, Virtual Reality.

UNIT – III
Smart Urban Energy Systems – I: Conventional vs. Smart, City components, Energy
demand, Green approach to meet Energy demand, Index of Indian cities towards
smartness – A statistical analysis -Meeting energy demand through direct and
indirect solar resources - Efficiency of indirect solar resources and its utility, Capacity
limit for the indirect solar resources - Effectiveness in responsive environment in smart
city; Smart communication using green resources.
UNIT – IV:
Smart Urban Energy Systems – II: Introduction to PV technology - PV of various scale
for smart city applications - Energy efficiency - Policies of Solar PV in smart domains
(RPO, REC, Carbon credit, etc.) Definition, Structure of Smart Grid- Indian
Perspective- Advantage & limitation.

UNIT – V:
Smart Urban Transportation Systems: Smart Transportation Technologies - Driverless
and connected vehicles - Ride sharing solutions - The "improve" pathway - The "shift"
pathway – Smart Roads and Pavement systems.

UNIT – VI:
Towards Smart Cities: The transition of legacy cities to Smart -. Right transition process
- The benefit of citizens, cities to adopt effective management and governance
approaches - Factors in the transition phase of legacy cities to smart cities and their
managerial implications.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Internet of Things in Smart Technologies for Sustainable Urban Development, G. R.
Kanagachidambaresan, R. Maheswar, V. Manikandan, K. Ramakrishnan,
Springer, 2020
2. Society 5.0: A People-centric Super-smart Society, Hitachi-UTokyo Laboratory (H-
UTokyo Lab), Springer, 2020
3. The Routledge Companion to Smart Cities, Katharine S. Willis, Alessandro Aurigi,
Routledge International Handbooks, 2020

REFERENCES:
1. Smart Cities in Asia: Governing Development in the Era of Hyper-Connectivity Yu-
min Joo, Yu-Min Joo, Teck-Boon Tan, Edward Elgar Pub, 2020
2. Urban Systems Design: Creating Sustainable Smart Cities in the Internet of Things
Era, Yoshiki Yamagata, Perry P. J. Yang, Elsevier, 2020
3. Smart Cities and Artificial Intelligence: Convergent Systems for Planning, Design,
and Operations, Christopher Grant Kirwan, Zhiyong Fu, Elsevier, 2020
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1CE02) GREEN BUILDING TECHNOLOGY

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Smart Cities Planning and Development

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To expose the students to green buildings, their features and importance in the
present context of sustainable development
• To introduce various sustainable building materials for green buildings
• To acquire knowledge on various design concepts and construction aspects of
green buildings
• To learn the various policies and incentives for green buildings and also different
green building rating systems and codes

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Explain the importance, features and requisites of a green building
CO-2: Identify suitable sustainable building materials for construction of green
building
CO-3: Plan and design various systems for green buildings
CO-4: Explain various codal provisions of green buildings and accordingly rate a
building

UNIT – I:
Introduction: Definition of Green Buildings - Typical features of green buildings -
Benefits of Green Buildings - Green Building Materials and Equipment in India - Key
Requisites for Constructing a Green Building - Important Sustainable features for
Green Building - Climate responsive buildings - Carbon footprint and eco footprints
of buildings.

UNIT – II:
Green Building Materials: Introduction to sustainable building materials – Sustainable
Concrete – Partial replacements in concrete - Natural building materials - Bio
materials - Mycelium - Engineered Wood - Structural insulated panels (SIPs) - Natural
Fiber - Nontoxic materials: low VOC paints, organic paints, coating and adhesives -
Use of waste materials such as paper, Cellulose, glass bottles, tires, shipping
containers - Use of industrial waste such as fly-ash, bags, building demolition waste.

UNIT – III:
Design of Green Buildings: Indoor environmental quality requirement and
management: Thermal comfort - HVAC - Visual perception - Illumination requirement
- Auditory requirement – Energy Efficiency - Lighting and day lighting - Steady and
non-steady heat transfer through the glazed window and the wall – Indoor air
quality - Local climatic conditions – temperature, humidity, wind speed and
direction.

UNIT – IV:
Construction of Green Buildings: IoT Integrated Automated Building Systems -
Synthetic Roof Underlayment - Green Roofs - Grid Hybrid System - Passive Solar -
Greywater Plumbing Systems - Electrochromic Glass - Solar Thermal Cladding -
Structural 3D Printing - Self-healing Concrete - Bird Friendly Design - Landscaping for
Parking Lot Runoff - Composting Toilets - Proactive Maintenance - Green Cleaning.

UNIT – V:
Green Building Policies and Incentives: Green products and material certification -
parameters making products green - products transparency movement - Cradle to
cradle certification - Product emission testing - Carbon trust - carbon credit - returns
on investments - savings Policies towards electrical power in India – Case study - Tax
credits & Grants - Green construction guide.

UNIT – VI:
Green Building Rating Systems and Codes: Green building rating systems: BREAM,
LEED and GRIHA, ISO 14020 – Green building codes: ECBC and NBC 2016 - Green
materials: Standard specifications – Case Studies: Dockland Building in Hamburg,
SOKA Building in Wiesbaden, KSK Tuebingen, Nycomed, Constance, DR Byen,
Copenhagen.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Green Building Handbook, Tom Woolley and Sam Kimings, 2009
2. Sustainable Construction: Green Building Design and Delivery, Charles J. Kibert,
2012

REFERENCES:
1. Green Building Fundamentals, Mike Montoya, Pearson, USA, 2010
2. Sustainable Construction - Green Building Design and Delivery, Charles J. Kibert,
John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2008
3. Sustainable Construction and Design, Regina Leffers, Pearson / Prentice Hall, USA,
2009
4. Introduction to Environmental Economics, Nick Hanley, Jason, F. Shogren and
Ben White, Oxford University Press, 2001
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1CE03) SMART MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Smart Cities Planning and Development, Green Building

Technology

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce the students to various smart materials and their working principles
• To acquire knowledge on different measuring techniques
• To learn about various smart sensors, actuators and their application in structural
health monitoring
• To acquire knowledge on different smart composite materials and their
modelling concepts
• To learn about the data acquisition and processing and their application in
engineering domain

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Explain the different smart materials and their principles
CO-2: Explain and understand different measuring techniques
CO-3: Identify suitable smart sensors and actuators for a specific engineering
application
CO-4: Gain the knowledge on data acquisition and processing and advantages in
smart materials and smart structures

UNIT – I:
Introduction: Introduction to Smart Materials and Structures – Instrumented structures
functions and response – Sensing systems – Self -diagnosis – Signal processing
consideration – Actuation systems and effectors.

UNIT – II:
Measuring Techniques: Measuring techniques: Strain Measuring Techniques using
Electrical strain gauges, Types – Resistance – Capacitance – Inductance –
Wheatstone bridges – Pressure transducers – Load cells – Temperature
Compensation – Strain Rosettes.

UNIT – III:
Sensors: Sensing Technology – Types of Sensors – Physical Measurement using Piezo
Electric Strain measurement – Inductively Read Transducers – LVDT – Fiber optic
Techniques- Absorptive chemical sensors – Spectroscopes – Fibre Optic Chemical
Sensing Systems and Distributed measurement, Application of Smart Sensors for
Structural Health Monitoring (SHM), System Identification using Smart Sensors
UNIT – IV:
Actuators: Actuator Techniques – Actuator and actuator materials – Piezoelectric
and Electrostrictive Material – Magneto structure Material – Shape Memory Alloys –
Electro rheological fluids – Electromagnetic actuation – Role of actuators and
Actuator Materials - IPMC and Polymeric Actuators, Shape Memory Actuators

UNIT-V:
Signal Processing and Control Systems: Data Acquisition and Processing – Signal
Processing and Control for Smart Structures – Sensors as Geometrical Processors –
Signal Processing – Control System – Linear and Non-Linear

UNIT –VI:
Advances in Smart Structures & Materials: Self-Sensing Piezoelectric Transducers,
Energy Harvesting Materials, Autophagous Materials, Self Healing Polymers,
Intelligent System Design, Emergent System Design

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Smart Materials and Structures, Gandhi M. V. and Thompson B. S., Chapman &
Hall, Madras, 1992
2. Dynamics and Control of Structures, Meirovitch L., John Wiley, 1992

REFERENCES:
1. Smart Structures: Analysis and Design, A. V. Srinivasan, D. Michael McFarland,
Cambridge University Press, 2009
2. Smart Materials and Technologies: For the Architecture and Design Professions,
Michelle Addington and Daniel L. Schodek, Routledge 2004
3. Smart Structures and Materials, Brian Culshaw, Artech House – Borton, London,
1996
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VIII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1CE04) INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Smart Cities Planning and Development, Green Building

Technology, Smart Materials and Structures
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand ITS architecture and standards
• To apply appropriate ITS technology depending upon site specific conditions
• To design and implement ITS components
• To understand concept and application of Automated Highway Systems

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Differentiate different ITS user Services
CO-2: Apply ITS for road user safety
CO-3: Interpret importance of AHS in ITS
CO-4: Extend future research and special project

UNIT – I:
Introduction To ITS: System Architecture, Standards, Database – Tracking Database –
Commercial Vehicle Operations – Intelligent Vehicle Initiative - Metropolitan ITS –
Rural ITS – ITS for Rail network.

UNIT – II:
ITS Travel Management: Autonomous Route Guidance System – Infrastructure based
systems – Telecommunications – Vehicle – Roadside communication – Vehicle
Positioning System – Electronic Toll Collection – Electronic Car Parking

UNIT – III:
ITS Designs: Modeling and Simulation Techniques - Peer – to – Peer Program – ITS for
Road Network – System Design – Mobile Navigation Assistant – Traffic Information
Center – Public Safety Program.

UNIT – IV:
Introduction to Automated Highway Systems: Evolution of AHS and Current Vehicle
Trends - Vehicles in Platoons – Aerodynamic Benefits - Integration of Automated
Highway Systems – System Configurations - Step by Step to an Automated Highway
System.

UNIT – V:
Evaluation and Assessment of AHS: Spacing and Capacity for Different AHS
Concepts – Communication Technologies for AHS - The Effects of AHS on the
Environment – Regional Mobility - Impact Assessment of Highway Automation.
UNIT – VI:
Implementation of ITS: ITS programs globally- overview of ITS in developed countries
and developing countries – ITS at Toll Plazas – Parking lots – Highways.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Intelligent Transport Systems Handbook: Recommendations for World Road
Association (PIARC), Kan Paul Chen, John Miles, 2000
2. Intelligent Transport Systems – Cases and Policies, Roger R. Stough, Edward Elgar,
2001
3. Intermodal Freight Transport, David Lowe, Elsevier Butterworth-Heinemann
Publishers, 2005

REFERENCES:
1. Positioning Systems in Intelligent Transportation Systems, Chris Drane and Chris
Rizos, Artech House Publishers, London, 2000
2. Perspectives on Intelligent Transport Systems, Joseph M. Sussman, Springer
Publishers, 2000
3. Intelligent Transport System, Intelligent Transportation Primer, Washington, US,
2001
 WASTE
MANAGEMENT
 WASTE MANAGEMENT
The courses such as solid waste management (SWM), hazardous waste
management (HWM), waste to energy (WTE) and intelligent waste management
and recycling system (IWM&RS) are the courses available in the waste management
track stream which having a potential syllabus content to meet out the industrial
and research needs.
Solid waste management is an interesting track course which actual
highlights the day-to-day problems where everybody is facing due to the improper
management of industrial, domestic and household waste. Further, the enthusiastic
aspects involved in the track courses such as: awareness on its impact over on
environment, formal or scientific way of handling and management of waste and
disposal scenarios.

In hazardous waste management course, handling and management of

nuclear waste at national and international level have been highlighted. Further, the
content enlightens about the legal process of state, central and industrial responses
toward any emergency situations arise by hazardous waste. Finally, it deals about
natural resource damage assessment and restoration.

Waste to energy is a pioneering course available in the track; it is one of the

interesting and mindboggling course in the track which highlights the importance of
converting the waste materials into wealth. It gives enough space to understand the
basic process technologies in a theoretical and industrial way such as: thermal,
chemical and biological conversion process. From the above, biological conversion
process is in its embryonic state and having potential to expands its technological
wings in the near future and having enormous scope of industrial applications where
students can be benefited. Finally, conversion devices is an innovative module have
been framed to explore the young minds in the line of designing and creating a
demand based conversion device products which even lays an entrepreneurial
pathway to them.

First of its kind, even at both international and national level a dedicated and
extensive course for intelligent waste management and recycling system have been
framed with conventional and advanced modules. It is really an interesting course
where a student can apply his/her innovative creations to solve the existing and
futuristic problems in a smart way with the help of smart tools. Optimistic modules
such as: life cycle assessment and carbon-footprint-based IWMS, principles of
systems engineering and regulatory frameworks have been incorporated to meet
out the international requirements.

In the pathway of exploring the fundamentals and basic knowledges about

the course, the six units of all the courses have been formulated keeping in the mind
that the students can be able to competitive among the international community at
the end of semester. In this context, comprehensive theoretical and industrial
processes have been incorporated in each and every module of courses. Further, it
is highly believed that the framed syllabus modules having 100% industrial
applications which can make the students to feel motivated, satisfied and
confidence to compete with the international community.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1CE05) SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the concepts of solid waste management
• To remember the characteristics of solid waste and source reduction techniques
• To acquire the knowledge & skills in the collection, storage, transport and
engineering principles of solid waste
• To remember and understand the treatment, disposal and recycling and various
laws and regulation of solid waste management

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Apply the fundamental concepts of solid waste management
CO-2: Apply the acquired knowledge to resolve the practical problems on source
reduction
CO-3: Apply the knowledge on collection, storage, transport and waste processing
of solid waste in real time situation
CO-4: Impart the gained knowledge and skills and various laws & regulations on
treatment of SW in real time societal problems

UNIT – I:
Sources and Classification: Types and Sources of solid and hazardous wastes - Need
for solid and hazardous waste management – Elements of integrated waste
management and roles of stakeholders - Financing and Public Private Participation
for waste management- Integrated solid waste management.

UNIT – II:
Waste Characterization and Source Reduction: Waste generation rates and variation
- Composition, physical, chemical and biological properties of solid wastes –
Hazardous Characteristics – TCLP tests – waste sampling and characterization plan -
Source reduction of wastes –Waste exchange - Extended producer responsibility -
Recycling and reuse.

UNIT – III:
Storage, Collection and Transport of Wastes: Handling and segregation of wastes at
source – storage and collection of municipal solid wastes – Analysis of Collection
systems - Need for transfer and transport – Transfer stations Optimizing waste
allocation– compatibility, storage, labeling and handling of hazardous wastes –
hazardous waste manifests and transport.
UNIT – IV:
Waste Processing Technologies: Objectives of waste processing – material
separation and processing technologies – biological and chemical conversion
technologies – methods and controls of Composting - thermal conversion
technologies and energy recovery – incineration – solidification and stabilization of
hazardous wastes- treatment of biomedical wastes - Health considerations in the
context of operation of facilities.

UNIT – V:
Waste Disposal: Waste disposal options – Disposal in landfills - Landfill Classification,
types and methods – site selection - design and operation of sanitary landfills, secure
landfills and landfill bioreactors – leachate and landfill gas management – landfill
closure and environmental monitoring – Rehabilitation of open dumps-remediation
of contaminated sites.

UNIT – VI:
Regulatory Frameworks: Salient features of Indian legislations on management and
handling of municipal solid wastes, hazardous wastes, biomedical wastes, nuclear
wastes - lead acid batteries, electronic wastes, plastics waste, bio-medical waste,
construction and demolition waste and fly ash waste.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Integrated Solid Waste Management, George Tchobanoglous, Hilary Theisen and
Samuel A, Vigil, McGraw Hill International Edition, New York, 1993
2. CPHEEO, Manual on Municipal Solid Waste Management, Central Public Health
and Environmental Engineering Organization, Government of India, New Delhi,
2014

REFERENCES:
1. Handbook of Solid Waste Management, Frank Kreith, George Tchobanoglous,
McGraw Hill, 2002
2. Waste Management Practices, John Pitchtel, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis
Group, 2014
3. Municipal Solid Waste Management, Processing, Energy Recovery, Global
Examples, P. Jayarama Reddy, BS Publications, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis
Group, 2011
4. GoI, Ministry of Environment and Forest and Climate Change, Various Recent
Laws and Rules of Solid Waste Management
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1CE06) HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Solid Waste Management

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the concepts of hazardous waste management
• To understand the principle of waste characterization, storage, transport and
processing
• To understand the principles of nuclear waste and Hazardous Management (HM)
and emergency Response
• To understand the principle and process of landfills and natural resource
Damage Assessment & Restoration

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Apply the fundamental concepts of hazardous waste management
CO-2: Apply the knowledge to resolve the problems on storage, transport and
processing
CO-3: Apply the knowledge to resolve the practical problems on nuclear waste and
HM & emergency response
CO-4: Impart the gained knowledge and skills to resolve the practical problems on
landfills and natural resource damage assessment & restoration on field

UNIT – I:
Introduction: Need for hazardous waste management – Sources of hazardous
wastes – Effects on community – terminology and classification – Storage and
collection of hazardous wastes – Problems in developing countries – Protection of
public health and the environment.

UNIT – II:
Waste Characterization, Storage, Transport and Processing: Hazardous Waste
Characterization and Definable Properties - Analytical– Analytical methods –
Hazardous waste inventory- Source reduction of hazardous wastes - Handling and
storage of Hazardous wastes –Waste Compatibility Chart – Hazardous Waste
Transport- Manifest system – Transboundary movement of wastes – Basal Convention
– Hazardous waste treatment technologies – Physical, chemical and thermal
treatment of hazardous waste – Solidification – Chemical fixation – Encapsulation –
Incineration.

UNIT – III:
Nuclear Waste: Characteristics – Types – Nuclear waste – Uranium mining and
processing – Power reactors – Refinery and fuel fabrication wastes – spent fuel –
Management of nuclear wastes – Decommissioning of Nuclear power reactors –
Health and environmental effects.
UNIT – IV:
Management of Hazardous Wastes: Identifying a hazardous waste – methods –
Quantities of hazardous waste generated – Components of a hazardous waste
management plan – Hazardous waste minimization – Disposal practices in Indian
Industries – Future challenges - Emergency Response - National Response Team and
Regional Response Teams; National Contingency Plan and Regional Contingency
Plans; National Response Center; State, Local and Industry Response Systems.

UNIT – V:
Secure Landfills: Hazardous waste landfills – Site selections – landfill design and
operation – Regulatory aspects – Liner System- Liners: clay, geomembrane, HDPE,
geonet, geotextile – Cover system- Leachate Collection and Management –
Environmental Monitoring System- Landfill Closure and post closure care -
Underground Injection Wells.

UNIT – VI:
Natural Resource Damage Assessment and Restoration: Natural Resource Damage
Assessment Laws and Regulations - Central and State government agencies -
Damage Assessment and Restoration Procedures - Groundwater Hydrology and
Contamination Processes - Groundwater Contamination Detection, Analysis and
Monitoring - Overview of CERCLA - Remedial Action Process and RCRA Correction
Action Program - Preliminary Assessments and Site Inspections - Hazard Ranking
System - National Priorities List - State Priorities List - Remedial Investigations and
Feasibility Studies - Records of Decision and the Administrative Process - Remedial
Design - Remedial Action - NPL Deletion Process.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Hazardous Waste Management, Charles A. Wentz., 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill
International, 1995
2. Standard Handbook of Hazardous Waste Treatment and Disposal, Harry M.
Freeman, McGraw Hill, 1997

REFERENCES:
1. Hazardous Waste (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, Ministry
of Environment and Forests, Government of India, New Delhi
2. Guidelines and Criteria for Hazardous Waste Landfills and Hazardous Waste
Treatment Disposal Facilities, Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi, 2010
3. Hazardous Waste Management, Anjaneyulu
4. Hazardous Waste Management, M. LaGrega and others, McGraw-Hill Publication
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1CE07) WASTE TO ENERGY

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Solid Waste Management, Hazardous Waste Management

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the concepts of energy from waste
• To understand the principle and process of thermal conversion technology (TCT)
• To understand the principle and process of chemical and biological conversion
technology (CCT & BCT)
• To understand the principles and processes of biomass energy technology (BET)
and conversion process and devices (P&D) for solid wastes

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Apply the fundamental concepts of energy from waste
CO-2: Apply the acquired knowledge to resolve the practical problems on TCT
CO-3: Apply the knowledge to resolve the practical problems on CCT and BCT
CO-4: Impart the gained knowledge and skills to resolve the practical problems on
BET and P&D

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Energy from Waste: Classification of waste as fuel – agro based, forest
residue, industrial waste, MSW – conversion devices – incinerators, gasifiers, digesters,
Environmental monitoring system for land fill gases, Environmental impacts; Measures
to mitigate environmental effects due to incineration.

UNIT – II:
Thermal Conversion Technologies: Fundamentals of thermal processing –
combustion system – pyrolysis system – gasification system – environmental control
system – energy recovery system – incineration.

UNIT – III:
Chemical Conversion Technologies: Acid & Alkaline hydrolysis – hydrogenation;
solvent extraction of hydrocarbons; solvolysis of wood; biocrude; biodiesel
production via chemical process; catalytic distillation; transesterification methods;
Fischer-Tropsch diesel: chemicals from biomass - various chemical conversion
processes for oil, gas, cellulose acetate.

UNIT – IV:
Biological Conversion Technologies: Nutritional requirement for microbial growth –
types of microbial metabolism – types of microorganisms – environmental
requirements – aerobic biological transformation – anaerobic biological
transformation – aerobic composting – low solid anaerobic digestion – high solid
anaerobic digestion – development of anaerobic digestion processes and
technologies for treatment of the organic fraction of MSW – Biodegradation and
biodegradability of substrate; biochemistry and process parameters of
biomethanation - other biological transformation processes.

UNIT – V:
Biomass Energy Technologies: Biomass energy resources – types and potential;
Energy crops - Biomass characterization (proximate and ultimate analysis); Biomass
pyrolysis and gasification; Biofuels – biodiesel, bioethanol, Biobutanol; Algae and
biofuels; Pellets and bricks of biomass; Biomass as boiler fuel; Social, economic and
ecological implications of biomass energy.

UNIT – VI:
Conversion Devices: Combustors (Spreader Stokes, Moving grate type, fluidized
bed), gasifier, digesters. Briqueting technology: Production of RDF and briquetted
fuel. Properties of fuels derived from waste to energy technology: Producer gas,
Biogas, Ethanol and Briquettes – conversion process with basic device formulation
for agricultural residues and wastes including animal wastes; industrial wastes;
municipal solid wastes; E-waste; Bio-medical waste; C&D waste; plastic waste and
batteries waste.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Integrated Solid Waste Management, George Tchobanoglous, Hilary Theisen and
Samuel A., Vigil, Mc-Graw Hill International Edition, New York, 1993
2. Energy from Waste - An Evaluation of Conversion Technologies, C. Parker and T.
Roberts (Ed.), Elsevier Applied Science, London, 1985

REFERENCES:
1. Introduction to Biomass Energy Conversion, Capareda S., CRC Press, 2013
2. Thermo-chemical Processing of Biomass: Conversion into Fuels, Chemicals and
Power, Brown R. C. and Stevens C., Wiley and Sons, 2011
3. Biomass Conversion Processes for Energy and Fuels, Sofer, Samir S. (Ed.), Zaborsky,
R. (Ed.), New York, Plenum Press, 1981
4. Energy Recovery from Municipal Solid Waste Thermal Conversion Technologies, P.
Jayarama Reddy, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group, London, UK, 2016
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VIII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1CE08) INTELLIGENT WASTE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND RECYCLING SYSTEM

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Solid Waste Management, Hazardous Waste

Management, Waste to Energy
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the concepts of Solid waste
• To understand the principle and process of IWMS Tools
• To understand the applications of IoT, ML, DL, BC and LCA & Carbon Foot Print
(CFP) based SWM
• To understand the principles of Process Systems Engineering (PSE) and various
laws and regulation of SWM

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Apply the fundamental concepts of Solid waste
CO-2: Apply the knowledge to resolve the practical problems with the help of IWMS
Tools
CO-3: Apply the knowledge of IoT, ML, DL, BC and LCA & CFP to resolve the
practical problems in SWM
CO-4: Impart the PSE knowledge and various laws and regulation to resolve the
practical problems in SWM

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Solid Waste: Sources, Generation, Classification and Types of Solid
Waste – Biomedical Waste – E-Waste – Construction and Demolition Waste – Plastic
Waste – Batteries Waste – Hazardous Waste - Waste Management Through Waste
Hierarchy: Reduce, Reuse, Recycle, Recover, and Disposal - Waste Operational
Units: Equipment and Facilities: Collection and Transportation - Mechanical
Treatment - Biological Treatment - Thermal Treatment – Disposal.

UNIT – II:
Introduction to IWMS Tools: Introduction – Need of the IWMS – functional elements of
IWMS – Ultrasonic Sensor, Arduino Board, GSM Module, Bread Board, Power Supply
(Battery) – Jump Wires - Navigation system – Cloud Services - Zero Waste Principle.

UNIT – III:
Applications in Intelligent Waste Management System: Introductory Applications of
IoT, Machine Learning, Deep Learning and Block Chain Technology in Waste
Characterization and Source Reduction, Storage, Collection and Transport of
Wastes, Waste Processing Technologies and Waste Disposal.
UNIT – IV:
Life Cycle Assessment and Carbon-Footprint-Based IWMS: Phases of Life Cycle
Assessment: Goal and Scope Definition - Life Cycle Inventory - Life Cycle Impact
Assessment – Interpretation - LCA Waste Management Software - Umberto Software
- SimaPro Software - LCA Assessment Methodology: Life Cycle Inventory Analysis -
Life Cycle Impact Assessment – Interpretation - Sensitivity Analysis - Carbon-Footprint-
Based SWM - The Global-Warming Potential Impact - GHG Accounting - GWP
Assessment for Solid Waste Management.

UNIT – V:
Principles of Systems Engineering: Systems Engineering Principles and Tools for SWM -
Planning Regional Material Recovery Facilities - Optimal Planning for Solid Waste
Collection, Recycling, and Vehicle Routing - Multiattribute Decision Making with
Sustainability Considerations - Decision Analysis for Optimal Balance between Solid
Waste Incineration and Recycling Programs - Environmental Informatics for
Integrated Solid Waste Management - Future Perspectives.

UNIT – VI:
Regulatory Frameworks: Salient features of Indian legislations on management and
handling of municipal solid wastes, hazardous wastes, biomedical wastes, nuclear
wastes - lead acid batteries, electronic wastes, plastics waste, bio-medical waste,
construction and demolition waste and fly ash waste.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Sustainable Solid Waste Management - A Systems Engineering Approach, Ni-Bin
Chang and Ana Pires, IEEE & John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Hoboken, New Jersey, 2015
2. Integrated Solid Waste Management, George Tchobanoglous, Hilary Theisen and
Samuel A., Vigil, McGraw Hill International Edition, New York, 1993

REFERENCES:
1. Manual on Municipal Solid Waste Management, CPHEEO, Central Public Health
and Environmental Engineering Organization, Government of India, New Delhi,
2014
2. Smart Waste Management-Nutshell, Vishal Gupta, Amazon.com Services LLC,
September 11, 2017
3. Recyclable Household Waste Management System for Smart Home in IOT,
Manpreet Kaur & Dr. Kamaljit Singh Saini, Independently Published, June 12, 2018
4. GoI, Ministry of Environment and Forest and Climate Change, Various Recent
Laws and Rules of Solid Waste Management
GREEN ENERGY
 1. RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES

What we are studying?

The climate landscape is changing rapidly, and new technologies and solutions
keep arising to respond to global and local challenges.
Renewable energy sources course makes you discover how Solar Thermal Energy
conversion system works. It makes you understand how a Solar Photo voltaic
generation system generates electricity. Scope of the course also includes wind
energy generation. It also navigates you through Biomass and geo thermal
energy generation systems.
Job opportunities:
When it comes to the hottest and most buzzing careers in the 21st century, the
majority of people think of hardcore technical domains such as data science,
machine learning & artificial intelligence. Few people might also come up with
biotechnology (or biosciences). But, quite often people forget about one of the
dark horses – the Renewable Energy sector. Even Bill Gates lobbied for the Energy
sector as one of the top three career choices for making an impactful career.

Reference:
https://www.stoodnt.com/blog/careers-in-renewable-energy-job-opportunities-
fields-of-study-and-top-universities/

2. RENEWABLE ENERGY TECHNOLOGIES

Within Crisis, there are seeds of opportunity..! We are at the wedge of fossil fuel
end. After few years you can witness fuel crisis all over the world, as an engineer
one must aware of the solution. To design sustainable systems those last for
decades, one must use renewable energy as main or auxiliary source of energy.
The application may be electrical or mechanical or chemical, one must convert
energy from renewable source into electricity for ease of use.
Renewable Energy Technologies course will introduce you to Different types of
Solar PV systems and their characteristics. Students will know the functionality of
Power Converters such as Inverters etc., through block diagram approach. Fuel
cell technology, which is one of the solutions for energy crisis will be discussed in
detail. Course will conclude by discussing impact of PV panel production on
environment and disposal of it.
Job Opportunities:
Green jobs in the renewable energy sector are expected to touch new figures
with 6 digit monthly income. Following link may describe the interesting
interdisciplinary careers for budding engineers.

Reference:
https://www.businessinsider.in/slideshows/miscellaneous/21-high-paying-careers-
for-people-who-want-to-save-the-planet-and-also-have-job-
security/slidelist/70677782.cms#slideid=70677804
 3. ENERGY STORAGE TECHNOLOGIES
Battery technology is an essential skill for every engineer in present scenario.
Course on energy storage technologies will enable student to, Design storage
system Residential loads integrated to Renewable and storage systems for
Electric Vehicles. It will make student to understand various electrochemical
storages such as Lead acid, Li Ion cell etc. and their characteristics. The course
enables student to compare non-electric, electric storage systems and analyze
application of them to various domains.

Job opportunities:
Upon successful completion of course student will enhance the chances of
getting into EV industry , which almost open fact. Job Profiles include
i. Battery algorithms engineer
ii. Battery management engineer
iii. Battery modeling expert
iv. Design engineer – EV

4. ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND CONSERVATION

Energy Management And Conservation course is mainly intended to monitor

Energy consumption of industries and to manage energy systems. This course
also deals with methods of improving efficiency of electric machinery and to
design a good illumination system. It also teaches student calculate pay back
periods for energy saving equipment.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1EE01) RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the role of solar power
• To know components of PV system conversion
• To learn Operation of windmills
• To understand the principle operation of biomass and geo thermal energy
systems

COURSE OUT COMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand Solar Thermal Energy conversion systems
CO-2: Understand Solar Photo voltaic systems
CO-3: Analyze wind energy conversion system
CO-4: Understand the principle operation of Biomass and geo thermal energy
systems

UNIT – I:
Principles of Solar Radiation: Role and potential of new and renewable source, the
solar energy option, Environmental impact of solar power, physics of the sun, The
apparent motion of the sun, the solar constant, extraterrestrial and terrestrial solar
radiation, solar radiation on titled surface, instruments for measuring solar radiation
and sunshine, solar radiation data.

UNIT – II:
Solar Thermal Energy Conversion:
Solar Heating: Some basic calculations, The performance of solar heating devices,
Evaluation of sunlight received by a collector, Flat solar panels - Different
technologies of thermal solar collectors-Evaluation of the performance of solar
collectors- Selective coatings for collectors and glazing, Solar heating systems -
Individual and collective solar water heaters- Combined solar systems for the
heating of buildings
Power Stations: Concentric Solar Power Plants- Concentrating systems- Components
for production of heat and conversion into electricity

UNIT – III:
Solar PV Conversion: The PV Cell-Crystalline Solar cells-Thin film solar cell, Module,
Array, Equivalent Electrical circuit, Open circuit voltage and Short circuit current, I-V,
P-V Corves, Array design- Sun angle- effect of Temperature-Sun tracking, PV system
components

UNIT – IV:
Wind Energy: Sources and potentials, horizontal and vertical axis windmills,
performance characteristics, Betz criteria, Maximum power Tracking of wind mills,
and peak power operation Site selection of Wind mills, working Induction generator
(Principle only)
UNIT – V:
Bio-Mass: Principles of Bio-Conversion, Anaerobic/aerobic digestion, types of Bio-gas
digesters, gas yield, combustion characteristics of bio-gas, utilization for cooking, I.C.
Engine operation and economic aspects.

UNIT – VI:
Geothermal & Ocean Energy: Resources, types of wells, methods of harnessing the
energy (brief discussion) potential in India. OTEC, Principles utilization, setting of OTEC
plants, thermodynamic cycles. Tidal and wave energy: Potential and conversion
techniques, mini-hydel power plants, and their economics.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Non-Conventional Energy Sources, G. D. Rai, Khanna Publishers
2. Renewable Energies, John Claude Sabbonedere, ISTE & John Wiley Publishers,
2007
3. Renewable Energy Resources, Twidell & Wier, CRC Press (Taylor & Francis), 2016

REFERENCE:
1. Wind & Solar Power Systems, Mukund R. Patel, CRC Press, 2003
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1EE02) RENEWABLE ENERGY TECHNOLOGIES

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Renewable Energy Sources

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To provide necessary knowledge about the modeling, design and analysis of
various PV systems
• To show that PV is an economically viable, environmentally sustainable
alternative to the world's energy supplies
• To understand the power conditioning of PV and WEC system’s power output

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Model, analyze and design various photovoltaic systems
CO-2: Know the feasibility of PV systems as an alternative to the fossil fuels
CO-3: Design efficient stand alone and grid connected PV and WEC power systems

UNIT – I:
Behavior of Solar Cells-Basic Structure and Characteristics: Types - equivalent circuit-
modeling of solar cells including the effects of temperature, irradiation and
series/shunt resistances on the open-circuit voltage and short-circuit current-Solar
cell arrays- PV modules-PV generators- shadow effects and bypass diodes- hot spot
problem in a PV module and safe operating area.

UNIT – II:
Types of PV Systems: Grid connected PV systems- Net-metering- Estimation of actual
AC output power from PV systems
Stand-alone system- Approach to designing an off-grid PV system with battery- with
battery and diesel generator- Stand-alone solar water pumping system-
Sizing/designing PV water pumping system- Problems

UNIT – III:
Power Converters for PV and Wind: Basic switching devices, AC-DC Rectifier, DC-AC
inverter (Basic operation), DC-DC converter - Buck, Boost converters Basic operation,
Battery charger (Basic operation), grid interface requirements in Renewable energy
integration

UNIT – IV:
Maximum Power Point Tracking: Various Sources of Losses is PV system, Charge
Control in Battery Backed PV Systems, Maximum Power Point Tracking (MPPT)- Role
of DC-DC converter in MPP tracking- Perturb and Observe Method-pseudo program
for P&O method, Advanced Issues & Algorithms- search steps-variable step size
algorithm.

UNIT – V:
Fuel Cell Technology: History of Fuel cells, Fuel Cell Vehicle Emissions, Hydrogen
safety factors, Principle of Operation- Fuel cell Model- cell voltage, Power and
efficiency of fuel cell, Various types of fuel cells, Various storage systems for
Hydrogen, Applications

UNIT – VI:
Solar Thermal Electricity Generation: Sterling Engine, Solar Pond, Solar Chimney
Solar PV System Environment Impact: Potential Hazards in production of PV cell,
Energy payback and CO2 emission of PV systems, Procedure for decommissioning of
PV plant, Future Trends of Wind Energy system

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Handbook of Renewable Energy Technology, Ahmed F. Zobaa, World Scientific
Publishing Company, 2011
2. Wind and Solar Power Systems Design, Analysis, and Operation, Patel M. R., 2nd
Edition, CRC Press, New York, 2005
3. Practical Handbook of Photovoltaics - Fundamentals and Applications, Augustin
McEvoy, Tom Markvart, T. Markvart, L. Castaner, Elsevier Science, 2003

REFERENCE:
1. Electric Powertrain - Energy Systems, Power Electronics & Drives for Hybrid, Electric
& Fuel Cell Vehicles, Goodarzi, Gordon A., Hayes, John G, John Wiley & Sons,
2018
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1EE03) ENERGY STORAGE TECHNOLOGIES

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Renewable Energy Sources, Renewable Energy

Technologies
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand Techno economic analysis of various storage systems
• To know Feasibility of different storage technologies
• To learn operation of several electrochemical storage systems
• To understand Functionality of non-electric storage systems

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Design storage system Residential loads integrated to Renewable and storage
systems for Electric Vehicles
CO-2: Understand various electrochemical storage system
CO-3: Understand terminology and characteristics of Electro chemical systems
CO-4: Compare non-electric and electric storage system
CO-5: Analyze application of storage systems to various domains

UNIT – I:
Techno-economic Analysis of Various Energy Storage Technologies: Electrical
Energy Storage (EES)-Definition-Role, Energy storage components, Applications and
Technical support, Financial Benefits of EES, Techno economic analysis, Classification
of Energy Storage systems, Comparison

UNIT – II:
Estimation of Energy Storage and Feasibility Analysis: Background-Solar Power-Wind
Power (Brief discussion), Estimation-daily residential load-daily available solar energy-
daily available wind energy-Importance, Estimation of Storage sizing- Steps for
Storage sizing- Grid connected residential PV-grid connected residential Wind-hybrid
system, Feasibility analysis of Storage systems- Various Terms involved- Case study of
comparison between Off grid and grid connected systems

UNIT – III:
Electro Chemical Storage: Standard Batteries- Lead Acid- VRLA - Ni-cd, Modern
Batteries- Ni MH- Li Ion, Flow Batteries – Br2 Zn-Vanadium Redox, Battery composition,
construction, Principle of operation, Types, Advantages and disadvantages to
above batteries.

UNIT – IV:
Terminology & Characteristics: Battery Terminology, Capacities, Definitions of various
characteristics, Different States of charge-DOD-SOC-SOE-SOH-SOF, Resistance,
Battery Design, Battery Charging, Charge Regulators, Battery Management, General
Equivalent Electrical Circuit, Performance Characteristics
UNIT – V:
Non-Electric Storage Technologies: Flywheel, Energy Relations, Flywheel System
Components, Benefits of Flywheel over Battery, Superconducting Magnet Energy
Storage, Compressed Air Energy storage, Overview Thermal Energy Storage.
Capacitor bank storage, Comparison of storage Technologies

UNIT –VI:
Applications: Domains of applications of Energy storage- Starter-Traction-stationary-
mobile or nomadic, Review of storage requirements, Storage for Electric Vehicle
application, Storage for hybrid vehicle-Regenerative Braking-Super capacitor-hybrid
capacitor

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Energy Storage Technologies and Applications, Ahmed Faheem Zobaa, InTech
Publishers, 2013
2. Lithium Batteries and Other Electrochemical Storage Systems, Christian Glaize,
Sylvie Geniès, ISTE & John Wiley, 2013
3. Wind and Solar Power Systems, Mukund R. Patel, 2nd Edition, CRC Press, 2006

REFERENCES:
1. Rechargeable Batteries Applications Handbook, EDN Series for Design Engineers,
Elsevier
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VIII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1EE04) ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND CONSERVATION

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Renewable Energy sources, Renewable Energy

Technologies, Energy Storage Technologies

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the necessity of conservation of Energy
• To Know the methods of Energy management
• To identity the factors to increase the efficiency of electrical equipment
• To know the benefits of carrying out energy Audits

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: To conduct Energy Audit of industries
CO-2: To manage energy Systems
CO-3: To specify the methods of improving efficiency of electric motor
CO-4: To improve power factor and to design a good illumination system
CO-5: To calculate pay back periods for energy saving equipment

UNIT – I:
Basic Principles of Energy Audit: Energy audit- definitions, concept, types of audit,
energy index, cost index, pie charts, Sankey diagrams, load profiles, Energy
conservation schemes- Energy audit of industries- energy saving potential, energy
audit of process industry, thermal power station, building energy audit

UNIT – II:
Energy Management: Principles of energy management, organizing energy
management program, initiating, planning, controlling, promoting, monitoring,
reporting- Energy manager, Qualities and functions, language, Questionnaire -
check list for top management

UNIT – III:
Energy Efficient Motors: Energy efficient motors, factors affecting efficiency, loss
distribution, constructional details, characteristics - variable speed, variable duty
cycle systems, RMS hp- voltage variation-voltage unbalance- over motoring- motor
energy audit

UNIT – IV:
Power Factor Improvement, Lighting and Energy Instruments: Power factor –
methods of improvement, location of capacitors, p.f with non-linear loads, effect of
harmonics on p.f., p.f motor controllers – simple problems
Lighting Energy Audit and Energy Instruments: Good lighting system design and
practice, lighting control, lighting energy audit - Energy Instruments- watt meter,
data loggers, thermocouples, pyrometers, flux meters, tongue testers, application of
PLC’s
UNIT – V:
Economic Aspects and Analysis: Economics Analysis-Depreciation Methods, time
value of money, rate of return, present worth method, replacement analysis, life
cycle costing analysis.

UNIT – VI:
Analysis of Energy Efficient Motor: Energy efficient motors- calculation of simple
payback method, net present worth method- Power factor correction, lighting -
Applications of life cycle costing analysis, return on investment.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Energy Management, W. R. Murphy & G. Mckay, Butterworth-Heinemann
Publications
2. Energy Management, Paul o’ Callaghan, 1st Edition, McGraw Hill Book Company,
1998

REFERENCES:
1. Energy Efficient Electric Motors, John C. Andreas, 2nd Edition, Marcel Dekker Inc.
Ltd., 1995
2. Energy Management Handbook, W. C. Turner, John Wiley and Sons
3. Energy Management and Good Lighting Practice: Fuel Efficiency Booklet12-EEO
3D PRINTING AND
DESIGN
 3D PRINTING AND DESIGN

3D Printing is a process for making a physical object from a three-dimensional digital

model by laying down many successive thin layers of a material. It brings a digital
CAD model into its physical form by adding layer by layer of materials. Thus called
‘Additive Manufacturing’. It is the opposite of subtractive manufacturing i.e.,
removing material from an object using a mechanical machine. It enables to
produce complex shapes using less material than traditional manufacturing
methods. There are several different techniques to 3D print an object. It saves time
through prototyping and is also responsible for manufacturing impossible shapes.
Due to these, it has many applications in different fields like consumer products
(eyewear, footwear, design, furniture, industrial products (manufacturing tools,
prototypes, functional end-use parts, dental products, prosthetics, architectural
scale models, reconstructing fossils, replicating ancient artefacts, reconstructing
evidence in forensic pathology etc.

3D printing has good prospects from career perspective. Various positions that could
be available are CAD designers, engineers, technical developers, software
developers, electronics engineers, etc.

This OE track consists of 04 courses and is designed with an objective to provide an

overview of all the constituents of 3D Printing starting from elements of CAD that are
needed to create CAD models, followed by basics of 3D Printing required for setting
the parameters, then the machines and tools used in 3D Printing for thorough
understanding of systems and processes and finally the reverse engineering of 3D
printing models from actual objects.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1ME01) ELEMENTS OF CAD

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the basics of CAD and devices used
• To know the various types of modeling used in CAD
• To appreciate the concept of feature-based modeling and geometric
transformations
• To comprehend the assembly modeling procedure and data exchange formats

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Know the fundamentals of CAD and devices used
CO-2: Identify the types of CAD modeling techniques and utilize them
CO-3: Evaluate the objects or models using geometric transformations and
manipulations
CO-4: Perform the assembly modeling and asses the various data exchange formats

UNIT – I:
Fundamentals of CAD: Introduction to Computer Aided Design (CAD), Design
process, Application of computers for Design and Manufacturing, Benefits of CAD,
Brief overview of computer peripherals for CAD.

UNIT – II:
Geometric Modeling: Introduction to Geometric Model, Types of modeling, Curve
representation
Wireframe Modeling: Introduction, advantages, limitations and applications, Wire
frame entities-analytic and synthetic, Basic definitions of Cubic, Bezier and B-spline
curves

UNIT – III:
Surface Modeling: Introduction, advantages, limitations and applications, surface
entities, Basic definitions of analytic surfaces - planar surface, ruled surface,
tabulated cylinder, surface of revolution; Basic definitions of synthetic surfaces -
Bezier surface, B-spline surface

UNIT – IV:
Solid Modeling: Introduction, advantages, limitations and applications, Solid Entities,
Solid Representation schemes – Boundary Representation (B-Rep) scheme,
Constructive Solid Geometry (CSG) scheme.
Feature-based Modeling: Introduction, Feature entities, Feature representation, 3D
Sketching, Parameter, Relations and Constraints

UNIT – V:
Geometric Transformations: Introduction to 2D & 3D transformations, Brief treatment
on Translation, Scaling, Reflection and Rotation using Homogeneous and
concatenated transformations
Manipulations: Displaying, Segmentation, Trimming, Intersection, Projection

UNIT – VI:
Assembly Modeling: Introduction, Assembly modeling, Assembly Tree, Mating
Conditions, Bottom-up and Top-down approach
Product Data Exchange: Introduction, Graphics Standards, Types of translators,
Importance of formats in 3D Printing, Data exchange formats - IGES, STEP and STL

TEXT BOOKS:
1. CAD/CAM Theory and Practice, Ibrahim Zeid, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Mastering CAD/CAM, Ibrahim Zeid, Tata McGraw Hill
3. CAD/CAM-Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing, Mikell P. Groover, E. W.
Zimmers, Pearson Education/Prentice Hall
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1ME02) INTRODUCTION TO 3D PRINTING

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Elements of CAD

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the need of 3D Printing
• To understand about the process chain involved in 3D Printing
• To know about the two-dimensional layer by layer techniques, solid based
systems & 3D Printing data exchange formats
• To know the post processing methods involved in 3D Printing

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Summarize the importance of 3D Printing
CO-2: Explain the process chain involved in 3D Printing
CO-3: Explain about two-dimensional layer-by-layer techniques, solid based systems
and 3D printing data exchange formats
CO-4: Apply the knowledge gained in the post-processing methods

UNIT – I:
Introduction to 3D Printing: Introduction to 3D Printing, 3D Printing evolution,
Classification of 3D Printing, Distinction between 3D Printing & CNC Machining,
Advantages of 3D Printing

UNIT – II:
Generalized 3D Printing Process Chain: Process chain, Materials for 3D Printing,
Design for 3D Printing and Overview of Medical Modeling & Reverse Engineering.

UNIT – III:
Two-Dimensional Layer-By-Layer Techniques: Stereolithography (SL), Selective Laser
Sintering (SLS), Selective Powder Building (SPB), Advantages and Applications.

UNIT – IV:
Solid Based Systems: Introduction, basic principles, Fused Deposition Modeling, Multi-
Jet Modeling, Laminated Object Manufacturing (LOM), Advantages and
Applications.

UNIT – V:
3D Printing Data Exchange Formats: STL Format, STL File Problems, Brief Overview of
other translations like IGES File, HP/GL File and CT data only.
UNIT – VI:
Post-Processing: Introduction, Support Material Removal, Surface Texture
Improvements, Accuracy Improvements, Aesthetic Improvements.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Additive Manufacturing Technologies: Rapid Prototyping to Direct Digital
Manufacturing, Ian Gibson, David W Rosen, Brent Stucker, Springer, 2010
2. Rapid Prototyping: Principles & Applications, Chuaa Chee Kai, Leong Kah Fai,
World Scientific, 2010

REFERENCES:
1. Rapid Prototyping: Theory and Practice, Ali K. Karmani, Emand Abouel Nasr,
Springer, 2006
2. Understanding Additive Manufacture: Rapid Prototyping, Rapid Tooling and
Rapid Manufacture, Andreas Gebhardt, Hanser Publishers, 2013
3. Rapid Manufacturing: Advanced Research in Virtual and Rapid Prototyping,
Hopkinson, N. Haque, and Dickens, Taylor and Francis, 2007
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1ME03) 3D PRINTING-MACHINES, TOOLING AND SYSTEMS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Elements of CAD, Introduction to 3D Printing

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the need of prototyping
• To understand about the liquid and solid based 3D printing systems
• To know about the liquid-based 3D printing systems & rapid tooling
• To know the applications of 3D Printing

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Summarize the importance of 3D Printing
CO-2: Explain the process involved in liquid and solid based 3D printing systems
CO-3: Explain about the liquid-based 3D printing systems and rapid tooling
CO-4: Adapt the knowledge gained in applications of 3D Printing

UNIT – I:
Introduction: Prototype Fundamentals, Types of Prototypes, Roles of Prototypes,
Phases of Development Leading to Rapid Prototyping, Fundamentals of Rapid
Prototyping.

UNIT – II:
Liquid Based 3D Printing Systems: Introduction, Principles, Processes and
Applications of Solid Ground Curing, Material Jetting & Binder Jetting

UNIT – III:
Solid Based 3D Printing Systems: Introduction, Principles, Processes and Applications
of Fused Deposition Modelling (FDM), Paper Lamination Technology (PLT) and
Laminated Object Manufacturing (LOM)

UNIT – IV:
Laser Based 3D Printing Systems: Selective Laser Sintering (SLS)-Principle, Process and
Applications, Three-Dimensional Printing- Principle, Process and Applications, Laser
Engineered Net Shaping (LENS)- Principle, Process and Applications

UNIT – V:
Rapid Tooling: Introduction and need for Rapid Tooling, Overview of Indirect and
Direct Processes, Applications

UNIT – VI:
3D Printing Applications: Brief overview of Applications in Design, Engineering,
Aerospace Industry, Automotive Industry and Biomedical Industry

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Additive Manufacturing Technologies: Rapid Prototyping to Direct Digital
Manufacturing, Ian Gibson, David W Rosen, Brent Stucker, Springer, 2010
2. Rapid Prototyping: Principles & Applications, Chuaa Chee Kai, Leong Kah Fai,
World Scientific, 2010

REFERENCES:
1. Rapid Prototyping: Theory and Practice, Ali K. Karmani, Emand Abouel Nasr,
Springer, 2006
2. Understanding Additive Manufacture: Rapid Prototyping, Rapid Tooling and
Rapid Manufacture, Andreas Gebhardt, Hanser Publishers, 2013
3. Rapid Manufacturing: Advanced Research in Virtual and Rapid Prototyping,
Hopkinson, N. Haque, and Dickens, Taylor and Francis, 2007
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VIII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1ME04) REVERSE ENGINEERING

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Elements of CAD, Introduction to 3D Printing, 3D Printing

Machines, Tooling & Systems

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand Reverse Engineering (RE) and its methodologies
• To comprehend Data Acquisition Techniques for Reverse Engineering
• To understand Integration Between Reverse Engineering and Additive
manufacturing
• To know the applications of reverse engineering

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Basic understanding of Reverse Engineering and its methodologies
CO-2: Understanding the data acquisition techniques for reverse engineering
CO-3: Understanding of amalgamation Between Reverse Engineering and Additive
manufacturing
CO-4: Adapt the knowledge gained in reverse engineering for various applications

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Reverse Engineering: Need, Definition, The Generic Process, History of
Reverse Engineering, Overview of Applications

UNIT – II:
Methodologies and Techniques: Potential for Automation with 3-D Laser Scanners,
Computer-aided (Forward) Engineering, Computer-aided Reverse Engineering,
Computer Vision and Reverse Engineering

UNIT – III:
Data Acquisition Techniques: Contact Methods: Coordinate Measurement Machine
and Robotic Arms

UNIT – IV:
Data Acquisition Techniques: Noncontact Methods: Triangulation, Structured Light
and Destructive Method

UNIT – V:
Integration Between Reverse Engineering and Additive manufacturing: Modeling
Cloud Data, Integration of RE and AM for Layer-based Model Generation, Adaptive
Slicing Approach for Cloud Data Modeling.

UNIT – VI:
Applications:
Automotive: Workflow for Automotive Body Design, Reverse Engineering for Better
Quality
Aerospace: RE in Aerospace–A Work in Progress, Reducing Costs of Hard Tooling
Medical: Orthodontics, Hearing Instruments, Knee Replacement
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Reverse Engineering: An Industrial Perspective, V. Raja and K. Fernandes,
Springer- Verlag
2. Reverse Engineering, K. A. Ingle, McGraw-Hill
3. Reverse Engineering, L. Wills and P. Newcomb, 1st Edition, Springer-Verlag

REFERENCES
1. Smart Product Engineering, Michael Abramovici, Rainer stark, Springer Berlin
Heidelberg
2. Product Design: Techniques in Reverse Engineering and New Product
Development, K. Otto and K. Wood, Prentice Hall, 2001
INTERNET OF THINGS
 INTERNET OF THINGS

Internet of Things: The IoT creates opportunities for more direct integration of the
physical world into computer-based systems, resulting in efficiency improvements,
economic benefits, and reduced human exertions. IoT is changing how we live,
work, travel, and do business. It is even the basis of a new industrial transformation,
known as Industry 4.0, and key in the digital transformation of organizations, cities,
and society overall. The IoT track helps students to learn about how to
• Learn different protocols and connectivity technologies used in IOT.
• Expose the various sensors and transducers for measuring mechanical quantities.
• Develop simple applications using 8051 microcontrollers.
• Understand the key routing protocols for sensor networks and their design issues.
Some of the more common career paths in the Internet of Things path are
• IoT Developer. ...
• IoT Architect…
• IoT Embedded Systems Designer…
• IoT Solutions Engineer…
• Professional in Sensors and Actuators…
• Embedded Programs Engineer…
• Safety Engineer…
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1EC01) SENSORS TRANSDUCERS AND ACTUATORS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Engineering Physics, Electronic Measuring Instruments

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To expose the students to various sensors and transducers for measuring
mechanical quantities
• To make the students familiar with the specifications of sensors and transducers
• To make the students identify for various sensors and transducers for various
applications
• To expose the students to various actuators

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Classify and characterize various sensors and transducers
CO-2: Be familiar with the principle and working of various sensors and transducers
CO-3: Be familiar with the principle and working of various actuators
CO-4: Select proper Transducer / Sensor for a specific measurement application
CO-5: Select proper Actuator for a specific measurement application

UNIT – I:
Primary Sensing Elements and Transducers: Mechanical devices as primary
detectors, mechanical spring devices, pressure sensitive primary devices, flow rate
sensing elements, Transducers-electrical Transducers, classification of Transducers,
characteristics and choice of Transducers, factors influencing the choice of
Transducers.

UNIT – II:
Electric Transducers: Resistive transducers, Potentiometers, Strain gauges, Types of
Strain gauges, Resistance thermometers, Thermistors, Thermocouples, variable
Inductance Transducers, Linear Variable Differential Transformer, Synchros, Resolvers,
Capacitive Transducers, Piezo electric Transducers.

UNIT – III:
Magnetic and Optical Transducers: Hall Effect Transducers, Magneto resistors,
Magneto-Elastic and Magneto-Strictive Transducers, Opto electronic Transducers,
Digital Encoding Transducers, Photo Optic Transducers.

UNIT – IV:
Smart Sensors and Applications: Introduction, Primary Sensors, Excitation,
Amplification, Filters, Converters, Compensation, Information Coding/Processing,
Data Communication, Standards for Smart Sensor Interface, the Automation. Sensors
Applications: Introduction, On-board Automobile Sensors (Automotive Sensors),
Home Appliance Sensors, Aerospace Sensors, Sensors for Manufacturing, Sensors for
environmental Monitoring.
UNIT – V:
Mechanical and Electrical Actuators: Mechanical Actuation Systems-Types of
motion, Kinematic chains, Cams, Gears, Ratchet and pawl, Belt and chain drives,
Bearings, Mechanical aspects of motor selection, Electrical Actuation Systems,
Electrical systems, Mechanical switches, Solid-state switches, Solenoids, D.C. Motors,
A.C. Motors, Stepper motors.

UNIT – VI:
Pneumatic and Hydraulic Actuators: Pneumatic and Hydraulic Actuation Systems-
Actuation systems, Pneumatic and hydraulic systems, Directional Control valves,
Pressure control valves, Cylinders, Servo and proportional control valves, Process
control valves, Rotary actuators.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. A Course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation, A. K.
Sawhney, Puneet Sawhney,19th Edition, 2011
2. Sensors and Transducers, D. Patranabis, 2nd Edition, PHI Learning Private Limited,
2013
3. Mechatronics, W. Bolton, 7th Edition, Pearson Education Limited, 2018

REFERENCES:
1. Sensors and Actuators, Patranabis, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2013
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3

(19OE1EC02) INTRODUCTION TO MICROCONTROLLER AND INTERFACING

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Sensors Transducers and Actuators

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To differentiate various number systems
• To understanding programming concepts
• To develop simple applications using 8051 microcontrollers

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand basic computing concepts
CO-2: Know architecture of 8051 microcontrollers
CO-3: Program internal resources of 8051 microcontroller
CO-4: Interface peripherals to 8051 microcontroller

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Computing: Numbering and Coding Systems: Binary, Decimal,
Hexadecimal and conversions, Binary and Hexadecimal Arithmetic, Complements,
Alphanumeric codes. Digital Premier, Inside the Computer

UNIT – II:
Embedded System Design: Embedded system - Definition, Characteristics of
embedded computing applications, Design challenges, Requirements,
Specification, Architecture design, Designing hardware and software components,
system integration, Design example: Model train controller.

UNIT – III:
8051 Microcontroller: Microcontrollers and Embedded Processors, Architecture and
Programming Model of 8051, Special Function Register formats, Memory
Organization, Timers and Counters- Operating modes, Serial port, Interrupts

UNIT – IV:
8051 Programming in C: Data types, software delay generation, Logical operations,
Accessing code and data space in 8051, I/O port programming, Timer/counter
programming.

UNIT – V:
8051 Programming: Serial IO modes and their programming in C, interrupts
programming in C: serial, timer and external interrupts.

UNIT – VI:
Introduction to Arduino: Features of Arduino, Arduino components and IDE,
Interfacing: Seven Segment Display, Pulse Width Modulation, Analog Digital
Converter, Wireless connectivity to Arduino. Case study: From BT To WiFi: Creating
WiFi Controlled Arduino Robot Car.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. The 8051 Microcontroller: Programming, Architecture, Ayala & Gadre, 3rd Edition,
Cengage Publications, 2008
2. The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems: Using Assembly and C,
Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillispie Mazidi, Rolin D. McKinlay, 2nd Edition, 2005

REFERENCES:
1. Digital Design, Morris Mano, PHI, 3rd Edition, 2006
2. Embedded Systems: Architecture, Programming and Design, 2nd Edition, TMH
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1EC03) FUNDAMENTALS OF INTERNET OF THINGS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Sensors Transducers and Actuators, Introduction to

Microcontrollers and Interfacing

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the basics of Internet of Things
• To learn about IOT and M2M
• To understand Cloud of Things
• To learn different applications with IoT

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand the concepts of Internet of Things
CO-2: Understand the IOT, M2M
CO-3: Understand the concepts Cloud of Things
CO-4: Apply IOT to different applications in the real world

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Internet of Things: Definition and Characteristics of IoT, Physical Design
of IoT, Logical Design of IoT-IoT Functional Blocks, IoT Communication Models, IoT
Communication API’s

UNIT – II:
IoT-enabling Technologies: Wireless Sensor Networks, Cloud Computing, Big data
analytics, Communication protocols, Embedded Systems, IoT Levels and
Deployment Templates

UNIT – III:
IoT Platforms Design Methodology: Introduction, IoT Design Methodology- Purpose &
Requirements Specification, Process Specification, Domain Model Specification,
Information Model Specification, Service Specification, IoT Level Specifications,
Functional view Specification, Operational View Specification, Device & component
Integration, Application Development

UNIT – IV:
IoT and M2M: Introduction, M2M, Difference between IoT and M2M –
Communication Protocols, Machines in M2M Vs things in IoT, Hardware Vs Software
emphasis, Data collection and analysis, applications, SDN and NFV for IoT

UNIT – V:
Cloud of Things: Grid/SOA and Cloud Computing – Cloud Middleware – Cloud
Standards – Cloud Providers and Systems – Mobile Cloud Computing – The Cloud of
Things Architecture.

UNIT – VI:
Domain Specific Applications of IoT: Applications of IoT– Home, Health, Environment,
Energy, Agriculture, Industry and Smart City.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Internet of Things: A Hands-On Approach, Vijay Madisetti, Arshdeep Bahga,
Universities Press, 2015
2. The Internet of Things – Key Applications and Protocols, Olivier Hersent, David
Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi, Wiley, 2012
3. The Internet of Things in the Cloud: A Middleware Perspective, Honbo Zhou, CRC
Press, 2012

REFERENCES:
1. Internet of Things: Converging Technologies for Smart Environments and
Integrated Ecosystems, Dr. Ovidiu Vermesan, Dr. Peter Friess, River Publishers, 2013
2. Building the Internet of Things, Sara Cordoba, Wimer Hazenberg, Menno
Huisman, BIS Publishers, 2011
3. Designing the Internet of Things, Adrian Mcewen, Hakin Cassimally, John Wiley
and Sons, 2015
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VIII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1EC08) WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Sensors Transducers and Actuators, Introduction to

Microcontrollers and Interfacing, IoT Protocols and its Applications

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To expose basic concepts of wireless sensor network technology
• To study medium access control protocols and various issues in a physical layer
• To understand the key routing protocols for sensor networks and their design
issues
• To understand sensor management in networks and design requirements

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Appreciate various design issues of wireless sensor networks
CO-2: Understand the hardware details of different types of sensors and select the
application specific sensor
CO-3: Understand radio standards and communication protocols to be used for
wireless sensor networks

UNIT – I:
Introduction: Overview of sensor network architecture and its applications, sensor
network comparison with Ad Hoc Networks, Sensor node architecture with hardware
and software details.

UNIT – II:
Hardware: Examples like mica2, micaZ, telosB, cricket, Imote2, tmote, btnode, and
Sun SPOT, Software (Operating Systems): TinyOS, MANTIS, Contiki, and RetOS.

UNIT – III:
Programming Tools: C, nesC. Performance comparison of wireless sensor networks
simulation and experimental platforms like open source (ns-2) and commercial
(QualNet, Opnet, NetSim)

UNIT – IV:
Overview of Sensor Network Protocols (Details of at least 2 important protocol per
layer): Physical, MAC and routing/ Network layer protocols, node discovery
protocols, multi- hop and cluster-based protocols, Fundamentals of 802.15.4,
Bluetooth, BLE (Bluetooth low energy), UWB.

UNIT – V:
Data Dissemination and Processing: Differences compared with other database
management systems, Query models, In-network data aggregation, data storage;
query processing.

UNIT – VI:
Specialized Features: Energy preservation and efficiency; security challenges; Fault
tolerance, Issues related to Localization, connectivity and topology, Sensor
deployment mechanisms; coverage issues; sensor Web; sensor Grid, Open issues for
future research, and Enabling technologies in wireless sensor network.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Wireless Sensor Networks Technology, Protocols, and Applications, Kazem
Sohraby, Daniel Minoli, Taieb Znati, John Wiley & Sons, 2007
2. Protocols and Architectures for Wireless Sensor Networks, H. Karl and A. Willig,
John Wiley & Sons, India, 2012
3. Wireless Sensor Networks, C. S. Raghavendra, K. M. Sivalingam, and T. Znati,
Editors, 1st Indian Reprint, Springer Verlag, 2010

REFERENCES:
1. Wireless Sensor Networks: An Information Processing Approach, F. Zhao and L.
Guibas, Morgan Kaufmann, 1st Indian Reprint, 2013
2. Wireless Sensor Network and Applications, Yingshu Li, My T. Thai, Weili Wu,
Springer Series on Signals and Communication Technology, 2008
3. Principles of Mobile Communications, Gordon L. Stuber, 2nd Edition, Springer
International, 2001
 AUGMENTED
REALITY (AR) /
VIRTUAL REALITY
(VR)
 AUGMENTED REALITY (AR) / VIRTUAL REALITY (VR)

Augmented reality and virtual reality (AR & VR): Augmented reality (AR) and Virtual
Reality (VR) bridge the digital and physical worlds. They allow you to take in
information and content visually, in the same way you take in the world. AR
dramatically expands the ways our devices can help with everyday activities like
searching for information, shopping, and expressing yourself. VR lets you experience
what it's like to go anywhere from the front row of a concert to distant planets in
outer space.
Job Roles in Augmented reality and virtual reality (AR & VR) Track
• Design Architect. ...
• Software Designer. ...
• System Validation Engineers. ...
• Software Developer. ...
• 3D Artist…
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1EC04) INTRODUCTION TO C-SHARP

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the foundations of CLR execution
• To learn the technologies of the .NET framework and object-oriented aspects of
C#
• To be aware of application development in .NET
• To learn web-based applications on .NET (ASP.NET)

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Explain how C# fits into the .NET platform
CO-2: Analyze the basic structure of a C# application
CO-3: Develop programs using C# on .NET
CO-4: Design and develop Web based applications on .NET

UNIT – I:
Introduction to C#: Introducing C#, Understanding .NET, overview of C#, Literals,
Variables, Data Types, Operators, checked and unchecked operators, Expressions,
Branching, Looping, Methods, implicit and explicit casting, Constant, Arrays, Array
Class, Array List, String, String Builder, Structure, Enumerations, boxing and unboxing.

UNIT – II:
Object Oriented Aspects of C#: Class, Objects, Constructors and its types,
inheritance, properties, indexers, index overloading, polymorphism, sealed class and
methods, interface, abstract class, abstract and interface, operator overloading,
delegates, events, errors and exception, Threading.

UNIT – III:
Application Development on .NET: Building windows application, Creating our own
window forms with events and controls, menu creation, inheriting window forms, SDI
and MDI application, Dialog Box (Modal and Modeless), accessing data with
ADO.NET, DataSet, typed dataset, Data Adapter, updating database using stored
procedures

UNIT – IV:
SQL Server with ADO.NET, handling exceptions, validating controls, windows
application configuration.

UNIT – V:
Web Based Application Development on .NET: Programming web application with
web forms, ASP.NET introduction, working with XML and .NET, Creating Virtual
Directory and Web Application, session management techniques, web.config, web
services, passing datasets, returning datasets from web services, handling
transaction, handling exceptions, returning exceptions from SQL Server.
UNIT – VI:
CLR and .NET Framework: Assemblies, Versoning, Attributes, reflection, viewing meta
data, type discovery, reflection on type, marshalling, remoting, security in .NET

TEXT BOOKS:
1. The Complete Reference: C# 4.0, Herbert Schildt, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012
2. Professional C# 2012 with .NET 4.5, Christian Nagel et al. Wiley India, 2012

REFERENCES:
1. Pro C# 2010 and the .NET 4 Platform, Andrew Troelsen, 5th Edition, A Press, 2010
2. Programming C# 4.0, Ian Griffiths, Matthew Adams, Jesse Liberty, 6th Edition,
O‟Reilly, 2010
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1EC05) INTRODUCTION TO SIGNAL PROCESSING

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Introduction to C Sharp

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand various fundamental characteristics of signals and systems
• To analyze signals in frequency domain
• To know principles of signal transmission through systems
• To understand fundamentals of digital signal

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Classify signals and implement various operations on signals
CO-2: Analyze the characteristics of signals and systems
CO-3: Understand the basics of filter design
CO-4: Appreciate the processes of Multirate systems

UNIT – I:
Representation of Signals: Continuous time and Discrete Time signals, Classification
of Signals – Periodic and aperiodic, even and odd, energy and power signals,
deterministic and random signals, causal and non-causal signals, complex
exponential and sinusoidal signals. Concepts of standard signals. Various operations
on Signals.

UNIT – II:
Representation of Systems: Classification of discrete time Systems, impulse response,
Concept of convolution in time domain and frequency domain, response of a linear
system, System function, Signal bandwidth, system bandwidth. Ideal filter
characteristics.

UNIT – III:
Sampling Theorem: Representation of continuous time signals by its samples -
Sampling theorem – Reconstruction of a Signal from its samples, aliasing
Z –Transform: Basic principles of z-transform, region of convergence, properties of
ROC, Inverse z-transform using Partial fraction.

UNIT – IV:
Introduction to Digital Signal Processing: Applications of Z-Transforms- Solution of
Linear Constant Coefficient Difference equations (LCCD), System function,
Frequency Response of the system.

UNIT – V:
Discrete Fourier Transforms: Circular convolution, Comparison between linear and
circular convolution, Computation of DFT.
IIR Digital Filters: Design of IIR Digital filters (H(s) to be given) - Impulse invariance
transformation techniques, Bilinear transformation method.
UNIT – VI:
FIR Digital Filters: Characteristics of linear phase FIR filters and its frequency response,
Comparison of IIR and FIR filters. Design of FIR filters using Fourier Method and
Windowing Technique (only Hanning).
Realization of IIR and FIR Filters: Direct and Cascade forms.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Signals, Systems and Communications, B. P. Lathi, BS Publications, 2009
2. Signals and Systems, Alan V. Oppenheim, Alan S. Willsky and S. Hamid Nawab,
2nd Edition, PHI
3. Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms and Applications, John G. Proakis,
D. G. Manolakis, 4th Edition, Perason/PHI, 2009

REFERENCES:
1. Signals and Systems, Simon Haykin and Barry Van Veen, 2nd Edition, John Wiley
2. Signals, Systems and Transforms, C. L. Philips, J. M. Parr and Eve A. Riskin, 3rd
Edition, Pearson, 2004
3. Signals and Systems, Schaum’s Outlines, Hwei P. Hsu, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004
4. Digital Signal Processing – A Practical Approach, Emmanuel C. Ifeacher, Barrie
W. Jervis, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1EC06) INTRODUCTION TO IMAGE AND VIDEO PROCESSING

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Introduction to C Sharp, Introduction to Signal Processing

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce fundamentals of digital image and video processing
• To demonstrate digital signal processing techniques in spatial and frequency
domains
• To study and compare various image and video compression algorithms
• To study applications of motion estimation in video processing

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Acquire, represent the digital image and transforms
CO-2: Apply various pixel position and intensity-based image processing techniques
CO-3: Understand and analyze the performance of block matching algorithms in
MPEG video coding standards

UNIT – I:
Fundamentals of Image Processing and Image Transforms: Basic steps of Image
processing system sampling and quantization of an Image – Basic relationship
between pixels, 2–D Discrete Fourier Transform, Discrete Cosine Transform,
Introduction to Wavelet transforms.

UNIT – II:
Image Enhancement-Spatial Domain Methods: Point Processing, Histogram
Processing, Fundamentals of Spatial Filtering, Smoothing Spatial filters, Sharpening
Spatial filters.

UNIT – III:
Image Enhancement-Frequency Domain Methods: Basics of filtering in frequency
domain, Image Smoothing, Image Sharpening, Selective Filtering.
Image Segmentation: Segmentation Concepts, Point, Line and Edge Detection,
Thresholding, Region Based Segmentation.

UNIT – IV:
Image Compression: Image compression fundamentals – coding Redundancy,
spatial and temporal redundancy.
Compression Models: Lossy and Lossless, Huffmann coding, Arithmetic coding, LZW
coding, run length coding, Bit Plane coding, transform coding.

UNIT – V:
Basic Steps of Video Processing: Analog video, Digital Video, Time varying Image
Formation models: 3D motion models, Geometric Image formation, Photometric
Image formation, sampling of video signals.
UNIT – VI:
2-D Motion Estimation: Optical flow, pixel-based motion estimation, Block matching
algorithm, Mesh based motion Estimation, global Motion Estimation, Region based
motion estimation, multi resolution motion estimation. Application of motion
estimation in video coding.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Digital Image Processing, Gonzaleze and Woods, 3rd Edition, Pearson
2. Video Processing and Communication, Yao Wang, Joem Ostarmann and Ya –
Quin Zhang, 1st Edition, PHI

REFERENCES:
1. Digital Video Processing, M. Tekalp, Prentice Hall International
2. Image Acquisition and Processing with LabVIEW, Relf, Christopher G., CRC Press
3. Inverse Synthetic Aperture Radar Imaging with MATLAB Algorithms, Aner Ozdemi
R., John Wiley & Sons
4. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, A Practical Approach with Examples
in Matlab, Chris Solomon, Toby Breckon, John Wiley & Sons
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VIII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1EC07) FUNDAMENTALS OF AUGMENTED REALITY AND VIRTUAL REALITY

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Introduction to C Sharp, Introduction to Signal Processing,

Introduction to Image & Video Processing

COURSE OBJECTIVES: Throughout the course, Students will be expected to develop

AR VR applications by being able to do each of the following:
• To a review of current Virtual Reality (VR) and Augmented Reality (AR)
technologies
• To the fundamentals of VR/AR modeling and programming
• To provides a detailed analysis of engineering scientific and functional aspects of
VR/AR

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Acquire knowledge in main applications VR / AR technologies
CO-2: Analyze different tools for VR/AR applications
CO-3: Developing VR/AR applications

UNIT – I:
Augmented Reality and Virtual Reality:
Augmented Reality: Introduction to Augmented Reality (AR), Fundamentals,
Chronicle order of AR, features
Virtual Reality: Introduction to Virtual Reality (VR), Features of VR and Chronicle order
of VR; Difference between AR and VR.

UNIT – II:
Types of Augmented Reality: Marker based AR, Marker less AR, Projection based AR,
Super Imposition based AR, Applications of AR.

UNIT – III:
Types of Virtual Reality: Non- immersive simulation, Semi-immersive simulations, Fully
immersive simulations; Applications VR.

UNIT – IV:
Making an AR App with Simple CUBE: Introduction to Unity, Installation steps,
Fundamentals while implementing Project, importing a cube, Create an account in
Vuforia, license manager, target manager, downloading database and uploading
target database in unity.

UNIT – V:
AR App with Interaction: Introduction to C#, Scripting interactive objects,
implementation C# Script using unity, uploading target object, deploying
application into ANDROID Device.
UNIT – VI:
Creating an Virtual Reality: Creating an Virtual Reality Scene in unity, adding
colliders, Settings of Unity to make the application compatible with Google
cardboard.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Augmented Reality for Developers, Build Practical Augmented Reality
Applications with Unity, ARCore, ARKit, and Vuforia. Linowes, J., Babilinski, K
United Kingdom, Packt Publishing, 2017
2. Building Virtual Reality with Unity and Steam VR, Murray, J. W., United Kingdom,
CRC Press, 2020

REFERENCES:
1. Virtual Reality & Augmented Reality in Industry, Ma, D., Gausemeier, J., Fan, X.,
Grafe, M. (Eds.) Springer, 2011
2. Unity 2020 Virtual Reality Projects: Learn VR Development by Building Immersive
Applications and Games with Unity 2019.4 and Later Versions, Linowes J 3 rd
Edition, United Kingdom, Packt Publishing, 2020
 ARTIFICIAL
INTELLIGENCE
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

Artificial Intelligence (AI) is a cognitive science with highly research activities in the
major areas like Machine Learning, Robotics, Natural Language Processing and
image processing. This track will cover basic foundations of artificial intelligence it will
make the students industry-ready for artificial intelligence and data science job
roles. Artificial intelligence is used in wide range of industrial applications such as
healthcare, transportation, entertainment, insurance, transport and logistics, and
customer service.
Future applications of AI would be utilized in automated transportation, cyborg
technology, solving problems associated with climate change, deep-sea and space
exploration.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1MT01) MATHEMATICS FOR ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce the basic concepts of probability and matrices in the field of
Artificial Intelligence
• To identify, explore the complex problem-solving strategies
• To develop problem solving skills related to algorithmic analysis required for AI
• To apply and build mathematical model to solve real-world problems

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Explore and demonstrate practical approaches related to implementation of
the AI algorithms using probability concepts
CO-2: Formulate and solve the Artificial intelligence related problems by using the
knowledge of matrices and vectors
CO-3: Demonstrate the understanding of mathematical ideas from artificial
intelligence perspective and machine learning
CO-4: Analyze and solve the complexity of a given problem with suitable
optimization techniques

UNIT – I:
Probability: Basic rules and axioms, events, sample space, frequentist approach,
dependent and independent events, conditional probability, Random variables,
continuous and discrete, expectation, variance, distributions - joint and conditional,
Bayes’ theorem, Popular distributions - Bernoulli, Binomial, Poisson, Normal.

UNIT – II:
Descriptive Statistics & Linear Regression: Classification and tabulation of univariate
data, graphical representation, Frequency curves. Descriptive measures - Central
tendency and Dispersion. Simple Linear Regression Models.

UNIT – III:
Vector Space: Vectors, definition, scalars, addition, scalar multiplication, inner
product (dot product), vector projection, cosine similarity, orthogonal vectors,
normal and orthonormal vectors, vector norm, vector space, linear combination,
linear span, linear independence, basis vectors.
UNIT – IV:
Matrices: Matrices definition, rank, System of equations: Direct methods - LU
decomposition method, Tri-diagonal system; Applications of linear systems - Network
flows and Mechanical systems.

UNIT – V:
Eigen Values & Eigen Vectors: Eigen values & eigen vectors, concept, intuition,
significance, how to find principle component analysis, concept, properties,
applications, Singular value decomposition, concept, properties, applications.

UNIT – VI:
Multivariate Calculus: Functions, Scalar derivative, partial derivatives, Gradient,
chain rule, properties, method for derivative of vector-valued function with respect
to scalar, vector four combinations - Jacobian, Hessian, Gradient of vector valued
function, Gradient of matrices. Local/global maxima and minima, saddle point,
convex functions, gradient descent algorithms - Learning rate, momentum,
stochastic, Constrained optimization (Lagrange Multiplier method), convex
optimization.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mathematics for Machine Learning, Peter Deisenroth, A. Aldo Faisal, and Cheng
Soon Ong, Cambridge University Press, 2020
2. Linear Algebra and it’s Applications, David C. Lay, 3rd Edition, Pearson
Publications
3. Probability and Statistics for Engineers, Richard A. Johanson, 5th Edition, Prentice-
Hall, 1995

REFERENCES:
1. Math for Machine Learning: Open Doors to Data Science and Artificial
Intelligence, Richard Han, Paperback, 2018
2. Artificial Intelligence Engines: A Tutorial Introduction to the Mathematics of Deep
Learning, James V Stone
3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erwin Kreyszig, 9th Edition, John Wiley &
Sons, 2006
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1CS01) FUNDAMENTALS OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Mathematics for Artificial Intelligence

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand and analyze the importance and basic concepts of artificial
intelligence and the use of agents
• To identify, explore the complex problem-solving strategies and approaches
• To analyze the concepts of basic concepts of neural networks and learning
process
• To explore and analyze the methodology used in machine learning

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand the basic concepts of artificial intelligence and the use of agents
into the real-world scenario
CO-2: Design and formulate complex problem solutions with the use of various
searching techniques
CO-3: Estimate the skill for representing knowledge using the appropriate technique
for a given problem
CO-4: Apply AI techniques to solve problems of game playing, and machine
learning

UNIT – I:
Introduction to AI: Foundations of AI – History of AI - Applications of AI, Intelligent
Agents – Agents and Environments – Nature of Environments – Structure of Agents –
Problem solving Agents – Problem formulation – Example Problems.

UNIT – II:
Searching Techniques: Uninformed Search Strategies – Breadth first search – Depth
first search – Depth limited search - Bidirectional search – comparison – Search with
partial information - Heuristic search – Greedy best first search – A* search – Memory
bounded heuristic search - Heuristic functions - Local search- Hill climbing –
Simulated annealing search - Local beam search, Genetic algorithms.

UNIT – III:
Constraint Satisfaction Problems: Backtracking search for CSP’s - local search for
constraint satisfaction problem. Adversarial search – Games - Minimax algorithm,
Alpha beta pruning, cutting-off search.

UNIT – IV:
Knowledge Representation and Reasoning: Propositional Logic, Rules of Inference,
First Order Logic (FOL) Syntax, Semantics, Entailment.
UNIT – V:
Classical Planning: Definition of Classical Planning, Algorithms for Planning with State
Space Search, Planning Graphs, other Classical Planning Approaches, Analysis of
Planning approaches.

UNIT – VI:
Planning and Acting in the Real World: Time, Schedules, and Resources, Hierarchical
Planning, Planning and Acting in Nondeterministic Domains, Multi agent Planning.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach, Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, 3rd
Edition, Prentice Hall, 2010
2. Machine Learning, Tom M. Mitchell, McGraw Hill Publications
3. Neural Networks A Comprehensive Foundation, Simon Haykin, Pearson
Education, 2nd Edition, 2004

REFERENCES:
1. Artificial Intelligence, Elaine Rich & Kevin Knight, 2nd Edition, TMH
2. Artificial Intelligence-A New Synthesis, Nils J. Nilsson, Elsevier
3. Artificial Neural Networks, Yegnanarayana B., PHI
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1CS02) MACHINE LEARNING TECHNIQUES

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Mathematics for Artificial Intelligence, Fundamentals of

Artificial Intelligence

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand applications in computational learning theory
• To analyse the pattern comparison techniques

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand and Familiarize the basics concept, notations used in machine
learning and mathematics behind machine learning algorithms
CO-2: Demonstrate different types of machine learning algorithms
CO-3: Apply the suitable machine learning techniques and construct a machine
learning model to solve real world applications
CO-4: Evaluate model accuracy and familiarize with advanced learning algorithms

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Machine Learning: Perspectives and issues in machine learning,
Goals and applications of machine learning. Aspects of developing a learning
system: training data, concept representation, function approximation.

UNIT – II:
Supervised Learning: Classification, decision boundaries; nearest neighbor methods,
Decision Tree Learning – Introduction, decision tree representation, appropriate
problems for decision tree learning, Linear classifiers Bayes' Rule and Naive Baye's
classification
Regression: Regression types, gradient descent; features of Over fitting and
complexity; training, validation, test data, Logistic regression and applications.

UNIT -III:
Unsupervised Learning: Clustering, k-means, hierarchical, partition-based clustering,
overlapping clustering, Support vector machines, Support vector regression.

UNIT -IV:
Reinforcement Learning: Introduction to Reinforcement learning, the learning task,
rewards and actions, temporal difference learning, generalizing from examples,
relationship to dynamic programming.

UNIT- V:
Instance-Based Learning: Introduction, k-nearest neighbour algorithm, locally
weighted regression, radial basis functions, case-based reasoning, remarks on lazy
and eager learning.
UNIT – VI:
Neural Networks: Introduction to neural networks, neural network representation,
appropriate problems for neural network learning, perceptions, multilayer networks
and Convolution neural networks.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Machine Learning, Tom M. Mitchell, McGraw-Hill
2. Neural Networks and Learning Machines, S. Haykin, Pearson, 2008

REFERENCES:
1. Machine Learning: An Algorithmic Perspective, Stephen Marshland, Taylor &
Francis
2. Machine Learning: The Art and Science of Algorithms that make Sense of Data,
Peter Flash, Cambridge, University Press
3. Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective, Kevin P. Murphy, MIT Press, 2012
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VIII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1CS03) DEEP LEARNING

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Mathematics for Artificial Intelligence, Fundamentals of

Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning Techniques

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce the foundations of deep learning
• To acquire the knowledge on Deep Learning Concepts

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Identify and select appropriate learning network models required for real
world problems
CO-2: Design an efficient model with various deep learning techniques
CO-3: Implement deep learning algorithms and solve real-world problems
CO-4: Apply optimization strategies necessary for problem solving required for large
scale applications

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Deep Learning: History of Deep Learning, Deep Learning Success
Stories, Biological Neuron, Idea of computational units, McCulloch Pitts Neuron,
Thresholding Logic, Perceptrons, Perceptron Learning Algorithm and Convergence.

UNIT – II:
Feedforward Networks: Multilayer Perceptron, Gradient Descent, Back-propagation,
Kohonen Self-Organizing Feature Maps, Learning Vector Quantization, Counter
Propagation Networks, Adaptive Resonance Theory Networks.

UNIT – III:
Regularization for Deep Learning: Parameter norm Penalties, Norm Penalties as
Constrained Optimization, Regularization and Under-Constrained Problems, Dataset
Augmentation, Noise Robustness, Semi-Supervised learning, Multi-task learning, Early
Stopping, Parameter Typing and Parameter Sharing, Sparse Representations,
Bagging and other Ensemble Methods, Dropout, Adversarial Training, Tangent
Distance, tangent Prop and Manifold, Tangent Classifier.

UNIT – IV:
Optimization for Training Deep Models: Challenges in Neural Network Optimization,
Basic Algorithms, Parameter Initialization Strategies, Algorithms with Adaptive
Learning Rates, Approximate Second-Order Methods, Optimization Strategies and
Meta-Algorithm.

UNIT – V:
Convolutional Neural Networks: LeNet, AlexNet, ZF-Net, VGGNet, GoogLeNet,
ResNet, Markov Networks, Object Detection, RCNN, Fast RCNN, Faster RCNN, YOLO
UNIT – VI:
Auto-Encoders: Regularization in auto-encoders, De-noising auto-encoders, Sparse
auto-encoders, Contractive auto-encoders, Structured probabilistic models of deep
learning.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Deep Learning: An MIT Press Book, Ian Goodfellow and Yoshua Bengio and
Aaron Courville
2. Neural Networks and Learning Machines, Simon Haykin, 3rd Edition, Pearson
Prentice Hall

REFERENCES:
1. Neural Networks: A Systematic Introduction, Raúl Rojas, 1996
2. Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Christopher Bishop, 2007
 BLOCKCHAIN
TECHNOLOGIES
 BLOCKCHAIN TECHNOLOGIES

The blockchain is one of the fastest growing skills in the IT sector today. This track will
help the students to gain knowledge in blockchain technology, it has taken quite a
turn in the industry given its popularity in providing safe and secured online
transactions. Most individuals and organizations have started adopting blockchain
because of the many benefits it offers to the industry today. It is used in many
industry applications such as banking sector, voting, health care, real estate, the
legal industry and government.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1CS04) FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTER NETWORKS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce the fundamental various types of computer networks
• To demonstrate the TCP/IP and OSI models with merits and demerits
• To explore the various layers of OSI model
• To introduce UDP and TCP models
• To have the concept of different routing techniques for data communications

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand and explore the basics of Computer Networks reference models
and the functionalities of physical layer
CO-2: Learn major concepts, principles involved in Data Link Layer and Network
Layer
CO-3: Analyze how to maintain QoS in Network and maintaining of Congestion
Control
CO-4: Demonstrate the Application Layer functionalities and importance of Security
in the Network

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Networks: Internet, Protocols and Standards, The OSI Model, Layers in
OSI Model, TCP/IP Suite, Addressing.
Physical Layer: Multiplexing, Transmission Media, Circuit Switched Networks,
Datagram Networks, and Virtual Circuit Networks.

UNIT – II:
Data Link Layer: Introduction, Checksum, Framing, Flow and Error Control, Noiseless
Channels, Noisy Channels, Random Access Controlled Access, Channelization, IEEE
Standards, Ethernet, Giga-Bit Ethernet, Wireless LANs, SONET-SDH, Frame Relay and
ATM.

UNIT – III:
Network Layer: Logical Addressing, Internetworking, Tunneling, Address Mapping,
ICMP, IGMP, Forwarding, Routing-Flooding, Bellman& Ford, Disjkstra’s routing
protocols, RIP, OSPF, BGP and Multicast Routing Protocols. Connecting Devices-
Passive Hubs, Repeaters, Active Hubs, Bridges, Routers.

UNIT – IV:
Transport Layer: Process to Process Delivery, UDP, TCP and SCTP Protocols,
Congestion, Congestion Control, Quality of Service.
UNIT – V:
Application Layer: Domain Name Space, DNS in Internet, Electronic Mail, File Transfer
Protocol, WWW, HTTP, SNMP, Multi-Media.

UNIT – VI:
Network Security: Security services, mechanisms and attacks, IPSec, SSL, VPN,
Firewall. Bluetooth, Zigbee, IPv4, IPv6.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Data Communications and Networking, Behrouz A. Forouzan, 4th Edition,
McGraw Hill Education, 2006
2. Computer Networks, Andrew S. Tanenbaum, 4th Edition, Pearson Education
3. Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach Featuring the Internet, James F.
Kurose, K. W. Ross, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education

REFERENCES:
1. Data Communications and Networks, William Stallings
2. Data Communication and Networks, Bhusan Trivedi, Oxford University Press, 2016
3. An Engineering Approach to Computer Networks, S. Keshav, 2nd Edition, Pearson
Education
4. Understanding Communications and Networks, 3rd Edition, W. A. Shay, Cengage
Learning
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1CS08) RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the basic concepts and the applications of database systems
• To master the basics of SQL and construct queries using SQL
• To understand the relational database design principles
• To become familiar with the basic issues of transaction processing and
concurrency control
• To become familiar with database storage structures and access techniques

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Demonstrate the basic elements of a relational database management
system
CO-2: Identify the data models for relevant problems
CO-3: Design entity relationship model and convert entity relationship diagrams into
RDBMS and formulate SQL queries on the data
CO-4: Apply normalization for the development of application software

UNIT – I:
Introduction: Database System Applications, Purpose of Database Systems, View of
Data, Database Languages – DDL, DML, Relational Databases, Database Design,
Data Storage and Querying, Transaction Management, Database Architecture,
Data Mining and Information Retrieval, Specialty Databases, Database Users and
Administrators, History of Database Systems.
Introduction to Database Design: Database Design and ER diagrams, Entities,
Attributes and Entity sets, Relationships and Relationship sets, Additional features of
ER Model, Conceptual Design with the ER Model, Conceptual Design for Large
enterprises.
Relational Model: Introduction to the Relational Model, Integrity Constraints over
Relations, Enforcing Integrity constraints, Querying relational data.
Logical database Design: ER to Relational, Introduction to Views, Destroying /Altering
Tables and Views.

UNIT – II:
Relational Algebra and Calculus: Preliminaries, Relational Algebra, Relational
calculus – Tuple relational Calculus, Domain relational calculus, Expressive Power of
Algebra and calculus.
SQL: Queries, Constraints, Triggers: Form of Basic SQL Query, UNION, INTERSECT, and
EXCEPT, Nested Queries, Aggregate Operators, NULL values Complex Integrity
Constraints in SQL, Triggers and Active Data bases, Designing Active Databases.

UNIT – III:
Schema Refinement and Normal Forms: Introduction to Schema Refinement,
Functional Dependencies - Reasoning about FDs, Normal Forms, Properties of
Decompositions, Normalization, Schema Refinement in Database Design, Other
Kinds of Dependencies.

UNIT – IV:
Transaction Management: Transactions, Transaction Concept, A Simple Transaction
Model, Storage Structure, Transaction Atomicity and Durability, Transaction Isolation,
Serializability, Transaction Isolation and Atomicity Transaction Isolation Levels,
Implementation of Isolation Levels.

UNIT – V:
Concurrency Control: Lock–Based Protocols, Multiple Granularity, Timestamp-Based
Protocols, Validation-Based Protocols, Multiversion Schemes.
Recovery System: Failure Classification, Storage, Recovery and Atomicity, Recovery
Algorithm, Buffer Management, Failure with loss of nonvolatile storage, Early Lock
Release and Logical Undo Operations, Remote Backup systems.

UNIT – VI:
Storage and Indexing: Overview of Storage and Indexing: Data on External Storage,
File Organization and Indexing, Index Data Structures, Comparison of File
Organizations.
Tree-Structured Indexing: Intuition for tree Indexes, Indexed Sequential Access
Method (ISAM), B+ Trees: A Dynamic Index Structure, Search, Insert, Delete.
Hash-Based Indexing: Static Hashing, Extendible hashing, Linear Hashing, Extendible
vs. Linear Hashing.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Database Management Systems, Raghu Ramakrishnan, Johannes Gehrke, 3rd
Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited
2. Database System Concepts, A. Silberschatz, Henry. F. Korth, S. Sudarshan, 6 th
Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited,
3. Database Systems, R. Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, 6th Edition, Pearson
Education

REFERENCES:
1. Database System Concepts, Peter Rob & Carlos Coronel, Cengage Learning
2. Introduction to Database Management, M. L. Gillenson and others, Wiley Student
Edition
3. Database Development and Management, Lee Chao, Auerbach Publications,
Taylor & Francis Group
4. Introduction to Database Systems, C. J. Date, Pearson Education
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1CS05) DISTRIBUTED DATA BASES

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Fundamentals of Computer Networks

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To introducing distributed databases and exploring several algorithms for
processing queries and be able to use them
• To describe the methods to translate complex conceptual data models into
logical and Physical database designs
• To demonstrating query optimization and its algorithms
• To enumerating the concepts behind distributed transaction processing

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Analyze issues related to distributed database design
CO-2: Apply Partitioning techniques to databases
CO-3: Design and develop query processing strategies
CO-4: Demonstrate transaction processing and concurrency control in distributed
databases

UNIT – I:
Introduction: Features of Distributed versus Centralized Databases,
Levels of Distribution Transparency: Reference Architecture for Distributed
Databases, Types of Data Fragmentation, Distribution transparency for Read – only
Applications, Distribution transparency for update Applications, Distributed
database Access primitives, Integrity Constraints in Distributed Databases.

UNIT – II:
Distributed Database Design: A framework, the design of database fragmentation,
the allocation of fragments.
Translation of Global Queries to Fragment Queries: Equivalence Transformations for
Queries, Transforming Global Queries into Fragment Queries, Distributed Grouping
and Aggregate Function Evaluation, Parametric Queries.

UNIT – III:
Optimization of Access Strategies: A Framework for Query Optimization, Join Queries,
General Queries.

UNIT – IV:
The Management of Distributed Transactions: A Framework for Transaction
Management, Supporting Atomicity of Distributed Transactions, Concurrency
Control for Distributed Transactions, Architectural aspects of Distributed Transactions.

UNIT – V:
Concurrency Control: Foundation of Distributed Concurrency Control, Distributed
Deadlocks, Concurrency Control based on Timestamps, Optimistic Methods for
Distributed Concurrency Control.
UNIT – VI:
Reliability: Basic Concepts, Nonblocking Commitment Protocols, Reliability and
concurrency Control, Determining a Consistent View of the Network, Detection and
Resolution of Inconsistency, Checkpoints and Cold Restart.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Principles of Distributed Database Systems, M. Tamer OZSU and Patuck Valduriez,
Pearson Education Asia, 2001
2. Distributed Databases, Stefano Ceri and Willipse Pelagatti, McGraw Hill

REFERENCES:
1. Database System Concepts, Henry F. Korth, A. Silberchatz and Sudershan, MGH
2. Database Management Systems, Raghuramakrishnan and Johhanes Gehrke,
MGH
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1CS06) CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Fundamentals of Computer Networks, Distributed Data

Bases

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To outline security concepts, threats, attacks, services and mechanisms
• To describe various cryptosystems-symmetric key cryptography, public key
cryptography
• To apply authentication services and Secure hash functions
• To discuss the concepts of IP Security, web security, viruses and firewalls

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Analyze the security attacks, services, goals and mechanism of security
CO-2: Develop a security model using conventional approach to prevent the
attacks
CO-3: Apply public key cryptography principles, examine authenticity and integrity
of the messages in the communication
CO-4: Build a model for IP security, firewall and test the security issues

UNIT – I:
Security Attacks: Security Attacks (Interruption, Interception, Modification and
Fabrication), Security Services (Confidentiality, Authentication, Integrity, Non-
repudiation, access Control and Availability) and Mechanisms, A model for
Internetwork security, Internet Standards and RFCs, Buffer overflow & format string
vulnerabilities, TCP session hijacking, ARP attacks, route table modification, UDP
hijacking, and man-in-the-middle attacks.

UNIT – II:
Conventional Encryption: Classical Encryption techniques, Fiestel Cipher Structure,
Data Encryption Standard, Block Cipher Design Principles and Modes of Operation,
Triple DES, RC-4, Evaluation criteria for AES, AES Cipher, Placement of Encryption
Function, Traffic Confidentiality.

UNIT – III:
Public Key Cryptography and Authentication: Confidentiality using Symmetric
Encryption – Principles of Public key Cryptosystems, RSA algorithm, Key
Management, Diffie-Hellman key Exchange, Elliptic Curve Cryptography.
Authentication requirements, Authentication functions, Message Authentication
Codes
UNIT – IV:
Hash Functions: Hash Functions, Security of Hash Functions and MACs, MD5 message
Digest algorithm, Secure Hash Algorithm, HMAC, Digital Signatures, Authentication
Protocols, Digital Signature Standard, Authentication Applications: Kerberos, X.509
Authentication Service

UNIT – V:
Network Security: Email Security and Web Security
Electronic Mail Security – PGP/ SMIME, IP security- Architecture, Authentication
Header, Encapsulating Security Payload, Key Management, Web Security- Secure
Socket Layer, Transport Layer Security and Secure Electronic Transaction

UNIT – VI:
System Level Security: Intrusion detection – password management – Viruses and
related Threats – Virus Counter measures – Firewall Design Principles – Trusted
Systems.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Cryptography and Network Security – Principles and Practices, William Stallings,
Prentice Hall of India, 4th Edition, 2005
2. Hack Proofing Your Network, Ryan Russell, Dan Kaminsky, Rain Forest, Puppy, Joe
Grand, David Ahmad, Hal Flynn Ido Dubrawsky, Steve W. Manzuik and Ryan
Permeh, Wiley Dreamtech

REFERENCES:
1. Network Security Essentials: Applications and Standards, William Stallings Prentice
Hall,1999, ISBN 0130160938
2. Security in Computing, Charles B. Pfleeger, Shari Lawrence Pfleeger, 3rd Edition,
Pearson Education, 2003
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VIII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1CS07) BLOCKCHAIN TECHNOLOGY

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Fundamentals of Computer Networks, Distributed Data

Bases, Cryptography and Network Security

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To get the terminologies and overview of blockchain technologies
• To study the concepts and foundation of blockchain technology
• To understand security mechanism and consensus in blockchain
• To design use cases and architecture blockchain technology

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Gain a clear understanding of the concepts that underlie digital distributed
ledger
CO-2: Understand key mechanisms like Decentralization, Transparency and trust,
Immutability, High availability, Highly secure and different types of Blockchain
CO-3: Apply the concept of Hash Function and Related Hash Algorithm
CO-4: Design and implement applications using Blockchain Technology

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Blockchain Part I: Introduction to Centralized, Decentralized and
Distributed system, History of Blockchain, Various technical definitions of Blockchain.
Introduction to Blockchain Technology Part II: Generic elements of a blockchain:
Block, Transaction, Peer-to-peer network, Node, Smart contract, Why It’s Called
“Blockchain”, Characteristics of Blockchain Technology, Advantages of blockchain
technology.

UNIT – II:
Concept of Blockchain Technology Part I: Cryptography, Hashing, Nonce,
Distributed database, Consensus, Smart Contract, Component of block, Structure of
Block chain, Technical Characteristics of the Blockchain.
Concept of Blockchain Technology Part II: Applications of blockchain technology,
Tiers of blockchain technology Blockchain 0, Blockchain 1, Blockchain 2, Blockchain
3, Generation of Blockchain X.

UNIT – III:
Technical Foundations Part I: Cryptography, Confidentiality, Integrity, Authentication,
Cryptographic primitives, Public and private keys, RSA, Discrete logarithm problem,
Hash Function: Message Digest (MD), Secure Hash Algorithms (SHAs), Design of
Secure Hash Algorithms (SHA), SHA-256, Design of SHA3, Elliptic Curve Digital
signature algorithm.
Technical Foundations Part II: Consensus algorithm: Proof of work (PoW), Proof-of-
Stake (PoS), Byzantine Fault Tolerance (BFT)

UNIT – IV:
Types of Blockchain: Public blockchains, Private blockchains, Semi-private
blockchains, Side chains, Permissioned ledger, Distributed ledger, Shared ledger,
Fully private and proprietary blockchains, Tokenized blockchains, Tokenless
blockchains, CAP theorem and blockchain

UNIT – V:
Financial markets and trading, Trading, Exchanges, Trade life cycle, Order
anticipators, Market manipulation.
Crypto-Currency: Bitcoin, Bitcoin definition, Keys and addresses, Public keys in
Bitcoin, Private keys in Bitcoin, Bitcoin currency units

UNIT – VI:
Implementation Platforms: Hyperledger as a protocol, Reference architecture,
Hyperledger Fabric, Transaction Flow, Hyperledger Fabric Details, Fabric
Membership, Fabric Membership

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mastering Blockchain, Imaran Bashir, 2nd Edition, Packt
2. Blockchain Basic, Daniel Drescher, A Press

REFERENCES:
1. Blockchain For Dummies®, IBM Limited Edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc.
ROBOTICS
 ROBOTICS

Robotics is a field of study that involves the design, construction and operation of
robots. This field overlaps with electronics, computer science, mechatronics and
artificial intelligence. Robotic companies are booming all over the world and are
seeking engineers with skills for implementing Next -Level Automation. This Open
Elective Track for Robotics consists of four courses and is intended for making
students industry ready in the field of robotics.
The First course in this track” Fundamentals of Robotics” introduces various physical
aspects of building a robot, exploring topics like how a robot perceives its
environment using Sensors and how it interacts with its environment through various
Actuators & Grippers. This course also inspects a variety of robot applications in
different domains. Second Course in this track” Kinematics & Dynamics of robots”
delves a level deeper discussing analysis and control of robots. It establishes strong
mathematical foundation for describing and controlling robot movement. In this
course students will learn in detail about Forward Kinematics, Inverse Kinematics,
Workspace Analysis and Trajectory planning for robots.
Third Course in the Robotics track “Drives and Control System for Robots” explores in
detail various Drive Mechanisms used in robotics such as Hydraulic, Pneumatic &
Electric drives. After completing this course students will be able to analyze
operational aspects of a drive system for a given robotic application. Fourth Course
in the track “Robot Programming and Intelligent Control System” expands on Robot
Programming, discussing various aspects of Robot Programming Languages and
their functions. This course also dives deep into advanced topics like Artificial
Intelligence, Neural Networks and Fuzzy control for robots.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1EI01) FUNDAMENTALS OF ROBOTICS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the basic components of a Robot
• To learn different types of Robot sensors and actuators used in Robotics
• To identify different types of Robot grippers and their applications
• To acquire basic Knowledge on Robot kinematics
• To expose to various application fields of Robotics

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Gain knowledge about basic concepts of robots
CO-2: Appreciate the usage of different sensors and actuators in Robotics
CO-3: Select appropriate Gripping mechanism for a particular application
CO-4: Analyze the direct and the inverse kinematic problems
CO-5: Appreciate robot design deference’s for various applications

UNIT – I:
Basic Concepts: An overview of Robotics, classification of Robots, Robot
Components, Robot degrees of freedom, Robot Joints, Robot Coordinates, Robot
reference frames, Programming modes, Robot Characteristics.

UNIT – II:
Sensors: Sensor characteristics, Position sensors, Velocity sensors, Acceleration
sensors, Force and Pressure sensors, Torque sensors, Microswitches, Light and infrared
sensors, Touch and tactile sensors, Proximity sensors, Range finders.

UNIT – III:
Actuators: Characteristics of actuating system, Comparison of actuating systems,
Hydraulic actuators, Pneumatic devices, Electric motors, Magneto-strictive
actuators, Shape-Memory Metals, Electro-active Polymer Actuators.

UNIT – IV:
Grippers: Classification of Grippers, Drive system for Grippers, Mechanical Grippers,
Magnetic Grippers, Vacuum Grippers, Adhesive Grippers, Hooks and Scoops,
Gripper Force analysis and design, Active and Passive Grippers.

UNIT – V:
Kinematics: Robots as Mechanisms, Matrix Representation, Homogeneous
Transformation Matrices, Representation of Transformations, Inverse of Transformation
Matrices, Forward and Inverse Kinematics with Equations.

UNIT – VI:
Applications: Industrial applications, material handling, processing, assembly
application, inspection application, application planning, justification of robots, non-
industrial applications, Robot safety.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Robotics: Analysis, Control, Applications, Saeed B. Niku, Wiley, 2 nd
Edition
2. Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation, Deb S. R., John Wiley
3. Robotics and Control, R. K. Mittal, I. J. Nagrath, McGraw Hill Education

REFERENCES:
1. Industrial Robotics, Technology programming and Applications, Mikell P. Groover,
Nicholas G. Odrey, Mitchel Weiss, Roger N. Nagel, Ashish Dutta, McGraw Hill,
2012
2. Robotics-Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence, K. S. Fu, R. C. Gonzalez, C. S. G
Lee, McGraw-Hill International Edition
3. Robotic Engineering–An Integrated Approach, Klafter R. D., Chimielewski T. A.,
Negin M., Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2009
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1EI02) KINEMATICS AND DYNAMICS OF ROBOTS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Fundamentals of Robotics

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the basics of robot coordinate frames and their representation
• To obtain knowledge about direct kinematics and inverse kinematics for a robot
manipulator
• To examine techniques for planning robot motion in a workspace
• To understand various methods for developing dynamic models for manipulator
• To learn control techniques applied to robot manipulators

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Mathematically represent a Robot system
CO-2: Calculate robot hand position and orientation for specific joint angles
CO-3: Calculate joint angles to achieve a particular hand position
CO-4: Plan trajectories for robot tool to do meaningful tasks
CO-5: Analyze different controlling techniques used for robot manipulators

UNIT – I:
Introduction: Introduction, position and orientation of objects, objects coordinate
frame Rotation matrix, Euler angles Roll, pitch and yaw angles coordinate
Transformations, Joint variables and position of end effector, Dot and cross products.

UNIT – II:
Direct Kinematics: Coordinate frames, Rotations, Homogeneous coordinates, Link
coordinates D-H Representation, The ARM equation. Direct kinematic analysis for
Four axis SCARA Robot and three, five and six axis Articulated Robots.

UNIT – III:
Inverse Kinematics: The inverse kinematics problem, General properties of solutions.
Tool configuration, Inverse kinematics of four axis SCARA robot and three and five
axis Articulated robot.

UNIT – IV:
Workspace Analysis and Trajectory Planning: Workspace Analysis, work envelope of
a Four axis SCARA robot and five axis articulated robot workspace fixtures, the pick
and place operations, Joint space technique - continuous path motion,
Interpolated motion, straight line motion and Cartesian space technique in
trajectory planning.

UNIT – V:
Manipulator Dynamics: Introduction, Lagrange's equation kinetic and potential
energy. Link inertia Tensor, link Jacobian Manipulator inertia tensor. Gravity,
Generalized forces, Lagrange-Euler Dynamic model, Dynamic model of a Two-axis
planar robot, Newton Euler formulation, Lagrange - Euler formulation, problems.
UNIT – VI:
Robot Control: The Control Problem, State Equations: one axis robot; three axis
SCARA robot, Constant solutions, Linear Feedback Systems, Single Axis PID Control,
PD- Gravity Control.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Robotics: Analysis & Control, Robert J. Schilling, Prentice Hall of
India
2. Robotics and Control, R. K. Mittal, I. J. Nagrath, McGraw Hill Education

REFERENCES:
1. Robotic Engineering–An Integrated Approach, Klafter. R. D., Chimielewski. T. A.,
Negin M, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2009
2. Industrial Robotics, Technology Programming and Applications, Mikell P. Groover
& Nicholas G. Odrey, Mitchel Weiss, Roger N. Nagel, Ashish Dutta, Tata McGraw-
Hill Education, 2012
3. Robotics-Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence, K. S. Fu, R. C. Gonzalez, C. S. G.
Lee, McGraw-Hill International Edition
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1EI03) DRIVES AND CONTROL SYSTEM FOR ROBOTICS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Fundamentals of Robotics, Kinematics and Dynamics of

Robotics

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To get acquainted with different robot drive mechanisms
• To understand in detail, working of hydraulic and pneumatic drives used in
robotics
• To learn working principles of various electric drive systems for robotics
• To acquire basic Knowledge on servo systems for robot control

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Categorize various drive systems for robot movement
CO-2: Select appropriate drive system for a particular application
CO-3: Inspect different electric drives and their applications in robotics
CO-4: Analyze accurate positioning of robot end effector by servo control

UNIT – I:
Introduction: Objectives, motivation, open loop control, closed loop control with
velocity and position feedback, Types of drive systems. Functions of drive system.

UNIT – II:
Robot Drive Mechanism: Lead Screws, Ball Screws, Chain & linkage drives, Belt drives,
Gear drives, Precision gear boxes, Harmonic drives, Cyclo speed reducers.

UNIT – III:
Hydraulic Drives: Introduction, Requirements, Hydraulic piston and transfer valve,
hydraulic circuit incorporating control amplifier, hydraulic fluid considerations,
hydraulic actuators Rotary and linear actuators. Hydraulic components in robots.

UNIT – IV:
Pneumatic Drives: Introduction, Advantages, pistons-Linear Pistons, Rotary pistons,
Motors-Flapper motor, Geared motor, Components used in pneumatic control.
Pneumatic proportional controller, pneumatically controlled prismatic joint.

UNIT – V:
Electric Drives: Introduction, Types, DC electric motor, AC electric motor, stepper
motors, half step mode operation, micro step mode. Types of stepper motors, Direct
drive actuator.

UNIT – VI:
Servo Mechanism for Robot: Mathematical modeling of robot servos, error responses
and steady state errors in robot servos, feedback and feed forward compensations,
hydraulic position servo, computer-controlled servo system for robot applications,
selection of robot drive systems.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Engineering Foundation of Robotics, Francis N-Nagy Andras Siegler, Prentice Hall
Inc.
2. Robotics Engineering - An Integrated Approach, Richard D. Klafter, Thomas A.,
Chri Elewski, Michael Negin, PHI Learning, 2009

REFERENCES:
1. Industrial Robotics, Technology Programming and Applications, Mikell P. Groover
& Nicholas G. Odrey, Mitchel Weiss, Roger N. Nagel, Ashish Dutta, Tata McGraw-
Hill Education, 2012
2. Industrial Robotics, Bernard Hodges, 2nd Edition, Jaico Publishing House, 1993
3. Fundamentals of Robotics Analysis and Control, Robert J. Schilling, PHI Learning,
2009
4. Foundations of Robotics Analysis and Control, Tsuneo Yohikwa, MIT Press, 2003
5. Introduction to Robotics Mechanics and Control, John J. Craig, 3rd Edition,
Pearson, 2008
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VIII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1EI04) ROBOT PROGRAMMING AND INTELLIGENT CONTROL SYSTEM

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Fundamentals of Robotics, Kinematics and Dynamics of

Robotics, Drives and Control Systems for Robotics

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the fundamentals of robot programming
• To learn robot textual languages that are in common use
• To expose to artificial intelligence in robotics
• To acquire basic Knowledge on neural networks in robotics
• To acquire basic Knowledge on fuzzy logic in robotics

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Gain knowledge about different methods of robot programming
CO-2: Examine various robot language elements and their functions
CO-3: Analyze different AI techniques employed in robotics
CO-4: Design basic neuro-controller for robot motion control
CO-5: Apply fuzzy logic to robot control systems

UNIT – I:
Robot Programming: Methods of robot programming, leadthrough programming
methods, robot program as a path in space - defining position in space, speed
control, motion interpolation, WAIT, SIGNAL, DELAY commands, Branching.

UNIT – II:
Robot Languages: Textual robot language, generations of robot languages, robot
language structure, operating systems, Robot language Elements and functions,
constraints and variables, aggregates and location variables.

UNIT – III:
Basic Commands and Operations: Motion commands- move and related
statements, speed control, points in workspace, paths and frames. End effector and
sensor commands- end effector operation, sensor operation, REACT statement.
Computations and operation. Program control and subroutines. Communications
and data processing. Monitor mode commands.

UNIT – IV:
AI for Robotics: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, goals of AI research, AI
techniques- knowledge representation, problem representation, search techniques.
LISP programming. AI and Robotics. LISP in the factory. Robotic Paradigms.
UNIT – V:
Neural Network Approach in Robotics: Introduction, Connectionist Models, Learning
Principles and Learning Rules: Supervised, unsupervised, reinforcement learning.
Sensor based robot learning, Neural Network in Robotics: Control of robot hands by
neural network, neural set approach to robot motion coordination, robotic motor
control using reinforcement learning optimization.

UNIT – VI:
Fuzzy Logic Approach in Robotics: Introduction, Fuzzy sets, Operation of Fuzzy sets,
Fuzzy relations, Fuzzy rule formation, Control rules, Fuzzy algorithm in robotics, Robot
obstacle avoidance using fuzzy logic, Fuzzy logic for robot path tracking and
behavior coordination, fuzzy control system in mobile robots, fuzzy controller design
for robot systems, Case study of fuzzy logic in robotics.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Industrial Robotics Technology, Programming and Applications, Mikell. P.
Groover, McGraw Hill, 2012
2. Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation, Deb S. R., Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company Limited

REFERENCES:
1. Design and Control of Intelligent Robotic Systems, (Studies in Computational
Intelligence 177) M. Begum, F. Karray (auth.), Dikai Liu, Lingfeng Wang, Kay Chen
Tan (eds.), Springer
2. Neural Networks in Robotics, Edited by George Bekey, Kenneth Y. Goldberg,
Springer US, 2012
3. Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic, Genetic Algorithm - Synthesis and Applications,
Rajasekharan and Rai, PHI Publications
4. Introduction to Neural Networks using MATLAB 6.0, S. N. Sivanandam, S. Sumathi,
S. N. Deepa, TMH, 2006
CYBER SECURITY
 CYBER SECURITY

Cybersecurity is important because it incorporates everything that relates to

protecting our sensitive data, personally identifiable information (PII), protected
health information (PHI), personal information, intellectual property, data, and
governmental and industry information systems from stealing and destruction
endeavoured. The cyber security track helps students to learn about how to
• Defend networks and data from unapproved access.
• Enhanced information security and business endurance supervision.
• Upgraded stakeholder confidence in your information security preparations.
• Developed company authorizations with the correct security controls in place.

Some of the more common career paths in the cyber security path are
• Chief Information Security Officer. ...
• Forensic Computer Analyst. ...
• Information Security Analyst. ...
• Penetration Tester. ...
• Security Architect. ...
• IT Security Engineer. ...
• Security Systems Administrator. ...
• IT Security Consultant.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1CS04) FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTER NETWORKS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce the fundamental various types of computer networks
• To demonstrate the TCP/IP and OSI models with merits and demerits
• To explore the various layers of OSI model
• To introduce UDP and TCP models
• To have the concept of different routing techniques for data communications

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand and explore the basics of Computer Networks and Various
Protocols and in a position to understand the World Wide Web concepts
CO-2: Administrate a network and flow of information
CO-3: Understand easily the concepts of network security, Mobile and ad-hoc
networks

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Networks: Internet, Protocols and Standards, The OSI Model, Layers in
OSI Model, TCP/IP Suite, Addressing.
Physical Layer: Multiplexing, Transmission Media, Circuit Switched Networks,
Datagram Networks, and Virtual Circuit Networks.

UNIT – II:
Data Link Layer: Introduction, Checksum, Framing, Flow and Error Control, Noiseless
Channels, Noisy Channels, Random Access Controlled Access, Channelization, IEEE
Standards, Ethernet, Giga-Bit Ethernet, Wireless LANs, SONET-SDH, Frame Relay and
ATM.

UNIT – III:
Network Layer: Logical Addressing, Internetworking, Tunneling, Address Mapping,
ICMP, IGMP, Forwarding, Routing-Flooding, Bellman& Ford, Disjkstra’s routing
protocols, RIP, OSPF, BGP,- and Multicast Routing Protocols. Connecting Devices-
Passive Hubs, Repeaters, Active Hubs, Bridges, Routers.

UNIT – IV:
Transport Layer: Process to Process Delivery, UDP, TCP and SCTP Protocols,
Congestion, Congestion Control, Quality of Service.
UNIT – V:
Application Layer: Domain Name Space, DNS in Internet, Electronic Mail, File Transfer
Protocol, WWW, HTTP, SNMP, Multi-Media.

UNIT – VI:
Network Security: Security services, mechanisms and attacks, IPSec, SSL, VPN,
Firewall, Bluetooth, Zigbee, IPv4, IPv6.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Data Communications and Networking, Behrouz A. Forouzan, 4th Edition,
McGraw Hill Education, 2006
2. Computer Networks, Andrew S. Tanenbaum, 4th Edition, Pearson Education
3. Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach Featuring the Internet, James F.
Kurose, K. W. Ross, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education

REFERENCES:
1. Data Communications and Networks, William Stallings
2. Data Communication and Networks, Bhusan Trivedi, Oxford University Press, 2016
3. An Engineering Approach to Computer Networks, S. Keshav, 2nd Edition, Pearson
Education
4. Understanding Communications and Networks, 3rd Edition, W. A. Shay, Cengage
Learning
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1CS08) RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the basic concepts and the applications of database systems
• To master the basics of SQL and construct queries using SQL
• To understand the relational database design principles
• To become familiar with the basic issues of transaction processing and
concurrency control
• To become familiar with database storage structures and access techniques

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Demonstrate the basic elements of a relational database management
system
CO-2: Identify the data models for relevant problems
CO-3: Design entity relationship model and convert entity relationship diagrams into
RDBMS and formulate SQL queries on the data
CO-4: Apply normalization for the development of application software

UNIT – I:
Introduction: Database System Applications, Purpose of Database Systems, View of
Data, Database Languages – DDL, DML, Relational Databases, Database Design,
Data Storage and Querying, Transaction Management, Database Architecture,
Data Mining and Information Retrieval, Specialty Databases, Database Users and
Administrators, History of Database Systems.
Introduction to Database Design: Database Design and ER diagrams, Entities,
Attributes and Entity sets, Relationships and Relationship sets, Additional features of
ER Model, Conceptual Design with the ER Model, Conceptual Design for Large
enterprises.
Relational Model: Introduction to the Relational Model, Integrity Constraints over
Relations, Enforcing Integrity constraints, Querying relational data,
Logical Database Design: ER to Relational, Introduction to Views, Destroying /Altering
Tables and Views.

UNIT – II:
Relational Algebra and Calculus: Preliminaries, Relational Algebra, Relational
calculus – Tuple relational Calculus, Domain relational calculus, Expressive Power of
Algebra and calculus.
SQL: Queries, Constraints, Triggers: Form of Basic SQL Query, UNION, INTERSECT, and
EXCEPT, Nested Queries, Aggregate Operators, NULL values Complex Integrity
Constraints in SQL, Triggers and Active Data bases, Designing Active Databases.

UNIT – III:
Schema Refinement and Normal Forms: Introduction to Schema Refinement,
Functional Dependencies - Reasoning about FDs, Normal Forms, Properties of
Decompositions, Normalization, Schema Refinement in Database Design, Other
Kinds of Dependencies.

UNIT – IV:
Transaction Management: Transactions, Transaction Concept, A Simple Transaction
Model, Storage Structure, Transaction Atomicity and Durability, Transaction Isolation,
Serializability, Transaction Isolation and Atomicity Transaction Isolation Levels,
Implementation of Isolation Levels.

UNIT – V:
Concurrency Control: Lock–Based Protocols, Multiple Granularity, Timestamp-Based
Protocols, Validation-Based Protocols, Multiversion Schemes.
Recovery System: Failure Classification, Storage, Recovery and Atomicity, Recovery
Algorithm, Buffer Management, Failure with loss of nonvolatile storage, Early Lock
Release and Logical Undo Operations, Remote Backup systems.

UNIT – VI:
Storage and Indexing: Overview of Storage and Indexing: Data on External Storage,
File Organization and Indexing, Index Data Structures, Comparison of File
Organizations.
Tree-Structured Indexing: Intuition for tree Indexes, Indexed Sequential Access
Method (ISAM), B+ Trees: A Dynamic Index Structure, Search, Insert, Delete.
Hash-Based Indexing: Static Hashing, Extendible hashing, Linear Hashing, Extendible
vs. Linear Hashing.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Database Management Systems, Raghu Ramakrishnan, Johannes Gehrke, 3rd
Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited
2. Database System Concepts, A. Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth, S. Sudarshan, 6th
Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited
3. Database Systems, R. Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, 6th Edition, Pearson
Education

REFERENCES:
1. Database System Concepts, Peter Rob & Carlos Coronel, Cengage Learning
2. Introduction to Database Management, M. L. Gillenson and others, Wiley Student
Edition
3. Database Development and Management, Lee Chao, Auerbach Publications,
Taylor & Francis Group
4. Introduction to Database Systems, C. J. Date, Pearson Education
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1CS06) CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Fundamentals of Computer Networks, Distributed Data

Bases

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To outline security concepts, threats, attacks, services and mechanisms
• To describe various cryptosystems- symmetric key cryptography, public key
cryptography
• To apply authentication services and Secure hash functions
• To discuss the concepts of IP Security, web security, viruses and firewalls

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Analyze the security attacks, services, goals and mechanism of security
CO-2: Develop a security model using conventional approach to prevent the
attacks
CO-3: Apply public key cryptography principles, examine authenticity and integrity
of the messages in the communication
CO-4: Build a model for IP security, firewall and test the security issues

UNIT – I:
Security Attacks: Security Attacks (Interruption, Interception, Modification and
Fabrication), Security Services (Confidentiality, Authentication, Integrity, Non-
repudiation, access Control and Availability) and Mechanisms, A model for
Internetwork security, Internet Standards and RFCs, Buffer overflow & format string
vulnerabilities, TCP session hijacking, ARP attacks, route table modification, UDP
hijacking, and man-in-the-middle attacks.

UNIT – II:
Conventional Encryption: Classical Encryption techniques, Fiestel Cipher Structure,
Data Encryption Standard, Block Cipher Design Principles and Modes of Operation,
Triple DES, RC-4, Evaluation criteria for AES, AES Cipher, Placement of Encryption
Function, Traffic Confidentiality.

UNIT – III:
Public Key Cryptography and Authentication: Confidentiality using Symmetric
Encryption – Principles of Public key Cryptosystems, RSA algorithm, Key
Management, Diffie-Hellman key Exchange, Elliptic Curve Cryptography.
Authentication requirements, Authentication functions, Message Authentication
Codes
UNIT – IV:
Hash Functions: Hash Functions, Security of Hash Functions and MACs, MD5 message
Digest algorithm, Secure Hash Algorithm, HMAC, Digital Signatures, Authentication
Protocols, Digital Signature Standard, Authentication Applications: Kerberos, X.509
Authentication Service

UNIT – V:
Network Security: Email Security and Web Security
Electronic Mail Security – PGP/ SMIME, IP security- Architecture, Authentication
Header, Encapsulating Security Payload, Key Management, Web Security- Secure
Socket Layer, Transport Layer Security and Secure Electronic Transaction

UNIT – VI:
System Level Security: Intrusion detection – password management – Viruses and
related Threats – Virus Counter measures – Firewall Design Principles – Trusted
Systems.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Cryptography and Network Security – Principles and Practices, William Stallings,
4th Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2005
2. Hack Proofing your Network, Ryan Russell, Dan Kaminsky, Rain Forest, Puppy, Joe
Grand, David Ahmad, Hal Flynn Ido Dubrawsky, Steve W. Manzuik and Ryan
Permeh, Wiley Dreamtech

REFERENCES:
1. Network Security Essentials: Applications and Standards, William Stallings Prentice
Hall,1999, ISBN 0130160938
2. Security in Computing, Charles B. Pfleeger, Shari Lawrence Pfleeger, 3rd Edition,
Pearson Education, 2003
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1IT01) ESSENTIALS OF CYBER SECURITY

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Fundamentals of Computer Networks, Cryptography and

Network Security

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To identify the key components of cyber security in network
• To describe various security levels and categories, operating system security
• To define authentication issues and network security
• To describe memory management and protection measures

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Categorize cyber-crime and an understand social, political, ethical and
psychological dimensions cyber security
CO-2: Demonstrate security levels and models with objects and access control
CO-3: Analyse tools and methods used in cybercrime
CO-4: Understand Organizational Implications and security risks

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Cybercrime: Introduction, Cybercrime, and Information Security, Who
are Cybercriminals, Classifications of Cybercrimes, And Cybercrime: The legal
Perspectives and Indian Perspective, Cybercrime and the Indian ITA 2000, A Global
Perspective on Cybercrimes.

UNIT – II:
Cyber Offenses: How Criminals Plan Them: Introduction, How Criminals plan the
Attacks, Social Engineering, Cyber stalking, Cyber cafe and Cybercrimes, Botnets:
The Fuel for Cybercrime, Attack Vector, Cloud Computing.

UNIT – III:
Cybercrime: Mobile and Wireless Devices: Introduction, Proliferation of Mobile and
Wireless Devices, Trends in Mobility, Credit card Frauds in Mobile and Wireless
Computing Era, Security Challenges Posed by Mobile Devices, Registry Settings for
Mobile Devices, Authentication service Security, Attacks on Mobile/Cell Phones,
Mobile Devices: Security Implications for Organizations, Organizational Measures for
Handling Mobile, Organizational Security Policies an Measures in Mobile Computing
Era, Laptops.

UNIT – IV:
Tools and Methods Used in Cybercrime: Introduction, Proxy Servers and Anonymizers,
Phishing, Password Cracking, Keyloggers and Spywares, Virus and Worms, Trojan
Horse and Backdoors, Steganography, DoS and DDoS attacks, SQL Injection, Buffer
Overflow.

UNIT – V:
Cyber Security: Organizational Implications
Introduction, Cost of Cybercrimes and IPR issues, Web threats for Organizations,
Security and Privacy Implications.

UNIT – VI:
Social Media Marketing: Security Risks and Perils for Organizations, Social Computing
and the associated challenges for Organizations.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Cyber Security: Understanding Cyber Crimes, Computer Forensics and Legal
Perspectives, Nina Godbole and Sunil Belapure, Wiley India

REFERENCES:
1. Cyber Security Essentials, James Graham, Richard Howard and Ryan Otson, CRC
Press
2. Introduction to Cyber Security, Chwan-Hwa (John) Wu, J. David Irwin, CRC Press
T&F Group
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VIII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1IT02) COMPUTER FORENSICS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Fundamentals of Computer Networks, Cryptography and

Network Security, Essentials of Cyber Security

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To provide an understanding of computer forensics fundamentals
• To analyze various computer forensics technologies and to provide computer
forensics systems
• To identify methods for data recovery
• To apply the methods for preservation of digital evidence

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Define and discuss the concepts of computer forensics
CO-2: Explain and apply the concepts of computer investigations
CO-3: Select and apply current computer forensics tools
CO-4: Identify and apply current practices for processing crime and incident scenes

UNIT – I:
Computer Forensics Fundamentals: What is Computer Forensics? Use of Computer
Forensics in Law Enforcement, Computer Forensics Assistance to Human
Resources/Employment Proceedings, Computer Forensics Services, Benefits of
Professional Forensics Methodology, Steps taken by Computer Forensics Specialists.

UNIT – II:
Types of Computer Forensics Technology: Types of Military Computer Forensic
Technology, Types of Law Enforcement — Computer Forensic Technology — Types
of Business Computer Forensic Technology Computer Forensics Evidence and
Capture: Data Recovery Defined — Data Back-up and Recovery — The Role of
Back-up in Data Recovery — The Data-Recovery Solution.

UNIT – III:
Evidence Collection and Data Seizure: Why Collect Evidence? Collection Options —
Obstacles — Types of Evidence — The Rules of Evidence — Volatile Evidence —
General Procedure — Collection and Archiving — Methods of Collection — Artifacts
— Collection Steps — Controlling Contamination: The Chain of Custody Duplication
and Preservation of Digital Evidence: Preserving the Digital Crime Scene —
Computer Evidence Processing Steps — Legal Aspects of Collecting and Preserving
Computer Forensic Evidence Computer Image Verification and Authentication:
Special Needs of Evidential Authentication — Practical Consideration —Practical
Implementation.
UNIT – IV:
Computer Forensics Analysis and Validation: Determining what data to collect and
analyze, validating forensic data, addressing data-hiding techniques, performing
remote acquisitions Network Forensics: Network forensics overview, performing live
acquisitions, developing standard procedures for network forensics, using network
tools, examining the honeynet project. Processing Crime and Incident Scenes:
Identifying digital evidence, collecting evidence in private-sector incident scenes,
processing law enforcement crime scenes, preparing for a search, securing a
computer incident or crime scene, seizing digital evidence at the scene, storing
digital evidence, obtaining a digital hash, reviewing a case.

UNIT – V:
Current Computer Forensic Tools: Evaluating computer forensic tool needs,
computer forensics software tools, computer forensics hardware tools, validating
and testing forensics software E-Mail Investigations: Exploring the role of e-mail in
investigation, exploring the roles of the client and server in e-mail, investigating e-
mail crimes and violations, understanding e-mail servers, using specialized e-mail
forensic tools.
Cell Phone and Mobile Device Forensics: Understanding mobile device forensics,
understanding acquisition procedures for cell phones and mobile devices.

UNIT – VI:
Working with Windows and DOS Systems: understanding file systems, exploring
Microsoft File Structures, Examining NTFS disks, Understanding whole disk encryption,
windows registry, Microsoft startup tasks, MS-DOS startup tasks, virtual machines.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Computer Forensics, Computer Crime Investigation, John R. Vacca, Firewall
Media, New Delhi
2. Computer Forensics and Investigations, Nelson, Phillips Enfinger, Steuart,
Cengage Learning
3. Real Digital Forensics, Keith J. Jones, Richard Bejtiich, Curtis W. Rose, Addison
Wesley, Pearson Education

REFERENCES:
1. Forensic Compiling, A Practitioners Guide, Tony Sammes and Brian Jenkinson,
Springer International Edition
2. Computer Evidence Collection & Presentation, Christopher L. T. Brown, Firewall
Media
3. Homeland Security, Techniques & Technologies, Jesus Mena, Firewall Media
4. Software Forensics Collecting Evidence from the Scene of a Digital Crime, Robert
M. Slade, TMH 2005
5. Windows Forensics, Chad Steel, Wiley India Edition
DATA SCIENCES /
BIG DATA AND
ANALYTICS
 DATA SCIENCES / BIG DATA AND ANALYTICS

Data science helps in risk evaluation and observing, possible deceitful comportment,
payments, customer analysis, and experience, among much other exploitation. The
capability to make data-driven choices generates a steadier financial situation
and data scientists make the strength of the industry.
As such, data science track helps students to apply business concepts in banking,
finance, manufacturing, transport, e-commerce, education, etc. that use data
science. As a consequence, there are numerous Data Science Applications
associated to it
Job Roles in Data Science Track
• Data Analyst
• Data Engineers
• Database Administrator
• Machine Learning Engineer
• Data Scientist
• Data Architect
• Statistician
• Business Analyst
• Data and Analytics Manager
Big Data analytics track helps the students to learn the process of gathering,
establishing and examining large sets of data (called Big Data) to determine
patterns and other beneficial information. Analysts occupied with Big
Data characteristically want the acquaintance that comes from investigating
the data.
Big data analytics is the practice of mining useful information by examining
different types of big data sets. Big data analytics is utilized to determine concealed
patterns, market developments and consumer favorites, for the advantage of
organizational decision making.
Job responsibilities in a Big Data Analytics Track are
• To gather and accumulate data from disparate sources, clean it, organize it,
process it, and analyse it to extract valuable insights and information.
• To identify new sources of data and develop methods to improve data mining,
analysis, and reporting.
• To create data definitions for new database files or alterations made to the
already existing ones for analysis purposes.
• To present the findings in reports (in table, chart, or graph format) to help the
management team in the decision-making process.
• To apply statistical analysis methods for consumer data research and analysis
purposes.
• To keep track of the trends and correlational patterns among complex data sets.
• To perform routine analysis tasks to support day-to-day business functioning and
decision making.
• To collaborate with Data Scientists to develop innovative analytical tools.
• To work in close collaboration with both the IT team and the business
management team to accomplish company goals.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1MT02) STATISTICAL METHODS FOR DATA SCIENCE

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To provide insights about the basic roles of various statistical methods in building
computer applications
• To develop a greater understanding of the importance of Data Visualization
techniques
• To develop problem-solving skills
• To make inferences about the population parameters using sample data
• To provide an understanding on the importance and techniques of predicting a
relationship between the two sets of data and determine the goodness of fitted
model

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Analyze an extremely large data set and perform exploratory data analysis to
extract meaningful insights
CO-2: Develop various visualizations of the data in hand and communicate results of
analysis effectively (visually and verbally)
CO-3: Examine a real-world problem and solve the same with the knowledge
gained from various distributions study
CO-4: Use and fit a linear regression model to data and use it for prediction
CO-5: Fit a polynomial regression model to data and use it for prediction

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Statistics: Definition of statistics, basic objectives, applications in
various branches of science with examples, collection of data: internal and external
data, primary and secondary data, population and sample, representative sample.

UNIT – II:
Descriptive Statistics: Classification and tabulation of univariate data, graphical
representation, frequency curves, descriptive measures - central tendency and
dispersion, bivariate data, summarization, marginal and conditional frequency
distribution.

UNIT – III:
Introduction to R: Introduction, Installing R and data types in R, programming using R:
operators, conditional statements, looping, scripts, function creation, creating list, list
operations, recursive list, creating a data frame, operations on data frames.
UNIT – IV:
Data Visualization using R: Import - export of data, measures of central tendency
and measures of dispersion, data visualization – scatter plot, pie chart, histogram,
bar chart, box plot, absolute and relative frequencies, frequency distribution.

UNIT – V:
Correlation & Linear Regression:
Correlation: Correlation, types of correlation, coefficient of correlation, rank
correlation coefficient.
Linear Regression: Introduction, regression model, interval estimation, estimation of
parameters of β0 and β1, Estimation of σ2.

UNIT – VI:
Non-Linear Regression: Regression of second-degree polynomial (non-linear least
square method for polynomial function), power function, exponential, estimation of
coefficients, linear and polynomial regressions in R.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Introductory Statistics, Thomas H. Wonnacott & Ronald J. Wonnacot, John Wiley
& Sons Inc., 1969
2. Applied Statistics and Probability for Engineers, Douglas C. Montgomery, George
C. Runger, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2003
3. R for Beginners, Sandip Rakshit, 1st Edition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2017

REFERENCES:
1. R-The Statistical Programming Language, Dr. Mark Gardner, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd,
2013
2. Introduction to the Theory of Statistics, A. M. Mood, F. A. Graybill and D. C. Boes,
3rd Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2017
3. Introduction of Probability Models, S. M. Ross, 11th Edition, Academic Press, N.Y.,
2014
4. Statistical Methods, S. P. Gupta, 42nd Revised Edition, Sultan Chand & Sons, 2012
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1IT03) COMPUTATIONAL THINKING USING PYTHON

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Statistical Methods for Data Science

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand why Python is a useful scripting language for developers
• To create and execute Python programs and to Learn how to use lists, tuples,
and dictionaries in Python programs
• To learn how to build and package Python modules for reusability
• To learn how to design object-oriented programs with Python classes
• To learn how to use exception handling in Python applications for error handling

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Adapt and combine standard algorithms to solve a given problem (includes
numerical as well as non-numerical algorithms)
CO-2: Adequately use standard programming constructs: repetition, selection,
functions, composition, modules, aggregated data (arrays, lists, etc.)
CO-3: Explain what a given program (in Python) does identify and repair coding
errors in a program
CO-4: Understand and use object-based software concepts (constructing OO
software will be dealt with in the course Software Engineering)
CO-5: Use library software for (e.g.) building a graphical user interface, web
application, or mathematical software

UNIT – I:
Introduction: History, Features, Setting up path, Working with Python, Basic Syntax,
Variable and Data Types, Operator, Conditional Statements-If
If- else Nested if-else Looping for While Nested loops Control Statements Break
Continue Pass String Manipulation Accessing Strings Basic Operations String slices
Function.

UNIT – II:
Methods, Lists: Introduction, Accessing list, Operations, Working with lists, Function
and Methods,
Tuple: Introduction, Accessing tuples, Operations, Working, Functions and Methods
Dictionaries: Introduction, Accessing values in dictionaries, Working with dictionaries,
Properties.

UNIT – III:
Functions: Defining a function, Calling a function, Types of functions, Function
Arguments, Anonymous functions, Global and local variables.
Modules: Creation, Importing module, Math module, Random module, Packages.

UNIT – IV:
Composition: Input-Output-Printing on screen, Reading data from keyboard,
Opening and closing file Reading and writing files, Functions.
Exception Handling: Exception, Exception Handling, Except clause, Try? Finally
clause, User Defined Exceptions

UNIT – V:
OOPs Concept: Class and object, Attributes, Inheritance, Overloading, Overriding,
Data hiding, Regular expressions- Match function, Search function, Matching VS
Searching, Modifiers, Patterns.
Multithreading: Thread, Starting a thread, Threading module, Synchronizing threads.
CGI: Introduction, Architecture, CGI environment variable, GET and POST methods,
Cookies, File upload.

UNIT – VI:
Database: Introduction, Connections, Executing queries, Transactions Handling error,
Networking: Socket, Socket Module, Methods, Client and server, Internet modules,
Sending email.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Learning Python, David Ascher and Mark Lutz, O’Relly

REFERENCES:
1. Python Programming: An Introduction to Computer Science, John M. Zelle, 2nd
Edition, Kindle Edition
2. Python Essential Reference, David M. Beazley, 4th Edition, Developer’s Library
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1IT04) FUNDAMENTALS OF DATA MINING

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Statistical Methods for Data Science, Computational

Thinking using Python

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce the basic concepts and techniques in building a Data Warehouse
• To apply preprocessing methods for any given raw data
• To develop skills of using recent data mining software for solving practical
problems
• To implement and apply basic algorithms for supervised and unsupervised
learning

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Assess raw input data and process it to provide suitable input for a range of
data mining algorithms.
CO-2: Discover and measure interesting patterns from different kinds of databases
CO-3: Evaluate and select appropriate data-mining algorithms and apply, interpret
and report the output appropriately
CO-4: Design and implement data-mining applications using sample, realistic data
sets and modern tools

UNIT – I:
Data Warehousing & Modeling: Basic Concepts: Data Warehousing: A multitier
Architecture, Data warehouse models: Enterprise warehouse, Data mart and virtual
warehouse, Extraction, Transformation and loading.

UNIT – II:
Data Cube: A multidimensional data model, Stars, Snowflakes and Fact
constellations: Schemas for multidimensional Data models, Dimensions: The role of
concept Hierarchies, Measures: Their Categorization and computation, Typical OLAP
Operations.

UNIT – III:
Data Warehouse Implementation & Data Mining: Data Warehouse Architecture,
What is data mining, Challenges, From Data Warehousing and Data Mining, Data
Mining Tasks, Data Mining Functionalities, Major Issues in Data Mining. Data: Types of
Data, Data Quality, Data Pre-processing, Measures of Similarity and Dissimilarity.
UNIT – IV:
Association Analysis: Association Analysis: Problem Definition, Frequent Item set
Generation, Rule generation. Alternative Methods for Generating Frequent Item sets,
FP-Growth Algorithm, Evaluation of Association Patterns.

UNIT – V:
Classification: Decision Trees Induction, Method for Comparing Classifiers, Rule
Based Classifiers, Nearest Neighbor Classifiers, Bayesian Classifiers.

UNIT – VI:
Clustering Analysis: Overview, K-Means, Agglomerative Hierarchical Clustering,
DBSCAN, Cluster Evaluation, Density-Based Clustering, Graph- Based Clustering,
Scalable Clustering Algorithms.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Data Mining, Pang-Ning Tan, Michael Steinbach, Vipin Kumar, First
Impression, Pearson, 2014
2. Data Mining-Concepts and Techniques, Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, Jian Pei,
3rd Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2012

REFERENCES:
1. Data Warehousing in the Real World, Sam Anahory, Dennis Murray, Tenth
Impression, Pearson, 2012
2. Mastering Data Mining, Michael J. Berry, Gordon S. Linoff, 2nd Edtion, Wiley, 2012
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VIII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1IT05) DATA ANALYSIS AND VISUALIZATION

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Statistical Methods for Data Science, Computational

Thinking using Python, Fundamentals of Data Mining

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce concept and characteristics of probability distribution
• To introduce underlying design principles, properties and assumptions of linear
and non-linear regression modelling
• To introduce design principles involved in identifying interesting classification and
prediction of data patterns
• To introduce properties of time series data and perform time series analysis

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Apply probability distribution concepts to identify univariate data patterns
CO-2: Apply regression modelling to build efficient mathematical models for
prediction and classification
CO-3: Apply decision and regression trees for supervised learning
CO-4: Visualize time series data by applying time series techniques

UNIT – I:
Data Definitions and Analysis Techniques: Elements, Variables, and Data
categorization, Introduction to statistical learning, Descriptive Statistics: Measures of
central tendency, Measures of location of dispersions.

UNIT – II:
Basic Analysis Techniques: Basic analysis techniques, Statistical hypothesis
generation and testing, Chi-Square test, t-Test Analysis of variance, Correlation
analysis, Maximum likelihood test.

UNIT – III:
Data Analysis Techniques: Regression analysis and visualization, Classification
techniques and visualization, Clustering and visualization, Association rules analysis
and visualization

UNIT – IV:
Time-series Analysis and Forecasting – Time-series components, Variation in Time
Series, Cyclic Variation, Seasonal Variation, Irregular Variation.
UNIT – V:
Smoothing Techniques: A problem involving all four components of time series,
Introduction to forecasting, forecasting models, Trend and Seasonal effects, Trend
Analysis

UNIT – VI:
Case-studies and Projects: Understanding business scenarios, Feature engineering
and visualization, Sensitivity Analysis.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Data Mining and Analysis, Mohammed J. Zaki, Wagner Meira, Cambridge, 2012
2. Data Mining: Theories, Algorithms, and Examples, Nong Ye, CRC Press Taylor &
Francis Group, 2014
3. Statistics for Management, David S. Rubin, Sanjay Rastogi, Masood Husain
Siddiqui Richard I. Levin, 7th Edition, Pearson Learning

REFERENCES:
1. Probability & Statistics for Engineers & Scientists, Ronald E. Walpole, Raymond H.
Myers, Sharon L. Myers and Keying Ye, 9th Edition, Prentice Hall Inc.
2. The Elements of Statistical Learning, Data Mining, Inference and Prediction, Trevor
Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Jerome Friedman, 2nd Edition, Springer, 2014
3. An Introduction to Statistical Learning Mining Massive Data Sets, A. Rajaraman
and J. Ullman, Cambridge University Press, 2012
4. Software for Data Analysis: Programming with R (Statistics and Computing), John
M. Chambers, Springer
AUTONOMOUS
VEHICLES
 AUTONOMOUS VEHICLES
The invention of the wheel marked a large step in the evolution of mankind. With
mobility, man experienced a newfound freedom that opened the doors for several
other inventions. Automobile engineering or automotive engineering is one of the
most challenging careers in the field of engineering with a wide scope. This branch
deals with the designing, developing, manufacturing, testing and servicing
automobiles such as cars, trucks, motorcycles, scooters, etc. and the related
engineering sub systems. For the perfect blend of designing and manufacturing
automobiles, automobile engineering uses the features of different elements of
engineering such as mechanical, electrical, electronic, instrumentation, civil,
software and safety engineering. Exploring the topic from an interdisciplinary
perspective is indispensable. Globalization and incredible growth of automobile
industry have resulted in numerous opportunities for engineers both in India and
abroad.
The 17th and 18th centuries were mostly about steam-powered vehicles
transporting people and goods. While electric cars enjoyed popularity in the 19th
and early 20th centuries, the later period saw the accelerated adoption of the petrol
car, due to its advantages of power, mass production, cost and advances in the
internal combustion engine. It is only in the 21st century that interest in electric cars
has come back, given the need for cleaner, greener modes of transport. The
modern period is associated with several path breaking technologies. Over the last
couple of decades, there has been an explosion of electronics in vehicles.
Connected cars that include technology features are ever more popular. These
smart cars come with internet access, GPS, wi-fi, superior infotainment, advanced
telematics and navigation capabilities. More innovations in in-vehicle infotainment
and electronics promise to give car users even more enhanced capabilities in the
near future.
Today, safety has become a larger concern than ever before. While
entertainment and infotainment have made car driving a pleasure, this has also
given rise to a growing tribe of distracted drivers. Add to this, underdeveloped
roads, which take a toll on drivers today. Increased distractions and fatigue can also
contribute to human fatalities. The future certainly points in the direction of driverless
cars, which promise to alleviate concerns of traffic congestion and road safety.
Driverless cars, also known as autonomous cars, will usher in a paradigm shift in the
evolution of the modern automobile. Self-driving cars can sense the environment
and traffic with the help of RADAR, LIDAR, GPS and computer vision and navigate
without human intervention. Autonomous cars are claimed to have greater
accuracy, reliability and faster reaction time compared to human drivers. This would
lead to fewer traffic collisions and less road congestion.
Autonomous driving is a popular subject of today’s discussion and
automakers are developing complex systems that allow cars to drive themselves. If
technology continues on its current course, car will do the concentrating for you.
Self-parking, automatic emergency braking, adaptive cruise control and lane
keeping are just some of the technologies that have leapt into the market in the
past few years. Put them all together, get a picture of driving to assisted driving to
fully autonomous cars. The open elective track “Autonomous Vehicles” offered by
the department of automobile engineering trains the students to meet the
technological challenges and diverse needs of the industry and society in various
areas of automobile engineering and equips them to excel in a truly competitive
industry. With through knowledge in this filed, engineering graduates get opportunity
to serve many top-notch automobile companies and IT companies as well.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1AE01) PRINCIPLES OF AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the layout of an automobile and functionalities subsystems
• To provide overview on concepts of engine, cooling, lubrication and fuel systems
• To present constructional features and working of automotive driveline and
running systems
• To study the fundamentals and principles of automotive electrical systems

COURSE OUTCOMES After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Explain the functionalities of automotive systems and subsystems
CO-2: Give an overview on engine and engine subsystems.
CO-3: Describe working of automotive driveline and running systems
CO-4: Discuss the concepts of automotive starting, ignition and charging systems

UNIT – I:
Introduction: Classification of automobiles, layout of an automobile, automobile sub
systems and their role. Types of chassis, role and requirement of a chassis frame,
types of frames, materials, loading points and types of bodies.

UNIT – II:
Engine: Classification and components of an engine, principle and working of four
stoke and two stroke SI and CI engines, petrol fuel system - carburetor, diesel fuel
system - diesel fuel pump, injectors, introduction to electronic fuel injection system –
MPFI and CRDI.

UNIT – III:
Cooling and Lubrication: Necessity of cooling, air-cooling, water cooling -
thermosyphon and pump cooling, radiator, pump, thermostat, antifreeze solution
and radiator fan. Mist, splash and forced lubrication, oil filters and oil pumps.

UNIT – IV:
Drive Line: Clutches, principle, single plate clutch, multi plate clutch and centrifugal
clutch. Gear box - Need, sliding mesh, constant mesh and synchromesh gear box.
Propeller shaft, universal joint, differential, wheels and tyres.

UNIT – V:
Running Systems: Suspension systems – Objective, rigid axle and independent
suspension system and torsion bar. Steering system – Layout, steering mechanism,
steering geometry and steering gear boxes. Brake system –Principle, stopping
distance, types of brakes and actuation.

UNIT – VI:
Electrical Systems: Starting system - Principle, working of different starter drive units
and solenoid switches. Ignition system - Conventional ignition system types, ignition
advance and retarding mechanisms. Charging system – Alternator principle,
construction and working, cut-outs and regulators.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Advanced Vehicle Technology, Heinz Heisler, Butterworth Heinemann Publishers,
2002
2. Automobile Electrical Equipment, Crouse W. H., 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill Book Co.,
Inc., New York,1986

REFERENCES:
1. Motor Vehicle, Garrett T. K., Newton K. and Steeds W. ButterWorths & Co.
Publishers Ltd., New Delhi, 2001
2. Automotive Electrical Equipment, Kohli P. L., Tata McGraw Hill Co., Ltd., New
Delhi, 1975
3. Automotive Chassis and Body, Crouse W. H., McGraw Hill Book Co., 5th Edition,
1976
4. Automotive Mechanics, Giri N. K., Khanna Publications, 2006
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1AE02) MODERN AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGIES

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Principles of Automobile Engineering

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To provide an overview on advanced engine control system concepts
• To know the interdisciplinary concepts and intelligent automotive systems
• To understand the interdisciplinary concepts and GPS-enabled applications in
automobile
• To present intelligent vehicle technologies like comfort, safety and security
systems

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Apply advanced engine control system concepts in engineering
CO-2: Discuss the need for implementation intelligent vehicle technologies
CO-3: Address the key technologies in automotive navigation
CO-4: Appreciate the technological advancements driver assistance systems

UNIT – I:
Advanced Engine Controls: Concept of an electronic engine control system, engine
control module, powertrain control module, electronic fuel injection - throttle body
fuel injection, multi-point fuel injection, gasoline direct injection, common rail direct
injection, electronic ignition control, engine mapping, on-board diagnostics.

UNIT – II:
Introduction to Intelligent Vehicles: Driver information, driver perception, driver
convenience, driver monitoring, general vehicle control, longitudinal and lateral
control, collision avoidance, vehicle monitoring.

UNIT – III:
Telematics: Global positioning system, geographical information systems, navigation
system, architecture, automotive vision system, road recognition.

UNIT – IV:
Comfort Systems: Adaptive cruise control system, active suspension system, power
steering, collapsible and tiltable steering column, power windows.

UNIT – V:
Safety Systems: Active and passive safety, airbags, seat belt tightening system,
forward collision warning systems, child lock, anti-lock braking systems, traction
control system, lane departure warning system.

UNIT – VI:
Security Systems: Anti-theft technologies – mechanical, electromechanical and
electronic immobilizers, alarm system, stolen vehicle tracking system, remote keyless
entry, smart card system, number plate coding.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Understanding Automotive Electronics, William B. Ribbens, 5th Edition, Butterworth
Heinemann Woburn,1998
2. Intelligent Vehicle Technologies: Theory and Applications, Ljubo Vlacic, Michel
Parent and Fumio Harashima, Butterworth-Heinemann Publications, Oxford, 2001

REFERENCES:
1. Automotive Handbook, Robert Bosch, SAE, 5th Edition, 2000
2. Navigation and Intelligent Transportation Systems – Progress in Technology,
Ronald K. Jurgen, Automotive Electronics Series, SAE, USA, 1998
3. Understanding Automotive Electronics, Bechhold, SAE, 1998
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.TECH. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1AE03) ELECTRIC, HYBRID AND FUEL CELL VEHICLES

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Principles of Automobile Engineering, Modern Automotive

Technologies

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To study the concepts and drivetrain configurations of electric and hybrid
vehicles
• To understand about electric propulsion system
• To provide various energy storage devices
• To present principle, working and automotive applications of fuel cell and solar
technology

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Explain the concepts and drivetrain configurations of electric and hybrid
vehicles
CO-2: Discuss various electric motors and controls
CO-3: Present various energy storage devices
CO-4: Describe automotive applications of fuel cell and solar technology

UNIT – I:
Electric Vehicles: Layout of an electric vehicle, system components, traction motor
characteristics, transmission, electronic control system, advantage and limitations,
performance and energy consumption of electric vehicles.

UNIT – II:
Hybrid Vehicles: Concepts of hybrid electric drivetrain based on hybridization and
powertrain configuration, architecture of series, parallel and series-parallel hybrid
electric drivetrains, modes of operation, merits and demerits, plug-in hybrid
architecture, speed and torque coupling of hybrid electric drivetrains.

UNIT – III:
Electric Motors: Review of technology suited to automotive propulsion, requirements,
DC motors, Induction motors, permanent magnet brushless DC motors and switched
reluctance motors.

UNIT – IV:
Motor Drives: Speed and torque control, DC motor - Chopper based four quadrant
operations, induction motor, permanent magnet motor and switched reluctance
motor.

UNIT – V:
Energy Storages: Electromechanical batteries - Types, parameters, lead acid
batteries, nickel-based batteries, lithium-based batteries, battery management
system and ultracapacitors.
UNIT – VI:
Fuel Cell and Solar Vehicles: Fuel cell vehicle – Operating principle, types of fuel
cells, fuel cell options for fuel cell vehicle and fuel cell hybrid vehicle. Solar vehicle -
Solar photovoltaic cell, solar array, solar car electrical system and drive train.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory
and Design, Mehrdad Ehsani, Yimin Gao, Sebastien E. Gay and Ali Emadi, CRC
Press, 2004
2. Electric Vehicle Technology-Explained, James Larminie and John Loury, John
Wiley & Sons Ltd., 2003

REFERENCES:
1. Electric and Hybrid Vehicles – Design Fundamentals, Iqbal Husain, CRC Press,
2010
2. Electric Vehicle Battery Systems, Sandeep Dhameja, Butterworth–Heinemann,
2002
3. Electric and Hybrid – Electric Vehicles, Ronald K. Jurgen, SAE, 2002
4. Light Weight Electric/Hybrid Vehicle Design, Ron Hodkinson and John Fenton,
Butterworth–Heinemann
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VIII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1AE04) CONNECTED AND AUTONOMOUS VEHICLES

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Principles of Automobile Engineering, Modern Automotive

Technologies, Electric, Hybrid and Fuel Cell Vehicles

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the fundamentals of vehicle communication and networking
• To provide state-of-the-art in wireless communication technology within and
between vehicles
• To know various levels of vehicle autonomy and intelligent automotive systems
• To provide an overview on driver-assist and self-driving processes

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Present the fundamentals of vehicle communication and networking
CO-2: Appreciate intra-vehicle and inter-vehicle communication technologies
CO-3: Describe various levels of vehicle autonomy
CO-4: Discuss the driver-assist and self-driving processes

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Vehicle Communications: Intra-vehicle communications -
communications protocols, systems and sensors (Braking, steering, power train,
chassis systems, body electronics, instrument clusters, infotainment systems), inter-
vehicle communications - cooperative driving (accident warning, frontal/rear
collision prevention, lane change, assistance). Consumer assistance – traffic
information, multimedia support and smart parking

UNIT – II:
Communication Fundamentals and Controller Area Network: Communication
fundamentals – Frequency, bandwidth, power measurement, signal to noise ratio,
transmission rate constraints, radio frequency spectrum allocation, RADAR operation
and types of RADAR. CAN evolution, versions, types of controllers, layered
architecture. CAN bus, message frames and error handling.

UNIT – III:
Intra-Vehicle Communications: Wired communication – Network comparison, two
tier approach, LIN applications - Localized vehicle area support, general support
areas, CAN applications - In vehicle operation, infotainment, wireless
communication – Bluetooth vehicle applications, satellite services – satellite radio,
vehicle care and traffic status.

UNIT – IV:
Inter-Vehicle Communication: Adhoc Communications –Applications in Vehicle
traffic Monitoring, Collision and congestion avoidance, Highway lane reservation,
Emission Control, Vehicle Frequency Utilization – AM Radio, Bluetooth, FM Radio,
GPS, Short range RADAR, Wireless LAN, Intelligent Roadway-Infrastructure to vehicle
and vehicle to vehicle communications. Evolving smart vehicle – ECU, wireless
networking, forward RADAR, side RADAR, GPS, cellular transmission and event
Recorder.

UNIT – V:
Autonomous Vehicles: Importance, levels of automation, policy making, social costs,
safety and crashes, congestion, land use, energy and emissions, costs and
disadvantages

UNIT – VI:
Current State of Autonomous Vehicles: Research, challenges, commercial
development, sensor systems, sensor suits, environmental challenges, graceful
degradation, V2V and V2I communication, sharing the drive, integrity, security,
verification and policy implications.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Inter and Intra Vehicle Communications, Gilbert Held Auerbach Publications,
2008
2. Autonomous Vehicle Technology-A Guide for Policymakers, James M. Anderson,
Nidhi Kalra, Karlyn D. Stanley, Paul Sorensen, Constantine Samaras, Oluwatobi A.
Oluwatola, RAND Corporation, Santa Monica, Calif., 2016
3. Autonomous Driving - Technical, Legal and Social Aspects, Markus Maurer, J.
Christian Gerdes, Barbara Lenz, Hermann Winner, Editors, Springer, 2016

REFERENCES:
1. Intelligent Vehicle Technologies: Theory and Applications, Ljubo Vlacic, Michel
Parent and Fumio Harashima, Butterworth-Heinemann Publications, Oxford, 2001
2. Navigation and Intelligent Transportation Systems – Progress in Technology,
Ronald K. Jurgen, Automotive Electronics Series, SAE, USA, 1998
3. Automotive In–vehicle Networks, J. Gabrielleen, Wiley-Blackwell, 2008
4. In-Vehicle Network Architecture for the Next-Generation Vehicles, Syed Masud
Mahmud, IGI
5. Communication Technologies for Vehicles, Mohamed Kassab Springer, 2015
 GENERAL -
COMPUTING
 1. PROGRAMMING THROUGH JAVA
Java is an extensively used programming language specifically intended for use in
the distributed environment of the internet. Java help students to create wide-
ranging applications that possibly will run on a single workstation or be distributed
among servers and clients in a network.
Java is an extremely fruitful language and an upper option for many developers for
many years. The motive that it has remained so prevalent is since it still happens the
needs of functioning across networks.
Students will have different roles and responsibilities by learning Java Programming
• Designing, implementing, and maintaining Java applications that are often
high-volume and low-latency, required for mission-critical systems.
• Delivering high availability and performance.
• Contributing in all phases of the development lifecycle.
• Writing well-designed, efficient, and testable code.

2. RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

A relational database permits you to effortlessly find precise information. It also
consents you to sort based on any field and produce reports that comprise only
definite fields from each record. With features like, Data Accuracy, Easy Access to
Data, Data Integrity, Flexibility, Normalization, High Security, Feasible for Future
Modifications
By learning RDBMS Students will have different roles in Database environment
• Data Administrator,
• Database Administrator
• Database Designer
• Application Programmer

3. COMPUTATIONAL THINKING USING PYTHON

The python language is one of the utmost accessible programming languages
available because it has streamlined syntax and not complex, which gives more
importance on natural language. Due to its comfort of learning and
practice, python codes can be readily written and executed much quicker than
former programming languages.
Data Science: The libraries and frameworks Python offers, e.g. PyBrain, PyMySQL,
and NumPy are one of the big reasons. Another reason is
diversity. Python experience allows you to do a lot more than any other language,
e.g. you can create scripts to automate stuff, go into web development,
and so much more.

Students will have various Job Profiles by learning Python

• Software Engineer.
• Python Developer.
• Research Analyst.
• Data Analyst.
• Data Scientist.
• Software Developer.

4. INTRODUCTION TO DATA ANALYTICS

Data Scientists and Analysts use data analytics techniques in their research, and
businesses also use it to inform their conclusions. Data analysis can assistance
corporations healthier comprehend their customers, assess their ad-campaigns,
personalize gratified, create content approaches and progress products.
By learning Data Analytics students will get Jobs with different designations
• IT Systems Analyst. Systems analysts use and design systems to solve problems
in information technology. ...
• Healthcare Data Analyst. ...
• Operations Analyst. ...
• Data Scientist. ...
• Data Engineer. ...
• Quantitative Analyst. ...
• Data Analytics Consultant. ...
• Digital Marketing Manager.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. L T/P/D C
3 0 3
(19OE1IT06) PROGRAMMING THROUGH JAVA

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce object-oriented programming concepts using the Java language
• To introduce the principles of inheritance and polymorphism; and demonstrates
how they relate to the design of abstract classes
• To introduce the implementation of packages and interfaces
• To introduce exception handling, event handling and multithreading

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Develop applications for range of problems using object-oriented
programming techniques
CO-2: Design simple graphical user interface applications
CO-3: Explore the design of graphical user interface using applets and swings

UNIT – I:
Object Oriented Thinking and Java Basics: Need for OOP Paradigm, Summary of
OOP Concepts, Coping with Complexity, Abstraction Mechanisms, A Way of
Viewing World – Agents, Responsibility, Messages, Methods, History of Java, Java
Buzzwords, Data Types, Variables, Scope and Life Time of Variables, Arrays,
Operators, Expressions, Control Statements, Type Conversion and Casting, Simple
Java Program, Concepts of Classes, Objects, Constructors, Methods, Access
Control, This Keyword, Garbage Collection, Overloading Methods and Constructors,
Method Binding, Inheritance, Overriding and Exceptions, Parameter Passing,
Recursion, Nested and Inner Classes, Exploring String Class.

UNIT – II:
Inheritance, Packages and Interfaces: Hierarchical Abstractions, Base Class Object,
Subclass, Subtype, Substitutability, Forms of Inheritance- Specialization, Specification,
Construction, Extension, Limitation, Combination, Benefits of Inheritance, Costs of
Inheritance. Member Access Rules, Super Uses, Using Final with Inheritance,
Polymorphism- Method Overriding, Abstract Classes, The Object Class.
Defining, Creating and Accessing a Package, Understanding Classpath, Importing
Packages, Differences between Classes and Interfaces, Defining an Interface,
Implementing Interface, Applying Interfaces, Variables in Interface and Extending
Interfaces, Exploring Java.IO.

UNIT – III:
Exception Handling and Multi-threading: Concepts of Exception Handling, Benefits
of Exception Handling, Termination or Resumptive Models, Exception Hierarchy,
Usage of Try, Catch, Throw, Throws and Finally, Built in Exceptions, Creating Own
Exception Sub Classes.
String Handling, Exploring Java. Util, Differences between Multi-Threading and
Multitasking, Thread Life Cycle, Creating Threads, Thread Priorities, Synchronizing
Threads, Interthread Communication, Thread Groups, Daemon Threads.
Enumerations, Autoboxing, Annotations, Generics.

UNIT – IV:
Event Handling: Events, Event Sources, Event Classes, Event Listeners, Delegation
Event Model, Handling Mouse and Keyboard Events, Adapter Classes.
The AWT Class Hierarchy, User Interface Components- Labels, Button, Canvas,
Scrollbars, Text Components, Check Box, Check Box Groups, Choices, Lists Panels –
Scrollpane, Dialogs, Menubar, Graphics, Layout Manager – Layout Manager Types –
Border, Grid, Flow, Card and Grid Bag.

UNIT – V:
Applets: Concepts f Applets, Differences between Applets and Applications, Life
Cycle of an Applet, Types of Applets, Creating Applets, Passing Parameters to
Applets.

UNIT – VI:
Swing: Introduction, Limitations of AWT, MVC Architecture, Components, Containers,
Exploring Swing- Japplet, Jframe and Jcomponent, Icons and Labels, Text Fields,
Buttons – The Jbutton Class, Check Boxes, Radio Buttons, Combo Boxes, Tabbed
Panes, Scroll Panes, Trees, and Tables.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Java The Complete Reference, Herbert Schildt, 7th Edition, TMH
2. Understanding OOP with Java Updated Edition, T. Budd, Pearson Education
3. An Introduction to Programming and OO Design using Java, J. Nino and F.A.
Hosch, John Wiley & Sons

REFERENCES:
1. Introduction to Java Programming, Y. Daniel Liang, Pearson Education
2. An Introduction to Java Programming and Object-Oriented Application
Development, R. A. Johnson, Thomson
3. Core Java 2, Vol. 1 - Fundamentals, Cay. S. Horstmann and Gary Cornell, 8th
Edition, Pearson Education
4. Core Java 2, Vol. 2 - Advanced Features, Cay. S. Horstmann and Gary Cornell,
8th Edition, Pearson Education
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. L T/P/D C
3 0 3
(19OE1CS08) RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the basic concepts and the applications of database systems
• To master the basics of SQL and construct queries using SQL
• To understand the relational database design principles
• To become familiar with the basic issues of transaction processing and
concurrency control
• To become familiar with database storage structures and access techniques

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Demonstrate the basic elements of a relational database management
system
CO-2: Ability to identify the data models for relevant problems
CO-3: Ability to design entity relationship model and convert entity relationship
diagrams into RDBMS and formulate SQL queries on the data
CO-4: Apply normalization for the development of application software

UNIT – I:
Introduction: Database System Applications, Purpose of Database Systems, View of
Data, Database Languages – DDL, DML, Relational Databases, Database Design,
Data Storage and Querying, Transaction Management, Database Architecture,
Data Mining and Information Retrieval, Specialty Databases, Database Users and
Administrators, History of Database Systems.
Introduction to Database design: Database Design and ER diagrams, Entities,
Attributes and Entity sets, Relationships and Relationship sets, Additional features of
ER Model, Conceptual Design with the ER Model, Conceptual Design for Large
enterprises.
Relational Model: Introduction to the Relational Model, Integrity Constraints over
Relations, Enforcing Integrity constraints, Querying relational data
Logical Database Design: ER to Relational, Introduction to Views, Destroying /Altering
Tables and Views.

UNIT – II:
Relational Algebra and Calculus: Preliminaries, Relational Algebra, Relational
calculus – Tuple relational Calculus, Domain relational calculus, Expressive Power of
Algebra and calculus.
SQL: Queries, Constraints, Triggers: Form of Basic SQL Query, UNION, INTERSECT, and
EXCEPT, Nested Queries, Aggregate Operators, NULL values Complex Integrity
Constraints in SQL, Triggers and Active Data bases, Designing Active Databases.

UNIT – III:
Schema Refinement and Normal Forms: Introduction to Schema Refinement,
Functional Dependencies - Reasoning about FDs, Normal Forms, Properties of
Decompositions, Normalization, Schema Refinement in Database Design, Other
Kinds of Dependencies.

UNIT – IV:
Transaction Management: Transactions, Transaction Concept, A Simple Transaction
Model, Storage Structure, Transaction Atomicity and Durability, Transaction Isolation,
Serializability, Transaction Isolation and Atomicity Transaction Isolation Levels,
Implementation of Isolation Levels.

UNIT – V:
Concurrency Control: Lock–Based Protocols, Multiple Granularity, Timestamp-Based
Protocols, Validation-Based Protocols, Multiversion Schemes.
Recovery System: Failure Classification, Storage, Recovery and Atomicity, Recovery
Algorithm, Buffer Management, Failure with loss of nonvolatile storage, Early Lock
Release and Logical Undo Operations, Remote Backup systems.

UNIT – VI:
Storage and Indexing: Overview of Storage and Indexing: Data on External Storage,
File Organization and Indexing, Index Data Structures, Comparison of File
Organizations.
Tree-Structured Indexing: Intuition for tree Indexes, Indexed Sequential Access
Method (ISAM), B+ Trees: A Dynamic Index Structure, Search, Insert, Delete.
Hash-Based Indexing: Static Hashing, Extendible hashing, Linear Hashing, Extendible
vs. Linear Hashing.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Database Management Systems, Raghu Ramakrishnan, Johannes Gehrke, 3rd
Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited
2. Database System Concepts, A. Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth, S. Sudarshan, 6th
Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited
3. Database Systems, R. Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, 6th Edition, Pearson
Education

REFERENCES:
1. Database System Concepts, Peter Rob & Carlos Coronel, Cengage Learning
2. Introduction to Database Management, M. L. Gillenson and others, Wiley Student
Edition
3. Database Development and Management, Lee Chao, Auerbach Publications,
Taylor & Francis Group
4. Introduction to Database Systems, C. J. Date, Pearson Education
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. L T/P/D C
3 0 3
(19OE1IT03) COMPUTATIONAL THINKING USING PYTHON

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand why Python is a useful scripting language for developers
• To create and execute Python programs and to Learn how to use lists, tuples,
and dictionaries in Python programs
• To learn how to build and package Python modules for reusability
• To learn how to design object-oriented programs with Python classes
• To learn how to use exception handling in Python applications for error handling

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Adapt and combine standard algorithms to solve a given problem (includes
numerical as well as non-numerical algorithms)
CO-2: Adequately use standard programming constructs: repetition, selection,
functions, composition, modules, aggregated data (arrays, lists, etc.)
CO-3: Explain what a given program (in Python) does identify and repair coding
errors in a program
CO-4: Understand and use object-based software concepts (constructing OO
software will be dealt with in the course Software Engineering)
CO-5: Use library software for (e.g.) building a graphical user interface, web
application, or mathematical software

UNIT – I:
Introduction: History, Features, Setting up path, Working with Python, Basic Syntax,
Variable and Data Types, Operator, Conditional Statements-If
If- else Nested if-else Looping for While Nested loops Control Statements Break
Continue Pass String Manipulation Accessing Strings Basic Operations String slices
Function.

UNIT – II:
Methods, Lists: Introduction, Accessing list, Operations, Working with lists, Function
and Methods, Tuple: Introduction, Accessing tuples, Operations, Working, Functions
and Methods
Dictionaries: Introduction, Accessing values in dictionaries, Working with dictionaries,
Properties.

UNIT – III:
Functions: Defining a function, Calling a function, Types of functions, Function
Arguments, Anonymous functions, Global and local variables.
Modules: Creation, Importing module, Math module, Random module, Packages.
UNIT – IV:
Composition: Input-Output-Printing on screen, Reading data from keyboard,
Opening and closing file Reading and writing files, Functions.
Exception Handling: Exception, Exception Handling, Except clause, Try? Finally
clause, User Defined Exceptions

UNIT – V:
OOPs Concept: Class and object, Attributes, Inheritance, Overloading, Overriding,
Data hiding, Regular expressions- Match function, Search function, Matching VS
Searching, Modifiers, Patterns.
Multithreading: Thread, Starting a thread, Threading module, Synchronizing threads.
CGI: Introduction, Architecture, CGI environment variable, GET and POST methods,
Cookies, File upload.

UNIT – VI:
Database: Introduction, Connections, Executing queries, Transactions Handling error,
Networking: Socket, Socket Module, Methods, Client and server, Internet modules,
Sending email.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Learning Python, David Ascher and Mark Lutz, 2nd Edition, O’Relly, 2003

REFERENCES:
1. Python Programming: An Introduction to Computer Science, John M. Zelle, 2nd
Edition, Kindle Edition
2. Python Essential Reference, David M. Beazley, 4th Edition, Developer’s Library
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. L T/P/D C
3 0 3
(19OE1IT07) INTRODUCTION TO DATA ANALYTICS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To be exposed to conceptual framework of big data
• To understand different techniques of data analysis
• To be familiar with concepts of data streams
• To be exposed to item sets, clustering, frame works and Visualization

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand big data fundamentals
CO-2: Learn various data analysis techniques
CO-3: Implement various data streams
CO-4: Understand item sets, clustering, frame works & Visualizations

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Big Data: Introduction to Big Data Platform – Challenges of
Conventional systems – Web data – Evolution of Analytic scalability, analytic process
and tools, Analysis vs Reporting – Modern data analytic tools,
Statistical Concepts: Sampling distributions, resampling, statistical inference,
prediction error.

UNIT – II:
Data Analysis: Regression modeling, Multivariate analysis, Bayesian modeling,
inference and Bayesian networks, Support vector and Kernel methods
Analysis of Time Series: Linear systems analysis, nonlinear dynamics – Rule induction –
Neural Networks: Learning and and Generalisation, competitive learning, Principal
component analysis and neural networks
Fuzzy Logic: extracting fuzzy models from data, fuzzy decision trees, Stochastic
search methods.

UNIT – III:
Mining Data Streams: Introduction to Streams Concepts – Stream data model and
architecture – Stream Computing, Sampling data in a stream – Filtering streams –
Counting distinct elements in a stream – Estimating moments – Counting oneness in
a Window – Decaying window – Real time Analytics Platform (RTAP) applications –
case studies – real time sentiment analysis, stock market predictions.

UNIT – IV:
Frequent Itemsets and Clustering: Mining Frequent itemsets – Market based Modeling
– Apriori Algorithm – Handling large data sets in Main Memory – Limited Pass
Algorithm – Counting frequent itemsets in a Stream – Clustering Techniques –
Hierarchical – K-Means.
UNIT – V:
Clustering high dimensional data – CLIQUE and ProCLUS – Frequent pattern-based
clustering methods – Clustering in non-Euclidean space – Clustering for streams and
Parallelism.

UNIT – VI:
Frameworks and Visualization: MapReduce – Hadoop, Hive, MapR – Sharding –
NoSQL Databases – S3 – Hadoop Distributed file systems – Visualizations – Visual data
analysis techniques,
Interaction Techniques: Systems and Applications

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Intelligent Data Analysis, Michael Berthold, David J. Hand, Springer, 2007
2. Mining of Massive Datasets, Anand Rajaraman and Jeffrey David Ullman,
Cambridge University Press, 2012

REFERENCES:
1. Taming the Big Data Tidal Wave: Finding Opportunities in Huge Data Streams with
Advanced Analytics, Bill Franks, John Wiley & Sons, 2012
2. Big Data Glossary, Glenn J. Myatt, Making Sense of Data, John Wiley & Sons, Pete
Warden, O’Reilly, 2011
3. Data Mining Concepts and Techniques, Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, 2nd
Edition, Elsevier, 2008
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. L T/P/D C
3 0 3
(19OE1CS11) FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTER ALGORITHMS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To reinforce algorithms analysis methods
• To ability to analyse running time of an algorithm
• To understand different algorithm design strategies
• To familiarity with an assortment of important algorithms

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Apply algorithm design techniques and concepts to solve given engineering
problem
CO-2: Analyze running times of algorithms using asymptotic analysis
CO-3: Develop efficient algorithms for computational tasks
CO-4: Computing complexity measures of algorithms

UNIT – I:
Introduction: Characteristics of algorithm. Analysis of algorithms: Asymptotic analysis
of complexity bounds – best, average and worst-case behaviour; Performance
measurements of Algorithm, Time and space trade-offs.

UNIT – II:
Divide and Conquer: General method, applications-Binary search, Quick sort, Merge
sort, Strassen‘s matrix multiplication. Analysis of recursive algorithms through
recurrence relations: Substitution method, Recursion tree method and Masters’
theorem.

UNIT – III:
Greedy Method: General method, applications-Job sequencing with deadlines, 0/1
knapsack problem, Minimum cost spanning trees, Single source shortest path
problem, Huffman Codes.

UNIT – IV:
Dynamic Programming-I: General method, Principle of optimality, applications-
Multistage graphs, Matrix chain multiplication, Optimal binary search trees.

UNIT – V:
Dynamic Programming-II: 0/1 knapsack problem, All pairs shortest path problem,
Travelling sales person problem, Reliability design.

UNIT – VI:
Backtracking: General method, applications- N-Queen problem, Sum of subsets
problem, Graph coloring, Hamiltonian cycles.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms, E. Horowitz et al, Galgotia Publications
2. Introduction to Algorithms, Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Lieserson, Ronald L.
Rivest and Clifford Stein, 4th Edition, MIT Press/McGraw-Hill

REFERENCES:
1. Algorithm Design, Jon Kleinberg and Eva Tardos, 1st Edition, Pearson
2. Algorithm Design: Foundations, Analysis and Internet Examples, Michael T.
Goodrich and Roberto Tamassia, 2nd Edition, Wiley
3. Algorithms – A Creative Approach, Udi Manber, 3rd Edition, Addison-Wesley,
Reading, MA
4. Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms, Anany Levitin, 3rd Edition,
Pearson Publications
GENERAL
 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS AND HUMAN VALUES

Ethics is a necessary and listed Graduate Attribute for all engineers according
to the Washington Accord. As engineers deal with the society and provide for the
society, it is important that the ethical concerns pertaining to technology are well-
understood and addressed. Human Values form the basis for all Ethics and ethical
theories help resolve professional dilemmas too. This course aims to create an
appreciation for normative and applied ethics with special focus on professionalism
and technology education and practice. Given the diverse set of roles an engineer
or computer scientist may play in the society, there is an inherent societal need for
engineers, technologists, and computer scientists to be ethical. The formative years
of students of engineering are the best time to impress upon them the practical
importance and application aspects of ethics. The curriculum is designed to include
an inherent appreciation for the Indian Ethos and cover a wide variety of topics with
suitable case studies and examples all through, so as to enable the learners to find
practical contexts in global and contemporary careers of their future. The course
also leads to attaining two other Graduate Attributes majorly, along with
Ethics, viz. Engineer and Society, and Lifelong Learning.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. V Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1HS01) PROFESSIONAL ETHICS AND HUMAN VALUES

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To emphasize on the importance of ethics for engineers and computer scientists
• To provide a toolkit for ethical behaviour in personal and professional settings
• To relate the profession of engineering to sociocultural as well as ethical and
moral contexts in India and globally
• To develop more socially conscious engineers who create and conceive a better
society and a better world without sacrificing or ignoring public good

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Distinguish morals, values, and ethics in Indian and global contexts
CO-2: Resolve moral and ethical dilemmas through ethical inquiries and appropriate
ethical theories
CO-3: Realize the professional role of engineers in society and the support available
in creating safe solutions for the society focusing on public welfare
CO-4: Conduct themselves ethically in various roles that present themselves in
professional and business environments

UNIT – I:
Motivation and Introduction to Human Values: Motivation to study ethics in
engineering with justifying case studies, historical events, and current affairs; Morals,
Values, and Ethics – Definitions; Moral Judgement vs. Value Judgement; Moral
Character and Moral Autonomy – Conscientiousness, Integrity, Empathy as basic
building blocks; The Golden Rule; Maslow’s Theory of Needs; Universal Human Values
and Theories; Conventional and Constitutional Values in Indian Ethos; Anomie vs.
Civic Virtue as a foundation for an ideal society; Ethics as a basis of legal framework;
Privacy and Confidentiality – Increasing emphasis in personal and professional lives,
technological considerations and examples; Profession, Professionalism – Definitions,
Engineering as a Profession

UNIT – II:
Ethics, Ethical Theories, and Professionalism: Ethics through Spirituality, Religion, and
beyond; Indian Philosophy and Ethos, ancient to modern – Family System, Ethical
Pluralism, Unity in Diversity; Ethics as application of values and as moral philosophy –
Kohlberg’s theory vs. Gilligan’s theory of moral development leading to ethics,
examples; Moral and Ethical Dilemmas – Definition, Causes, Case Studies and
Examples; Resolution of Ethical Dilemmas through Ethical Inquiries – Normative,
Conceptual, and Factual Inquiries, Classification of Ethics by Character and
Conduct – Consequentialism/ Utilitarianism, Deontological Ethics, Virtue Ethics and
Theories, Rights Theories; Ethical Frameworks and examples; Practical application of
ethical theories for decision-making in personal life

UNIT – III:
Professionalism, Engineering in the Societal Context: Professionalism – Professional
Traits, Rights, Responsibilities, Roles, Virtues; Business Ethics; Engineering as Social
Experimentation – Context with examples, Comparison with standard experiments,
Application of Ethical Inquiries to gain knowledge and to gather relevant
information, Responsibility of Experimenters, Accountability and Answerability,
Consensus and Need for Informed Consent – how to address exceptions;
Responsible Innovation – Social Context of Innovation, Responsible Research and
Innovation, Data Privacy and Protection of Individual Rights, being Ethical by Design;
Trust in the context of professionalism – confidentiality, non-disclosure agreements
(NDA); Intellectual Property (IP) – IP Rights (IPR) as Professional Rights, Law, Moral
Rights and Economic Rights, Patenting; Diverse roles of Engineers as Professionals –
Manager, Leader, Consultant, and Expert Witness

UNIT – IV:
Professional Ethics, Ethics at Workplace and Roles of Engineers: Overview of
Organizational Behaviour; Collegiality, Loyalty, Trust in professional context; Respect
for Authority vs. Moral Autonomy, Moral Responsibility; Organizational context of
Ethics – Minor, interpersonal, severe, organizational workplace deviances;
Occupational Crime, Culpable mistakes, Collateral damage; Gifts and bribes;
Industrial Ethics for non-professionals; Code of ethics and Code of Conduct – Role of
professional societies in guiding, promoting, and protecting professionals and
professions, Examples of common professional societies in Engineering and Science;
Decision-making in professional context – Choosing the right guidance, choosing the
right ethical theory; Conflicts in profession and at workplace - Employee Relations
and Discrimination, Conflict of Interest, Conflict Management and Resolution,
Framework for Conflict Resolution; Multinational Companies and Corporates – Work
Culture and Respect for Diversity and Pluralism; Employee Rights vs. Professional
Rights; Whistleblowing – Social, Organizational, and Legal context with examples

UNIT – V:
Public Welfare, Safety & Risk: Impact of engineering activities and technology on
Public Welfare; Ethical Concerns of Public welfare in the context of Emerging
Technologies – Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning, Internet of Things,
Cybersecurity and Cybercrime; Issues of Public Concern – Informed Consent, Health
and environmental aspects, data security; Safety and Risk – Definitions; Risk
Assessment – Known and Unintended consequences, Risk-Benefit Analysis, Reducing
Risk, Optimum Level of Safety, Capability Curves, Safe Exit; Learning from the Past –
Case Studies in Ethics Context: Titanic, Bhopal, Chernobyl; Environmental Ethics and
Sustainable Development Goals; Computer Ethics and various Technology Ethics;
Ethics in the context of War and Weapon Development; Ethics and Economics – Fair
Trade, Capitalism vs. Communism, Developed vs. Developing vs. Underdeveloped
economies

UNIT – VI:
Ethics for Lifelong Learning: Ethics in the context of Globalization; Moral Character
and Ethical Leadership – Case Studies and Examples of success and failure;
Overview and comparison of different schools of thought, comparison of the works
of pioneering philosophers and social scientists – Immanuel Kant, John Rawls, Martin
Heidegger, Swami Vivekananda, Jiddu Krishnamurti, Dr. Abdul Kalam, etc.; Impact
of Ethical and Unethical Behaviour in personal and professional lives, developing
and maintaining ethical behaviour, threats to moral autonomy and how to continue
to be ethical in personal and professional lives

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ethics in Engineering, Mike W. Martin, Roland Schinzinger, McGraw Hill Education,
2017 (ISBN: 978-9339204457)
2. Business Ethics: An Indian Perspective, A. C. Fernando, K. P. Muralidheeran, E. K.
Satheesh, Pearson Education, 2019 (ISBN: 978-9353437442)
3. Professional Ethics, R. Subramanian, Oxford University Press, 2017 (ISBN: 978-
0199475070)

REFERENCES:
1. Engineering Ethics: Concepts & Cases, Charles E. Harris, Jr., Michael S. Pritchard,
Michael J. Rabins, Cengage Learning, 2012 (ISBN: 978-8131517291)
2. Classical Indian Ethical Thought: A Philosophical Study of Hindu, Jaina and
Bauddha Morals, Kedar Nath Tiwari, Motilal Banarsidass Publishers, 2017 (ISBN:
978-8120816084)
3. The Manual for Indian Start-Ups, Dalai Lama, Ethics for the Whole World 978-
9351360803 Vijay Kumar Ivaturi et al., Penguin Random House India, 2017 (ISBN:
978-0143428527)
4. To Be Human, Jiddu Krishnamurti, Shambhala, 2000 (ISBN: 978-1570625961)
5. On Ethics and Economics, Amartya Sen, Oxford India, 1999 (ISBN: 978-
0195627619)
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1HS02) ENTREPRENEURSHIP
COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To motivate the engineers to inculcate the skills thereof in any professional role
and to consider intrapreneurship or entrepreneurship as career choices for
personal and societal growth
• To impart lean management principles and practices to plan, execute, and
convert one’s own idea into a sustainable business model
• To gain practical knowledge to design one’s own lean startup
• To identify and avoid the potential pitfalls in validation, design, production, and
marketing phases of an innovative product or service

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Discover societal problems as entrepreneurial opportunities and ideate to
develop solutions through systematic and creative approaches to innovation and
business strategy
CO-2: Apply lean methodology to startup ideas using Business Model Canvas and
Lean Canvas and be able to create Business Plan
CO-3: Validate ideas, design, production, and marketing systematically using
techniques such as 5 Whys, Innovation Accounting, Value and Growth Propositions
CO-4: To strategize during ideation, production, market research, marketing and
facing competition

UNIT – I:
Entrepreneurial Skills and Opportunities : Role of Entrepreneurs in Indian and World
Economy; Entrepreneurship as a career for engineers, scientists, and technologists;
Personality and Skill Set of an Entrepreneur; Need for Ethics and Empathy for
Entrepreneurs; Stories of Successful and Failed Enterprises; Current Business Trends;
Entrepreneurial Management vs. Corporate Management – Roles and Scope;
Concepts of Intrapreneurship, Social Entrepreneurship, Technopreneurship,
Studentpreneurship; Opportunities in Telangana State and India – incubators,
schemes, accelerators

UNIT – II:
Introduction to Lean Startup Methodology: Overview, Principles of Lean Startup, Lean
vs. Traditional Startup; Vision-to-Steering, Start-Define-Learn-Experiment, Leap-Test-
Measure-Pivot, Build-Measure-Learn
UNIT – III:
Business Model Concepts: Components of Business Plan; Business Model Canvas
(BMC); Lean Canvas (LC); Pitch Deck; Elevator Pitch; Financial Aspects – Financing,
Funding Stages, Inflows, Outflows; Market Research and Marketing

UNIT – IV:
Building Your Business Model: Desirability, Feasibility, and Viability; Minimum Viable
Product (MVP), Proof of Concept (PoC), Prototype; Early Adopters; Value
Proposition; Overview of opportunities in India – Financing and Support Schemes,
Online and Offline Resources, Entrepreneurial Networks

UNIT – V:
Evaluating Your Business Model: Three Learning Milestones of Innovation; Root Cause
Analysis (RCA) through 5 Whys; Pivot or Persevere; The Engines of Growth: Sticky,
Viral, and Paid; Kan-ban Diagram for Project Planning and Resource Allocation

UNIT – VI:
Strengthen Your Business Model: Why startups fail? Value and Waste; Design Thinking
for Business; Analogs and Antilogs; Paralysis by Analysis and Extinct by Instinct; The
three A’s: Actionable, Accessible, and Auditable Metrics and Vanity Metrics

TEXT BOOKS:
1. The Lean Startup: How Today's Entrepreneurs Use Continuous Innovation to
Create Radically Successful Businesses, Eric Ries, Penguin Portfolio, 2015 (ISBN:
978-0670921607)
2. Entrepreneurship, Robert D. Hisrich, Michael P. Peters and Dean A. Shepherd,
Tata McGraw Hill, 11th Ed., 2020 (ISBN: 978-9390113316)
3. Entrepreneurship Simplified: From Idea to IPO, Ashok Soota, S R Gopalan, Penguin
Random House India, 2016 (ISBN: 978-0670088959)

REFERENCES:
1. Measure What Matters: OKRs: The Simple Idea that Drives 10x Growth, John
Doerr, Penguin Portfolio, 2018 (ISBN: 978-0241348482)
2. Entrepreneurship Development and Business Ethics, Abhik Kumar Mukherjee,
Shaunae Roy, Oxford University Press, 2019 (ISBN: 978-0199494460)
3. The Manual for Indian Start-Ups, Vijay Kumar Ivaturi et al., Penguin Random House
India, 2017 (ISBN: 978-0143428527)
4. Social Entrepreneurship in India: Quarter Idealism and a Pound of Pragmatism,
Madhukar Shukla, SAGE Publications India Pvt Ltd, 2020 (ISBN: 978-9353882372)
5. Entrepreneurship: A South Asian perspective. Donald F Kuratko, T.V Rao.
Cengage Learning, 2012
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1HS03) PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT AND PUBLIC SPEAKING

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To develop skills and techniques for Effective Communication and Public
Speaking
• To develop Leadership qualities and increase Self – confidence
• To get along with people and Team-Building
• To enhance career opportunities by Goal setting
• To develop an acceptable PERSONALITY

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Communicate better and speak with confidence
CO-2: Exhibit Leadership qualities and increased Self – confidence
CO-3: Work towards Team-Building
CO-4: Use career opportunities by Goal setting
CO-5: Acquire a forceful personality to maintain a pleasant relationship between
the seniors and subordinates and other stakeholders

UNIT – I:
EFECTIVE COMMUNICATION
i. Fundamentals of Effective Communication
ii. How to sell your ideas
iii. Communication within Industry (awareness of motivation, ego states, games,
etc.)
iv. Guidelines on: Listening, Reading and Writing
v. Non-verbal Communication (Body Language)
vi. Barriers of Communication

UNIT – II:
PUBLIC SPEAKING (SPEECH COMMUNICATION)
i. How to develop courage and self-confidence
ii. Speech purposes, preparation patterns and outlining of speech
iii. Fundamentals and secrets of good delivery
iv. How to make your meaning clear and convince an audience / client
v. How to close effectively and get action?
vi. How to participate in conferences, group discussions and office meetings

UNIT – III:
PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT -1
i. Leadership - qualities of a successful leader ; Leadership Styles; Leadership in
Administration; Problem-solving & Decision-making
ii. Group Dynamics and Team Building
iii. Importance of groups in organization; Interactions in group, Group Decision
Taking, Team Building, Interaction with the Team, Building a good team
 UNIT – IV:
PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT -2
i. Interpersonal Relations- Introduction; Transactional Analysis in communication
Awareness of Ego states and their application in communication
ii. Conflict Management- Introduction & Causes of Conflict; Managing Conflict

UNIT – V:
PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT -3
i. Positive Attitude & Ways to develop positive attitude
Self Esteem & Confidence Building
ii. Motivation- Importance of self-motivation;
iii. Stress -Causes of Stress & Impact of Stress; Managing Stress

UNIT – VI:
PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT -4
i. Goal Setting-Meaning; Short, medium and Long Term Goals;
Importance of Goal setting & Steps for Goal Setting
ii. Creativity-Meaning; Barriers to Creativity & Steps to stimulate Creativity
Understanding and Importance of Human Values; Ideals in Life; Becoming a Role
Model
iii. Time Management - Time as a Resource; Techniques for better Time
Management.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Advance Speaking Skills, Jeremy Harmar & John Arnold, Essex, Longman Group
Limited, 1978
2. Developing Soft Skills, Sherfield, R.M., Montgomery, R.J., Moody, P.G. 4th Edition,
Pearson, 2010
3. Personality Development and Soft Skills, Barun K. Mitra, Oxford University Press,
2016

REFERENCES:
1. Body Language: A Guide for Professionals, Hedwig Lewis, Response Books (a
division of Sage Publications India, Pvt. Ltd.,) New Delhi, 1998
2. Emotional Intelligence, Daniel Goldman, Bantam Books, 1995
3. Personality Development, Rajiv Mishra, Rupa & Co., 2004
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VIII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19OE1HS04) FOREIGN LANGUAGE – FRENCH

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To communicate verbally in a simple way by asking and responding to simple
questions related to everyday language needs
• To read and comprehend different kinds of texts (notices, informal letters,
catalogues, menus etc.)
• To write clear, concise, and correct sentences and paragraphs on familiar topics.
• To recognize and use basic syntax and structures in French including articles,
prepositions and connecting words as well as master basic vocabulary

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Use vocabulary contextually and effectively
CO-2: Use reading skills to comprehend different kinds of texts
CO-3: Understand everyday expressions dealing with simple and concrete everyday
needs, in clear, slow and well-articulated speech and manage very short mini
dialogues /conversations
CO-4: Demonstrate basic competence in Written French including grammar,
sentence and paragraph structure, coherence

UNIT – I: Introduce oneself and introduce someone:

Reading: Read and understand an introduction about someone
Grammar: Question words, Subject verb agreement, Mas/fem and prepositions with
cities and countries
Vocabulary: professions, nationalities, countries numbers, days of the week and
verbs
Writing: Build basic sentences and Write about oneself
Life Skills: Greetings, Formal and Informal way of asking questions

UNIT – II: Express likes and dislikes and Talk about your locality:
Reading: Read and understand description of a place
Grammar: Articles, prepositions, possessive adjectives, basic connecting words such
as “like, and, but”, and Negation
Vocabulary: Adjectives, verbs of preference, different places, and basic vocabulary
on leisure and sports activities.
Writing: Write about hobbies and pastimes
Life Skills: Conversation fillers

UNIT – III: Take / Fix an appointment with someone:

Reading: Understand propositions and counters
Grammar: How to say time, Interrogative adjectives
Vocabulary: Irregular verbs, days of the week, Fixed expressions with Etre and Avoir
and expressions to ask for appointment or refuse/accept a proposed time
Life Skills: Telephone etiquette and colloquial expressions in French

UNIT – IV: Talk about your routine / Invite someone and Accept or refuse an invitation
Reading: Read and understand an invitation on basic info: date and time, venue,
occasion, type of invitation etc.
Grammar: Question word Why, Connecting word “because”, partitive and
contracted articles, reflexive verbs
Vocabulary: Expressions to propose, thank / apologize and accept or refuse an
invitation,
Writing: Respond to an invitation (Accept or refuse)
Life Skills: At the table

UNIT – V: Ask for information (timings, price, etc) and Ask for/ Give Directions
Reading: Understand signboards and instructions
Grammar: Imperative mode and prepositions.
Vocabulary: Directions, Expressions to ask information or seek precision
Writing: Give instructions and fill a form

UNIT – VI: Vacation (plan vacation, choose destination, visit, and appreciate)
Reading: Read and understand travel brochures for basic info on offers, locations,
touristic attractions hotels and so on
Grammar: demonstrative adjectives and near future tense
Vocabulary: Weather forecast, modes of transport, and vacation activities
Writing: Write a post card
Life Skills: Types of vacation in France

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Painless French, Carol Chitin, M.S., Lynn Gore, Barrons Educational Series, 2016
(ISBN: 978-1438007700)
2. Language Learning University, French: Learn French for Beginners Including
French Grammar, French Short Stories and 1000+ French Phrases, Createspace
Independent Publications, 2018 (ISBN: 978-1726415002)
3. Language School, French Language for Beginners, 2019 (ISBN: 978-1700175700)

REFERENCES:
1. Practice Makes Perfect: Complete French All-in-One, Annie Heminway, McGraw-
Hill Education, 2018 (ISBN: 978-1260121032)
2. Easy French Step-by-Step, Myrna Bell Rochester, McGraw-Hill Education, 2008
(ISBN: 978-0071453875)
3. Contacts: Langue et Culture Françaises, Jean-Paul Valette, Rebecca Valette,
Wadsworth Publishing Co. Inc., 2012 (ISBN: 978-1133309581)
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. L T/P/D C
3 0 3
(19OE1CE09) SMART CITIES

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand smart city basic concepts, global standards, and Indian context of
smart cities
• To explain smart community, smart transportation and smart buildings
• To understand Energy demand, Green approach to meet Energy demand and
their capacities
• To identify Smart Transportation Technologies in cities and concepts towards
smart city

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Explain and elaborate smart city concepts and their international and
national standards
CO-2: Conceptualize smart community, transportation and building concepts
CO-3: Develop and calibrate energy demand and their capacity limits
CO-4: Predict the various smart urban transportation systems and the transition from
existing city towards a smart city

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Smart Cities: Introduction to Smart Cities - Understanding Smart Cities
-Dimensions of Smart Cities – World urbanization, Global Experience of Smart Cities,
Smart City case studies-Indian scenario - India “100 Smart Cities” Policy and Mission.

UNIT – II:
City as a System of Systems: Systems thinking – Developing a smart city approach –
Core elements of a smart city – Relevant open data for a smart city – Sustainability –
Privacy and Ethics – Energy systems for smarter cities.

UNIT – III
Smart Cities Planning and Development: Introduction to Smart Community; Smart
community concepts: Concept of Smart Community - Smart Transportation - Smart
Building and Home Device - Smart Health - Smart Government - Smart Energy and
Water - Cybersecurity, Safety, and Privacy; Internet of Things, Blockchain, Artificial
Intelligence, Alternate Reality, Virtual Reality.

UNIT – IV:
Smart Urban Energy Systems: Conventional vs. Smart, City components, Energy
demand, Green approach to meet Energy demand, Index of Indian cities towards
smartness – a statistical analysis -Meeting energy demand through direct and
indirect solar resources- Efficiency of indirect solar resources and its utility, Capacity
limit for the indirect solar resources- Effectiveness in responsive environment in smart
city; Smart communication using green resources- Relevant case studies

UNIT – V:
Smart Transportation Systems: Smart Transportation Technologies - Driverless and
connected vehicles - ride sharing solutions - The "improve" pathway - The "shift"
pathway – Smart Roads and Pavement systems – Relevant case studies

UNIT – VI:
Future of Smart Cities: The transition of legacy cities to Smart - Right transition process
- the benefit of citizens, cities have to adopt effective management and
governance approaches-factors in the transition phase of legacy cities to Smart
cities and their managerial implications.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Internet of Things in Smart Technologies for Sustainable Urban Development, G. R.
Kanagachidambaresan, R. Maheswar, V. Manikandan, K. Ramakrishnan.,
Springer, 2020
2. Society 5.0: A People-Centric Super-Smart Society, Hitachi-UTokyo Laboratory (H-
UTokyo Lab), Springer, 2020
3. The Routledge Companion to Smart Cities, Katharine S. Willis, Alessandro Aurigi,
Routledge International Handbooks, 2020

REFERENCES:
1. Smart Cities in Asia: Governing Development in the Era of Hyper-Connectivity Yu-
min Joo, Yu-Min Joo, Teck-Boon Tan, Edward Elgar Pub, 2020
2. Urban Systems Design: Creating Sustainable Smart Cities in the Internet of Things
Era, Yoshiki Yamagata, Perry P. J. Yang, Elsevier, 2020
3. Smart Cities and Artificial Intelligence: Convergent Systems for Planning, Design,
and Operations, Christopher Grant Kirwan, Zhiyong Fu, Elsevier, 2020
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. L T/P/D C
3 0 3
(19OE1EE05) TRENDS IN ENERGY SOURCES FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVLOPMENT

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the role of sustainable energy
• To know components of solar PV and wind energy conversion systems
• To understand the principles of Biomass, geo-thermal and wave energy systems
• To learn various energy storage methods

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand various sources for sustainable energy
CO-2: Understand Solar Photo voltaic and wind energy systems
CO-3: Learnt the harnessing techniques of Biomass, geothermal and ocean energy
CO-4: Familiarize with energy storage methods

UNIT – I:
Introduction: Trends in energy consumption - Conventional and renewable sources,
Energy sources and their availability, Energy Conservation status in India -need of
new energies for sustainable development.

UNIT – II:
Fundamentals of Solar Radiation: Introduction-The Sun as Source of Energy,
Extraterrestrial and Terrestrial Radiations, Spectral Power Distribution of Solar
Radiation, instruments for measuring solar radiation and sunshine recorder.
Solar PV Conversion: The PV Cell-Crystalline Solar cells -Thin film and amorphous solar
cells, Module, Array, Equivalent Electrical circuit- Open circuit voltage and Short
circuit current, I-V, P-V Curves. Developments in efficient non silicon solar cells

UNIT – III:
Wind Energy: origin of winds-Global (or Planetary) Winds- Local Winds-Factors
Affecting the Distribution of Wind Energy on the Surface of Earth, Wind Turbine –
Types, construction of HAWT, VAWT, performance characteristics, Betz criteria.

UNIT – IV:
Bio-Mass: Principles of Bio-Conversion, Anaerobic/aerobic digestion, types of Biogas
digesters, combustion characteristics of bio-gas, utilization for cooking, I.C. Engine
operation and economic aspects.

UNIT – V:
Geothermal Energy: Resources, types of wells, methods of harnessing the energy
Ocean Energy: OTEC, Principles utilization, setting of OTEC plants, thermodynamic
cycles.
Tidal and Wave Energy: Potential and conversion techniques, mini-hydel power
plants, and their economics.

UNIT – VI:
Energy Storage:
Electro Chemical Storage: lead-acid- nickel cadmium-nickel-metal-hydride and
lithium type batteries-Principle of operation, Types, Advantages and disadvantages.
Non-Electric Storage: Methods of Energy storage –Pumped Energy Storage –
Compressed air Energy Storage, Superconducting Magnet Energy Storage.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Non-Conventional Energy Sources, G.D. Rai, 6th Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2004
2. Non-Convention Energy Resources, B.H. Khan, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2017

REFERENCES:
1. Renewable Energy Sources, Twidell & Weir, 3rd Edition, CRC Press, 2015
2. Solar Energy, Sukhatme, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2008
3. Non-Conventional Energy, Ashok V. Desai, Wiley Eastern, 1990
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. L T/P/D C
3 0 3
(19OE1ME05) 3D PRINTING AND DESIGN

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the need and know about the applications of 3D Printing
• To understand the need of liquid and solid based 3D Printing systems
• To know about the laser-based 3D Printing systems and importance of CAD for
3D Printing
• To understand post-processing, inspection and testing involved in 3D Printing

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Summarize the importance of 3D Printing
CO-2: Explain the process involved in liquid and solid based 3D Printing Systems
CO-3: Explain about the laser-based 3D Printing systems and CAD for 3D Printing
CO-4: Plan post-processing techniques and perform inspection and testing in 3D
Printing

UNIT – I:
Introduction: Introduction to 3D Printing, Classification, 3D Printing Process Chain,
Materials for 3D Printing, Distinction between 3D Printing & Conventional
Manufacturing.
Applications: Brief overview of applications in Aerospace, Automotive, Biomedical,
Defense, Construction, Jewelry, Coin and Tableware Industry.

UNIT – II:
Liquid Based 3D Printing Systems: Introduction, Principle, Processes and Applications
of Material Jetting and Stereolithography.

UNIT – III:
Solid Based 3D Printing Systems: Introduction, Principle, Processes and Applications
of Fused Deposition Modeling (FDM) and Laminated Object Manufacturing (LOM).

UNIT – IV:
Powder Based 3D Printing Systems: Introduction, Principle, Processes and
Applications of Selective Laser Sintering (SLS), Three-Dimensional Printing (3DP).

UNIT – V:
CAD for 3D Printing: CAD data formats, CAD model preparation, Part orientation
and support generation, Overview of 3D Printing softwares like MAGICS and MIMICS
only.
UNIT – VI:
Post Processing: Introduction, Post Processing Techniques like Support material
removal, Cleaning, Sanding and Polishing.
Inspection: Introduction, Significance, Inspection techniques like Dimensional
measurement along X, Y and Z axes, visual inspection of the surface finish (overall
aesthetics and intact features), flatness or warp check, and FOD (foreign objects or
debris) check.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Additive Manufacturing Technologies: Rapid Prototyping to Direct Digital
Manufacturing, Ian Gibson, David W. Rosen, Brent Stucker, Springer, 2010
2. Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications, Chua C. K., Leong K. F., and Lim
C. S., 3rd Edition, World Scientific, 2010

REFERENCES:
1. Rapid Prototyping and Engineering Applications: A Toolbox for Prototype
Development, Liou L. W. and Liou F. W., CRC Press, 2007
2. Rapid Prototyping: Theory and Practice, Kamrani A. K. and Nasr E. A., Springer,
2006
3. Rapid Tooling: Technologies and Industrial Applications, Hilton P. D. and Jacobs
P. F., CRC Press, 2000
4. Rapid Prototyping, Gebhardt A. Hanser, Gardener Publications, 2003
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. L T/P/D C
3 0 3
(19OE1EC09) EMBEDDED SYSTEMS FOR IOT

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Programming through C

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the basics of computing with embedded Systems
• To expose the students to various smart sensors
• To make the students familiar with the programming concepts of Embedded
development board
• To understand the basics of Internet of Things and Cloud of things

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Familiarize with architectural and programming issues of Embedded Systems
CO-2: Select proper smart Sensor for a specific measurement application
CO-3: Analyze various protocols for Internet of Things
CO-4: Apply Internet of Things to different applications in the real world

UNIT – I:
Embedded System Design: Numbering and Coding Systems, Digital Premier, Inside
the Computer
Embedded System: Definition, Characteristics of embedded computing
applications, Design challenges, Requirements, Specification, Architecture design,
Designing hardware and software components, system integration.

UNIT – II:
Smart Sensors & Applications: Introduction, Primary Sensors, Excitation, Amplification,
Filters, Converters, Compensation, Information Coding/Processing, Data
Communication, Standards for Smart Sensor Interface, the Automation.

UNIT – III:
Sensors Applications: Introduction, On-board Automobile Sensors (Automotive
Sensors), Home Appliance Sensors, Aerospace Sensors, Sensors for Manufacturing,
Sensors for environmental Monitoring.

UNIT – IV:
Micro Controller Board: Features of Arduino, Arduino components and IDE,
Interfacing: Seven Segment Display, Pulse Width Modulation, Analog Digital
Converter, Wireless connectivity to Arduino. Case study: From BT To WiFi: Creating
WiFi Controlled Arduino Robot Car.
UNIT – V:
Introduction to Internet of Things: Definition and Characteristics of IoT, Physical Design
of IoT, Logical Design of IoT, IoT enabled Technologies – Wireless Sensor Networks,
Cloud Computing, Big data analytics, Communication protocols, Embedded
Systems, IoT Levels and Deployment Templates, M2M, IoT vs M2M.

UNIT – VI:
Domain Specific Applications of IoT: IoT Design Methodology, Applications of IoT–
Home, Health, Environment, Energy, Agriculture, Industry and Smart City.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. The 8051 Microcontroller: Programming, Architecture, Ayala & Gadre, 3rd Edition,
Cengage Publications, 2008
2. Sensors and Transducers, D. Patranabis, 2nd Edition, PHI Learning Private Limited,
2013
3. Internet of Things: A Hands-On Approach, Vijay Madisetti, Arshdeep Bahga,
Universities Press, 2015

REFERENCES:
1. Embedded Systems: Architecture, Programming and Design, 2nd Edition, TMH
2. The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems: Using Assembly and C,
Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillispie Mazidi, Rolin D. McKinlay, 2nd Edition, 2005
3. Internet of Things with Raspberry Pi and Arduino, Singh R., Gehlot A., Gupta L.,
Singh B., Swain M., Boca Raton, CRC Press, 2020
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. L T/P/D C
3 0 3
(19OE1CS09) ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE – A BEGINNER’S GUIDE

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand and analyze the basic concepts of artificial intelligence
• To identify, explore the complex problem-solving strategies and approaches
• To analyze the concepts of basic concepts of neural networks and learning
process
• To explore and analyze the methodology used in machine learning and
computer vision

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand and apply the basic concepts of artificial intelligence and its use
cases. lives
CO-2: Explore the various search strategies and approaches for problem solving
CO-3: Correlate the fields related to AI, and articulate various learning paradigms
CO-4: Describe several issues and ethical concerns surrounding AI

UNIT – I:
Introduction to AI: What is AI-On Overview, History of AI, Applications and Examples
of AI, AI Concepts, Terminology, Key fields of AI. AI Issues, Concerns, and Ethical
Considerations.

UNIT – II:
AI as Search Process: On overview of Search Strategy. Types of Searches-
Uninformed, Informed, Bidirectional search, Heuristic search. Local search, Local
beam search, Adversarial Search.

UNIT – III:
AI as Knowledge Exploration: Introduction to Propositional Logic, Rules of Inference,
First Order Logic (FOL) Syntax, Semantics, Entailment, Tools to represent knowledge.

UNIT – IV:
AI as a Learning Task: Introduction to Learning, Learning types -Supervised,
Unsupervised, Reinforcement Learning, Machine learning, Deep Learning, The link
between AI, ML, DL.
UNIT – V:
AI as Neural Networks: Introduction to biological neural networks. Link between
biological neuron and artificial neuron. Architecture of artificial neural network,
Types of Neural networks-single layer, multilayer, Back propagation networks.

UNIT – VI:
The Future of AI: Computer Vision - Seeing the World Through AI, Bots - Conversation
as a Platform, AI and the society, AI in action-the Use Cases, Building AI Projects.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach, Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, 3rd
Edition, Prentice Hall, 2010
2. Machine Learning, Tom M. Mitchell, M. C. Graw Hill Publications
3. Neural Networks-A Comprehensive Foundation, Simon Haykin, 2nd Edition,
Pearson Education, 2004

REFERENCES:
1. Artificial Intelligence, Elaine Rich & Kevin Knight, 2nd Edition, TMH
2. Artificial Intelligence, A New Synthesis, Nils J. Nilsson, Elsevier
3. Artificial Neural Networks, Yegnanarayana B., PHI
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. L T/P/D C
3 0 3
(19OE1CS10) BLOCKCHAIN TECHNOLOGY ESSENTIALS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce and get the technological overview of blockchain technologies
• To Study the foundation of Blockchain Technology and demonstrate the various
types of Blockchain
• To explore the application area of Blockchain Technology
• To introduce smart contract, consensus algorithm and Security Mechanism
• Introduction to available platforms to implement Blockchain Technology

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand and explore the Blockchain Technology
CO-2: Describe smart contract concepts
CO-3: Explore different types of Blockchain
CO-4: Develop the platforms to implement Blockchain Technology

UNIT – I:
Fundamental of Blockchain Part I: Introduction to Centralized, Decentralized and
Distributed system, computer network peer to peer connection
Fundamental of Blockchain Part II: History of Blockchain, Various technical definitions
of Blockchain. Generic elements of a blockchain: Block, Transaction, Node, Why It’s
Called “Blockchain”, Characteristics of Blockchain Technology, Advantages of
blockchain technology, Limitations of blockchain as a technology

UNIT – II:
Concept of Blockchain Technology Part I: Applications of blockchain technology,
Tiers of blockchain technology Blockchain 0, Blockchain 1, Blockchain 2, Blockchain
3, Generation of Blockchain X, smart contract
Concept of Blockchain Technology Part II: Types of blockchain: Public blockchain,
private blockchain, hybrid blockchain, examples of Public, private, hybrid
blockchain and it merit and demerit.

UNIT – III:
Technical Foundations Part I: Component of block, Structure of Block chain,
Technical Characteristics of the Blockchain, genesis block, Nonce
Technical Foundations Part II: Cryptography, Hashing, Distributed database,
Consensus mechanisms, and basic of Cryptographic primitives, Technical
Characteristics of Secure Hash Algorithms (SHA), Digital signature.
UNIT – IV:
Consensus Algorithm: Proof of work (PoW), Proof-of-Stake (PoS), Byzantine Fault
Tolerance (BFT), Proof of authority (PoA), Confidentiality, Integrity, Authentication,
Permissioned ledger, Distributed ledger, Shared ledger, Fully private and proprietary
blockchains, Tokenized blockchains, Tokenless blockchains, CAP theorem and
blockchain

UNIT – V:
E-Governance and other contract enforcement mechanisms, Financial markets and
trading, Trading, Exchanges, Trade life cycle, Order anticipators, Market
manipulation.
Crypto Currency: Bitcoin, Bitcoin definition, Keys and addresses, Public keys in
Bitcoin, Private keys in Bitcoin, Bitcoin currency units

UNIT – VI:
Implementation Platforms: Hyperledger as a protocol, Reference architecture,
Hyperledger Fabric, Transaction Flow, Hyperledger Fabric Details, Fabric
Membership, Fabric Membership

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mastering Blockchain, Imaran Bashir, 2nd Edition, Packt
2. Blockchain Basic, Daniel Drescher, A Press

REFERENCES:
1. Blockchain For Dummies®, IBM Limited Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. L T/P/D C
3 0 3
(19OE1EI05) FUNDAMENTALS OF ROBOTICS AND DRONES

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To classify by coordinate system and control system
• To acquire knowledge on different types Power Sources and Sensors
• To classify different types of Manipulators, Actuators and Grippers
• To acquire knowledge on kinematics and Vision systems used for different Robots
• To acquire knowledge on the basics of Drones

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Acquire knowledge on different types of Power Sources (actuators) and
Sensors, Manipulators, Actuators and Grippers
CO-2: Acquire knowledge on different applications of various types of robots
CO-3: Analyze the direct and the inverse kinematic problems and calculate the
manipulator dynamics
CO-4: Acquire knowledge on the applications of Machine Vision in Robotics
CO-5: Acquire Knowledge on the basics of Drones

UNIT – I:
Basic Concepts & Fundamentals: An overview of Robotics, classification of Robots,
Robot Components, Robot degrees of freedom, Robot Joints, Robot Coordinates,
Robot reference frames, Programming modes, Robot Characteristics.

UNIT – II:
Sensors and Actuators:
Sensors: Sensors characteristics, Position sensors, velocity sensors, acceleration
sensors, torque sensors, micro switches, lighten infrared sensors, touch and tactile
sensors, proximity sensors, range finders.
Actuators: Characteristics of activating system, comparison of activating system
Hydraulic devices, Pneumatic devices, electric motors, magneto-strictive actuators.

UNIT – III:
Manipulators and Grippers:
Grippers: Robot end effectors, Classification, drive system for Gripper, Mechanical
Grippers, Magnetic Grippers, Vacuum Grippers, Adhesive Grippers, Hooks, Scoops
and other Miscellaneous Devices, Gripper force Analysis and Gripper Design, Active
and passive Grippers.

UNIT – IV:
Kinematics: Matrix representation of translational and Rotational motion –
Homogeneous Transformation-DH representation of standard configuration Robots-
Inverse Kinematics. Joint space vs. Cartesian space-Basics of Trajectory planning in
joint and Cartesian space.
UNIT – V:
Robot Vision: Low level and High-level vision
Image acquisition, Illumination Techniques, Imaging Geometry, Some Basic
Relationships between Pixels, Segmentation, Description, Segmentation and
Description of 3-D Structures, Recognition, Interpretation.

UNIT – VI:
Basics of Drones: Theory behind how drones work, individual components that
makeup a drone, basic concepts involved radio-controlled model flying, building a
complete quad copter drone from scratch

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Introduction To Robotics: Analysis, Control, Applications, Wiley, Saeed B. Niku, 2nd
Edition
2. Industrial Robotics, Technology Programming and Applications, Mikell P. Groover,
Nicholas G Odrey, Mitchel Weiss, Roger N. Nagel, Ashish Dutta, McGraw Hill, 2012

REFERENCES:
1. Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation, Deb S. R., John Wiley
2. Robots and Manufacturing Automation, Asfahl C. R., John Wiley
3. Robotic Engineering–An Integrated Approach, Klafter. R. D., Chimielewski. T. A.,
Negin. M, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
4. Drones for Beginners, Udemy
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. L T/P/D C
3 0 3
(19OE1IT08) FUNDAMENTALS OF CYBER SECURITY

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Basic Knowledge of Computers, Basic Knowledge of

Networking and Internet

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To identify the key components of cyber security in network
• To describe the techniques in protecting Information security
• To define types of analyzing and monitoring potential threats and attacks
• To access additional external resources to supplement knowledge of cyber
forensics and laws

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand, appreciate, employ, design and implement appropriate security
technologies
CO-2: Demonstrate policies to protect computers and digital information
CO-3: Identify & Evaluate Information Security threats and vulnerabilities in
Information Systems
CO-4: Understanding computer forensics and analyzing them

UNIT – I:
Introduction: Introduction to Cybersecurity, Cybersecurity objectives, Cybersecurity
roles, Differences between Information Security & Cybersecurity, Cybersecurity
Principles - Confidentiality, integrity, & availability, Authentication & nonrepudiation,
The Trinity of IT Security (CIA), Computer Protocols, Cookies, The TCP/IP

UNIT – II:
Who are the cyber criminals, Classification of cybercrimes, E-mail Spoofing,
Spamming, Cyber defamation, Internet Time Theft, Salami Attack/ Salami Technique,
Data Diddling, Forgery, Web Jacking, Newsgroup Spam/ Crimes Emanating from
Usenet Newsgroup, Industrial Spying/Industrial Espionage, Hacking, Online Frauds,
Pornographic Offenses, Software Piracy, Computer Sabotage, E-mail Bombing/Mail
Bombs, UseNet Newsgroup as the Source of Cybercrimes, Computer Network
Intrusions, Password Sniffing, Credit Card Frauds, Identity Theft.

UNIT – III:
Cyber Offenses: How Criminals Plan Them: Introduction, Categories of Cybercrime,
How Criminals Plan the Attacks, Reconnaissance, Passive Attacks, Active Attacks,
Scamming and Scrutinizing Gathered Information, Attack (Gaining and Maintaining
the System Access), Social Engineering, Classification of Social Engineering, Cyber
stalking, Types of Stalkers, Cases Reported on Cyber stalking, How Stalking Works?,
Real-Life Incident of Cyber stalking, Cyber cafe and Cybercrimes,

UNIT – IV:
Security Threats: Introduction to security threats-Virus, Worms, Trojan horse, Bombs,
Trap Door, E-Mail Virus, Virus Life cycle, How virus works?, Malware, Network and
Services attack- Dos attacks, Types of Dos attacks, Methods of attacks, Examples of
attacks-SYN flooding, TCP flooding ,UDP flooding ,ICMP flooding ,Smurf, Ping of
death, Tear drop, Security threats to E-commerce-Electronic payment system, Credit
card/Debit cards, Smart cards, E- money, Electronic Fund Transfer, E-commerce
security System, Electronic Cash, Digital Signatures

UNIT – V:
Introduction to Computer Forensics: computer crimes, evidence, extraction,
preservation, etc. Overview of hardware and operating systems: structure of
storage media/devices; windows/Macintosh/ Linux -- registry, boot process, file
systems, file metadata. Data recovery: identifying hidden data,
Encryption/Decryption, Steganography, recovering deleted files. Digital evidence
controls: uncovering attacks that evade detection by Event Viewer, Task Manager,
and other Windows GUI tools, data acquisition, disk imaging, recovering swap files,
temporary &cache files, Computer Forensic tools, Network Forensic. Computer crime
and Legal issues: Intellectual property, privacy issues, Criminal Justice system for
forensic, audit/investigative situations and digital crime scene, investigative
procedure/standards for extraction, preservation, and deposition of legal evidence
in a court of law.

UNIT – VI:
Fundamentals of Cyber Law: Evolution of the IT Act, Genesis and Necessity , Salient
features of the IT Act, 2000, various authorities under IT Act and their powers,
Penalties & Offences, amendments, Impact on other related Acts Cyber Space
Jurisdiction - Jurisdiction issues under IT Act, 2000- Traditional principals of Jurisdiction
- Extra-terrestrial Jurisdiction- Case Laws on Cyber Space Jurisdiction Sensitive
Personal Data or Information (SPDI) in Cyber Law (a) SPDI Definition and Reasonable
Security Practices in India (b) Reasonable Security Practices – International
perspective

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Cyber Security- Understanding Cyber Crimes, Computer Forensics and Legal
Perspectives, Nina Godbole and Sunit Belpure, Wiley
2. Fundamentals of Cyber Security, Mayank Bhusan, Rajkumar Singh Rathore, Aatif
Jamshed, BPB Publications
3. Cyber Law & Cyber Crimes, Advocate Prashant Mali, Snow White Publications,
Mumbai

REFERENCES:
1. Computer Forensics and Cyber Crime: An Introduction, Marjie T. Britz, 3rd Edition,
2013
2. Digital Forensics with Open-Source Tools. Cory Altheide and Harlan Carvey,
Elsevier, 2011(ISBN: 978-1-59749- 586-8)
3. Network Forensics: Tracking Hackers Through Cyberspace, Sherri Davidoff,
Jonathan Ham Prentice Hall, 2012
4. Cyber Law in India, Farooq Ahmad, Pioneer Books
5. Information Technology Law and Practice, Vakul Sharma, Universal Law
Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. L T/P/D C
3 0 3
(19OE1IT09) FUNDAMENTALS OF DATA SCIENCE

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To learn concepts, techniques and tools they need to deal with various facets of
data science practice, including data collection and integration
• To exploring data analysis, predictive modeling, descriptive modeling, data
product creation, evaluation, and effective communication
• To understand the basic knowledge of algorithms and reasonable programming
experience and some familiarity with basic linear algebra and basic probability
and statistics
• To identify the importance of recommendation systems and data visualization
techniques

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand basic terms what Statistical Inference means. Identify probability
distributions commonly used as foundations for statistical modeling. Fit a model to
data
CO-2: Discuss the significance of exploratory data analysis (EDA) in data science
and to apply basic tools (plots, graphs, summary statistics) to carry out EDA
CO-3: Apply basic machine learning algorithms and to identify common
approaches used for Feature Generation
CO-4: Analyze fundamental mathematical and algorithmic ingredients that
constitute a Recommendation Engine and to Build their own recommendation
system using existing components

UNIT – I:
Introduction: What is Data Science? - Big Data and Data Science hype – and
getting past the hype - Why now? – Datafication - Current landscape of
perspectives - Skill sets needed - Statistical Inference - Populations and samples -
Statistical modeling, probability distributions, fitting a model - Intro to R

UNIT – II:
Exploratory Data Analysis and the Data Science Process: Basic tools (plots, graphs
and summary statistics) of EDA - Philosophy of EDA - The Data Science Process -
Case Study: Real Direct (online real estate firm) - Three Basic Machine Learning
Algorithms-Linear Regression - k-Nearest Neighbors (k-NN) - k-means

UNIT – III:
One More Machine Learning Algorithm and Usage in Applications - Motivating
application: Filtering Spam - Why Linear Regression and k-NN are poor choices for
Filtering Spam - Naive Bayes and why it works for Filtering Spam

UNIT – IV:
Data Wrangling: APIs and other tools for scrapping the Web - Feature Generation
and Feature Selection (Extracting Meaning From Data) - Motivating application: user
(customer) retention - Feature Generation (brainstorming, role of domain expertise,
and place for imagination) - Feature Selection algorithms – Filters; Wrappers;
Decision Trees; Random Forests

UNIT – V:
Recommendation Systems: Building a User-Facing Data Product - Algorithmic
ingredients of a Recommendation Engine - Dimensionality Reduction - Singular
Value Decomposition - Principal Component Analysis - Exercise: build your own
recommendation system - Mining Social-Network Graphs - Social networks as graphs
- Clustering of graphs - Direct discovery of communities in graphs - Partitioning of
graphs - Neighbourhood properties in graphs

UNIT – VI:
Data Visualization: Basic principles, ideas and tools for data visualization 3 - Examples
of inspiring (industry) projects - Exercise: create your own visualization of a complex
dataset - Data Science and Ethical Issues - Discussions on privacy, security, ethics - A
look back at Data Science - Next-generation data scientists

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Doing Data Science, Straight Talk From The Frontline. Cathy O’Neil and Rachel
Schutt, O’Reilly, 2014
2. Mining of Massive Datasets v2.1, Jure Leskovek, Anand Rajaraman and Jeffrey
Ullman, Cambridge University Press, 2014
3. Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective, Kevin P. Murphy, 2013 (ISBN
0262018020)

REFERENCES:
1. Elements of Statistical Learning, Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani and Jerome
Friedman, 2nd Edition, 2009 (ISBN 0387952845)
2. Foundations of Data Science, Avrim Blum, John Hopcroft and Ravindran Kannan
3. Data Mining and Analysis: Fundamental Concepts and Algorithms, Mohammed
J. Zaki and Wagner Miera Jr. Cambridge University Press, 2014
4. Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques, Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber and Jian
Pei, 3rd Edition, 2011 (ISBN 0123814790)
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. L T/P/D C
3 0 3
(19OE1AE05) INTRODUCTION TO ADVANCED VEHICLE TECHNOLOGIES

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: None

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the layout of an automobile and functionalities chassis elements
• To provide the concepts of automotive electrical systems and electric & hybrid
vehicles
• To present various intelligent automotive systems and levels of vehicle autonomy

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Explain the functionalities of automotive systems and subsystems
CO-2: Discuss the concepts of automotive electrical systems and electric & hybrid
vehicles
CO-3: Describe various intelligent automotive systems and levels of vehicle
autonomy

UNIT – I:
Introduction: Classification of automobiles, layout of an automobile and types of
bodies.
Automotive Chassis: Introduction to chassis systems - engine, cooling, lubrication,
fuel feed, ignition, electrical, driveline - clutch, transmission, propeller shaft,
differential, axles, wheels and tyres, steering, suspension and braking.

UNIT – II:
Engine: Working principle of four stoke and two stroke SI and CI engines, fuel system
– layout of petrol and diesel fuel systems, electronic fuel injection - multi-point fuel
injection, gasoline direct injection, common rail direct injection.

UNIT – III:
Electrical System: Simple automotive wiring diagram and components of electrical
system, starting system – starter circuit, standard Bendix and over running clutch
drive, charging system – alternator, cut-outs and regulators, ignition system -
conventional and electronic ignition system.

UNIT – IV:
Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Electric vehicle – Layout, components, configurations,
advantages and limitations. Hybrid vehicle - Concepts of hybrid electric drivetrain
based on hybridization and powertrain configuration, architecture of series, parallel
and series-parallel hybrid electric drivetrains, modes of operation, merits and
demerits.

UNIT – V:
Intelligent Vehicle Systems: Automotive navigation, night vision, head-up display,
airbag, seat belt tightening system, immobilizers, adaptive cruise control, forward
collision warning, lane departure warning and anti-lock braking system.
UNIT – VI:
Autonomous Vehicles: Levels of automation, research, challenges, commercial
development, sensor systems, sensor suits, environmental challenges, graceful
degradation, V2V and V2I communication, sharing the drive, integrity, security,
verification and policy implications.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Advanced Vehicle Technology, Heinz Heisler, Butterworth Heinemann, 2002
2. Intelligent Vehicle Technologies: Theory and Applications, Ljubo Vlacic, Michel
Parent and Fumio Harashima, Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, 2001
3. Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory
and Design, Mehrdad Ehsani, Yimin Gao, Sebastien E. Gay and Ali Emadi, CRS
Press, 2004

REFERENCES:
1. Automotive Mechanics, Giri N. K., Khanna Publications, 2006
2. Automotive Electrical Equipment, Kohli P. L., Tata McGraw Hill Co., Ltd., New
Delhi, 1975
3. Electric and Hybrid Vehicles – Design Fundamentals, Iqbal Husain, CRC Press,
2010
4. Autonomous Vehicle Technology-A Guide for Policymakers, James M. Anderson,
Nidhi Kalra, Karlyn D. Stanley, Paul Sorensen, Constantine Samaras, Oluwatobi A.
Oluwatola, RAND Corporation, Santa Monica, Calif., 2016
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. L T/P/D C
3 0 3
(19OE1CS12) INTRODUCTION TO APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT WITH C#

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To create an integrated development environment for object-oriented C#
programs
• To build website menus with CSS and JavaScript
• To relate programming language constructs and problem solving techniques
• To analyze and Apply modifications to C# programs that solve real-world
problems

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand the fundamentals of HTML5 and define the styles for web pages
using CSS
CO-2: Create web pages and add dynamic behavior to web pages using
Javascript
CO-3: Communicate with the database using SQL
CO-4: Develop a simple CUI [Character User Interface] based application using C#
& SQL

UNIT – I:
Computer, Software Engineering Fundamentals & OOP: Introduction to Computer
Basics, Basics of Network, Networking Levels and Layers and Protocols, Protocol
Stacks, Networking and Internet Service, Software Engineering Fundamentals -
Overview of Requirement Analysis, Overview of Software Design, Overview of
Software Implementation, Overview of Testing, Overview of Software Maintenance,
Overview of Configuration management and version
Control, Agile Basics, OOP - Object Oriented Concepts, Objects and Classes,
Principles in Object-
Oriented technology
Usecase: Create a class for BankAccount

UNIT – II:
HTML & CSS: Introduction to Web Technology, Introduction to HTML5, HTML5
Elements, Semantic Elements, Table, List, Working with Links, Image Handling, Form-
Input Elements, HTML5 Form elements, HTML5 Attributes, Video & Audio, iframes, CSS
- Introduction to CSS3, CSS Syntax, CSS Styling, Text and Fonts properties, CSS
Selectors, Different color schemes, CSS Borders, CSS Margins, CSS Backgrounds
Use Case: Create a website for college
UNIT – III:
JavaScript, RDBMS Concepts and SQL: JavaScript basics, Functions in Javascript,
Javascript validation, Events, Javascript event handling, JavaScript Strings,
JavaScript Dates, Array in Javascript, Document Object Model (Window, Frame,
Navigator Objects), Working with Document Object (Its Properties and methods,
Cookie handling), Introduction to RDBMS Concepts, Introduction to SQL, Creating
and Managing Tables, Data Manipulation, Basic SQL SELECT Statements, Scalar &
Aggregate Functions, Joins & Subqueries, Views & Index
Use Case: Apply validations for Telephone Complaint Registration Form
Use Case: Create student table for College Management System(CMS)

UNIT – IV:
Introduction to C# Programming: Introduction to .NET Framework 4.5 - What is .NET
Framework, .NET Framework, Languages, and Tools, .NET Framework Major
Components, Common Language Runtime (CLR), Compilation and Execution in
.NET, Understand the .NET Framework 4.5stack, Exploring VS2017, Introduction to C#
6.0 - Features of C#, C# Compilation and Execution, General Structure of a C#
Program, Creating and Using a DLL
Use Case: Create a Console Application (.exe) project called CalcClientApp

UNIT – V:
Language Fundamentals of C#: Language Fundamentals - Keywords, Value Types
and Reference Types, Implicit and explicit type conversions, Boxing and Unboxing,
Enum, Operators and Assignments,Variables and Literals, Flow
Control: C# Control Statements, Nullable, Classes and Objects, Strings, Array,
Generic Collections
Use Case: Store employee objects using Generic Collections

UNIT – VI:
Basics of ADO.NET: Various Connection Architectures, Understanding ADO.NET and
its class library, Important Classes in ADO.NET, Connection Class, Command Class,
DataReader Class, DataAdapter Class, DataSet Class
Use Case: Implement ADO.NET classes that belong to both Connected and
Disconnected Architectures

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Web Programming, Building Internet Applications, Chris Bates, 2nd Edition, Wiley
Dreamtech
2. Introduction to Database Systems, C. J. Date, Pearson Education
3. Professional C# 2012 with .NET 4.5, Christian Nagel et al. Wiley India, 2012

REFERENCES:
1. Programming World Wide Web, Sebesta, Pearson
2. Internet and World Wide Web – How to Program, Dietel and Nieto PHI/Pearson
Education Asia
3. Database Development and Management, Lee Chao, Auerbach Publications,
Taylor & Francis Group
4. Pro C# 2010 and the .NET 4 Platform, Andrew Troelsen, 5th Edition, A Press, 2010
5. Programming C# 4.0, Ian Griffiths, Matthew Adams, Jesse Liberty, 6th Edition,
O‟Reilly, 2010
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. L T/P/D C
3 0 3
(19OE1CS13) INTRODUCTION TO APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT WITH JAVA

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To create an integrated development environment for object-oriented Java
programs
• To build website menus with CSS and JavaScript
• To relate programming language constructs and problem solving techniques
• To analyze and Apply modifications to Java programs that solve real-world
problems

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand the fundamentals of HTML5 and define the styles for web pages
using CSS
CO-2: Create web pages and add dynamic behavior to web pages using
Javascript
CO-3: Communicate with the database using SQL
CO-4: Develop a simple CUI [Character User Interface] based application using
Java & SQL

UNIT – I:
Computer: Computer Fundamentals, Preface to Networks, Networking Levels, Layers
of Computer Networks, Protocol Stacks, Networking, and Internet Service
Software Engineering Fundamentals: Introduction, Requirements Collection &
Analysis, Fundamentals of Software Design, Software Implementation, Types of
Testing, Software Maintenance, Overview of Configuration management and
version Control Tools, Basics of Agile Process
Object Oriented Programming: Object Oriented Paradigm, Classes and Objects,
Principles in Object- Oriented technology
Use Case: Create a class for Bank Account

UNIT – II:
HTML: Introduction to Web Technology, HTML5 Introduction, HTML5 Elements,
Semantic Elements, Table, List, Links in HTML5, Handling of Images, Form Elements,
HTML5 Form elements and Attributes, Video & Audio, iframes
Style Sheets:
Introduction to CascadingStyleSheet3, CSS Syntax, CSS Styling, Text and Fonts
properties, CSS Selectors, Color schemes, CSS Borders, CSS Margins, CSS
Backgrounds
Use Case: Design a website for college
UNIT – III:
JavaScript: Introduction to JavaScript, JavaScript Functions, JavaScript validation,
Event handling in JavaScript, JavaScript Strings, JavaScript Dates, Array in
JavaScript, Document Object Model (Window, Frame, Navigator Objects),
Document Object (Its Properties and methods, Cookie handling),
RDBMS Concepts and SQL: Introduction to RDBMS Concepts, Introduction to SQL,
Creating and Managing Tables, Data Manipulation, Basic SQL SELECT Statements,
Scalar & Aggregate Functions, Joins & Subqueries, Views & Index
Use Case: Check the validations for Telephone Complaint Registration Form
Use Case: Create student table for College Management System (CMS)

UNIT – IV:
Introduction to Java: Java Environment, Java Fundamentals - Keywords, Primitive
Data Types, Operators and Assignments, Java’s Control Statements, Wrapper
Classes, Using Scanner Class, Strings - String Handling functions, Array - One
dimensional array, Array of Objects, Using Arrays class, variable length arguments
Use Case: To keep track of customers data who are buying products from a store

UNIT – V:
The Collection Framework: Lists – Array List, LinkedList, Stack, Vector, Set – HashSet,
Linked Hash Set, Tree Set, Map – HashMap, Linked HashMap, Hash table. Retrieving
Elements from Collections – Enumeration, Iterator, List Iterator, String Tokenizer –
Sorting using Comparable and Comparator.
Use Case: Store employee objects using collection framework

UNIT – VI:
JDBC: Overview of JDBC, JDBC Architecture, Types of JDBC Drivers. Process SQL with
JDBC - Create Connection, Query, Update
Use Case: Write the menu driven program using JDBC which will have following
options
a. Store
b. Display by id
c. Delete by id
d. Update salary by id
e. Exit

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Web Programming, Building Internet Applications, Chris Bates, 2nd Edition, Wiley
Dreamtech
2. Introduction to Database Systems, C. J. Date, Pearson Education
3. Big Java, Cay Horstmann, John Wiley and Sons, 2nd Edition

REFERENCES:
1. Programming World Wide Web, Sebesta, Pearson
2. Internet and World Wide Web – How to program, Dietel and Nieto PHI/Pearson
Education Asia
3. Database Development and Management, Lee Chao, Auerbach Publications,
Taylor & Francis Group
4. Java How to Program, H. M. Dietel and P. J. Dietel, 6th Edition, Pearson
Education/PHI
5. Core Java 2, Vol. 1, Fundamentals, CayS. Horstmann and Gary Cornell, 7th
Edition, Pearson Education
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. L T/P/D C
3 0 3
(19OE1CS14) INTRODUCTION TO APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT WITH PYTHON

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To create an integrated development environment for object-oriented Python
programs
• To build website menus with CSS and JavaScript
• To relate programming language constructs and problem solving techniques
• To analyze and Apply modifications to Python programs that solve real-world
problems

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand the fundamentals of HTML5 and define the styles for web pages
using CSS
CO-2: Create web pages and add dynamic behavior to web pages using
Javascript
CO-3: Communicate with the database using SQL
CO-4: Develop a simple CUI [Character User Interface] based application using
Python & SQL

UNIT – I:
Concepts of Networks, Overview of Software Engineering & OOP: Computer Basics,
Network basics, Networking Levels, Layers and Protocols, Protocol Stacks,
Networking and services of Internet
Software Engineering lifecycle - Overview of Requirement Analysis, Software Design,
Implementation of software, Outline of Testing, Maintenance, Configuration
management and version Control, Agile fundamentals
OOP - Object Oriented Concepts, OOP Principles
Use Case: Create a class for Employee Account

UNIT – II:
Introduction to Web Technology: Overview of Web Technology, Introduction to
HTML5, HTML5 Elements, Semantic Elements, Table, List, Links, Image Handling, Form-
Input Elements, HTML5 Form elements, HTML5 Attributes, Video & Audio, iframes,
CSS - Introduction to CSS3, CSS Syntax, CSS Styling, Text and Fonts properties, CSS
Selectors, Different color schemes, CSS Borders, Margins, Backgrounds
Use Case: Create a website for an institution

UNIT – III:
Outline of JavaScript, RDBMS Concepts and SQL: JavaScript basics, Functions
,validations, Events, handling events ,Strings, Dates, Arrays, DOM(Window, Frame,
Navigator Objects), Document Object -Properties and methods, handling of
Cookies,
RDBMS Concepts, SQL, Management of Tables, Manipulation of tables, SQL SELECT
Statements, Scalar & Aggregate Functions, Joins &Sub queries, Views & Index
Use Case: Apply validations for Telephone Complaint Registration Form
Use Case: Create student table for College Management System (CMS)
UNIT – IV:
Introduction to Python: Introduction, Features of Python, Versions, Keywords and
Identifiers, Statements & Comments, Variables, Datatypes, Type Conversion, I/O and
import, Language Fundamentals - Operators, Namespace, Modules in Python,
Python DateTime
Use Case: Develop an application using Python for accepting your personal details
and display the same

UNIT – V:
Classes and Objects: Classes and Objects in Python? Advantages of Using Classes
in Python, Defining a Class in Python, Creating an Object in Python, The self,
The_init_() function in Python, class and instance variables, Python Inheritance and
its Types, Strings, Lists, Sets, Tuples, Dictionary
Use Case: Store employee objects using various data structures

UNIT – VI:
Advance Concepts in Python: Array - What is an Array, Difference between Array
and List in Python, Creating an Array, Accessing a Python Array Element, Basic
Operations of Arrays, Functions - Creating a Function, Calling a Function, Pass by
reference vs value, Required arguments, Keyword arguments, Default arguments,
Variable-length arguments, The Anonymous Functions, The return Statement, Global
vs. Local variables, Modules - What is a Module?, Create a Module, Use a Module,
Variables in Module, Naming a Module, Renaming a Module, Built-in Modules, Using
the dir() Function, Import From Module, Packages, NumPy
Use Case: Develop an application for Hospital Management System(HMS)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Web Programming, Building Internet Applications, Chris Bates, 2nd Edition, Wiley
Dreamtech
2. Introduction to Database Systems, C. J. Date, Pearson Education
3. Python Programming: A Modern Approach, Vamsi Kurama, Pearson

REFERENCES:
1. Programming World Wide Web, Sebesta, Pearson
2. Internet and World Wide Web – How to Program, Dietel and Nieto, PHI/Pearson
Education Asia
3. Database Development and Management, Lee Chao, Auerbach Publications,
Taylor & Francis Group
4. Core Python Programming, W. Chun, Pearson
5. Introduction to Python, Kenneth A. Lambert, Cengage
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PC1EC30) PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Network Analysis, Advanced Calculus, Linear and Digital IC

applications

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand characteristics of discrete time signals and systems
• To analyze and process signals using various transform techniques
• To understand various factors involved in design of digital filters
• To understand the features of TMS24XX processors

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Understand and analyze discrete signals and systems
CO-2: Analyze the transformation techniques and their computation
CO-3: Design digital filters from analog filters
CO-4: Realization of digital filters and understand the architecture of DSP Processors

UNIT – I:
Introduction: Classification of Continuous time Signals & Systems. Linear shift invariant
systems, stability and causality-Introduction to digital signal processing, Sampling of
Continuous signals- -Sampling Process-Sampling Theorem. Classification of discrete
time signals and sequences- Discrete time systems

UNIT – II:
Fourier Analysis: Introduction to Discrete Fourier series, Discrete Fourier Transform:
Properties of Discrete Fourier Transform, linear convolution and circular convolution
of sequences using DFT, Computation of DFT, Relation between DFT and Z-Transform.
Fast Fourier Transform: Radix -2 decimation in time and decimation in frequency FFT
algorithms, Inverse FFT

UNIT – III:
Z- Transform: Introduction to Z-transform, Properties of Z- Transform, Inverse Z-
Transform, Application of Z- Transforms for Linear constant coefficient difference
equations, Realization of Digital filters, system function – stability criterion.

UNIT – IV:
IIR Filters: Analog filter approximations-Design of Butterworth Chebyshev filters,
Design of IIR digital filter from analog filter using- impulse invariant and bilinear
transformation techniques, design examples, realization of IIR filters-direct, canonic,
cascade, and parallel forms.

UNIT – V:
FIR Filters: Characteristics of FIR Digital Filters, Frequency response, Design of FIR filters
using – Rectangular, Hamming, Bartlett- windows, frequency sampling technique,
comparison of FIR and IIR filters, realization of FIR filters-direct, cascade forms.
UNIT – VI:
Digital Signal Processors: Introduction – Architecture – Features – Addressing Formats
– Functional modes - Introduction to Commercial Processors- Generation of PWM
Signals Using DSP Processor

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms and Applications, John G. Proakis,
D. G. Manolakis, 3rd Edition, PHI-2007
2. Discrete Time Signal Processing, A. V. Oppenheim and R. W. Schaffer, PHI, 2009
3. TMS 320F 24xx Manuals

REFERENCES:
1. Digital Signal Processing - Fundamentals and Applications, Li Tan, Elsevier, 2008
2. Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing using MATLAB, Robert J. Schilling,
Sandra L. Harris, Thomson, 2007
3. Digital Signal Processing, S. Salivahanan, A. Vallavaraj, C. Gnanapriya, TMH, 2009
4. Discrete Systems and Digital Signal Processing with MATLAB, Taan S, El Ali, CRC
Press, 2009
5. Digital Signal Processor: Architecture, Programming & Application, P. Venkata
Ramani, M. Bhaskar, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PC1EE10) SWITCHGEAR AND PROTECTION

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Electrical Machines – II & III, Power System-II, Circuit Theory

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the need of protection of electric equipment and their protection
schemes
• To introduce all kinds of circuit breakers and relays for protection of Generators,
Transformers, and feeder bus bars from Over voltages and other electrical
hazards
• To understand operations & characteristics of various static relays
• To explore digital protection and applications of PMUs in power system
protection
• To explore and applications of AI in power system Protection

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Understand the operation of various types of circuit breakers and relays
CO-2: Application of various protection schemes of various power system
components like alternators, transformers, and busbars
CO-3: Understand the operation of static relays
CO-4: Understand PMU and its application in power system
CO-5: Apply AI to Power system Protection

UNIT – I:
Circuit Breakers: Elementary principles of arc interruption, Recovery, Restriking
Voltage Max. RRRV and Numerical Problems. CB ratings, Description and Operation
of following types of circuit breakers: Minimum Oil Circuit breakers, Air Blast Circuit
Breakers, Vacuum and SF6 circuit breakers.

UNIT – II:
Protective Relays: Essential qualities of protective relaying, conceptof
Electromagnetic Relays, Universal torque equation, over current, Directional relays,
Travelling wave based linedirectional(TW32) and Differential (TW87)Relay.
Distance Relays: Impedance, Reactance and Mho Relays, Characteristics of
Distance Relays and Comparison.

UNIT – III:
Equipment Protection Schemes: Differential Protection scheme of Generators,
Negative Sequence Relay, Protection of Transformers: Percentage Differential
Protection, Numerical Problem on Design of CT’s Ratio, Buchholz relay Protection,
Differential Over-Current protection of Bus bars. Three-zone distance relay protection
using Impedance relays, Peterson Coil Grounding.

UNIT – IV:
Static Relays: Basic construction of Static Relays, Advantages of static relays –
Instantaneous over current relay, General equation for comparators, Phase
comparator, Amplitude Comparator - Duality between amplitude and phase
comparators.

UNIT – V:
Digital Protection: Introduction to Numerical protection, Digital protection
Technology Overview-Digital Relay Architecture, Signal path in Numerical Relay,
Digital Relaying Algorithm, Fault location; Introduction to PMU and its use.

UNIT – VI:
AI-based Power system Protection: Introduction to Artificial Neural Network (ANN),
Application of Artificial Intelligence to Power System Protection (Digital Relaying),
Application of ANN to Overcurrent Protection, Transmission line Protection, Power
transformer protection and Generator protection.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Switchgear and Protection, J. B. Gupta, S. K. Katari & Sons, 2013
2. Static Relays, T. S. Madhava Rao, 2nd Edition, TMH, 1989
3. Computer Relaying for Power Systems, Arun G. Phadke and James S. Thorp, 2nd
Edition, Wiley

REFERENCES:
1. Power System Protection and Switch Gear, Badri Ram and D. N. Vishwakarma,
McGraw Hill Professional
2. Extra High Voltage AC Transmission Engineering, Rakosh Das Begamudre, 3rd
Edition, New Age International Publishers
3. Switchgear Protection and Power System, Sunil S. Rao, 13th Edition, Khanna Book
Publishing Co. (P) Ltd.
4. Fundamentals of Power Sytems, Y. G. Paitankar, S. R. Bhinde, 2nd Edition, PHI
Publication

WEBLINKS:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/105/108105167/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/107/108107167/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117/107/117107148/
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EE07) HIGH VOLTAGE ENGINEERING

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Electro Magnetic Field Theory, Circuit Theory, Advanced

Physics

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the Gaseous, liquid and solid dielectric behavior under High
Voltage
• To understand the generation methods of High A.C, D.C & Impulse Voltages
required for various application
• To understand the measuring techniques of High A.C., D.C & Impulse voltages
and currents
• To understand the testing techniques for High Voltage Equipment

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of this course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Understand various applications and breakdown phenomenon in dielectric
medium
CO-2: Realize the necessity to generate High A.C, D.C & Impulse voltages
CO-3: Analyze the measuring and testing techniques for High A.C, D.C and Impulse
voltages
CO-4: Appreciate overvoltage phenomenon and basics of insulation coordination

UNIT – I:
Introduction to High Voltage Technology and Applications: Electric Field Stresses,
Gas / Vacuum as Insulator, Liquid Dielectrics, Solids and Composites, Estimation and
Control of Electric Stress, Numerical methods for electric field computation, Surge
voltages, their distribution and control, Applications of insulating materials in
Transformers, Rotating machines, Circuit Breakers, Cables and Bushings.

UNIT – II:
Break Down in Gaseous, Liquid and Solid Dielectrics: Gases as Insulating media,
Collision process, Ionization process, Townsend’s criteria of breakdown in gases,
Paschen’s law. Liquid as Insulator, Breakdown in pure and commercial liquids.
Intrinsic breakdown, Electromechanical breakdown, Thermal breakdown,
Breakdown of solid dielectrics in practice, Breakdown in composite dielectrics.

UNIT – III:
Generation of High Voltages and Currents: Generation of High Direct Current
Voltages, Generation of High Alternating Voltages, Generation of Impulse Voltages,
Generation of Impulse currents, Tripping and Control of Impulse Generators.

UNIT – IV:
Measurement of High Voltages and Currents: Measurement of High Direct Current
Voltages, Measurement of High Voltages Alternating and Impulse, Measurement of
High Currents - Direct, Alternating and Impulse, Oscilloscope for Impulse Voltage and
Current Measurements.
UNIT – V:
Non – Distractive Testing of Material and Electric Apparatus, High Voltage Testing of
Electrical Apparatus: Measurement of D.C Resistivity, Measurement of Dielectric
Constant and loss factor, Partial discharge measurements.
Testing of Isolators and Circuit Breakers, Testing of Cables, Testing of Transformers,
Testing of Surge Arresters, Radio Interference Measurements.

UNIT – VI:
Over Voltage Phenomenon and Insulation Coordination: Natural causes for over
voltages – Lightning phenomenon, Over voltage due to switching surges, System
Faults and other abnormal conditions, Principles of Insulation Coordination on High
voltage and Extra High Voltage power systems.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. High Voltage Engineering, M. S. Naidu and V. Kamaraju 3rd Edition, TMH
Publications
2. High Voltage Engineering: Fundamentals, E. Kuffel, W. S. Zaengl, J. Kuffel, 2nd
Edition, Elsevier

REFERENCES:
1. High Voltage Engineering, C. L. Wadhwa, New Age International (P) Limited, 1997
2. High Voltage Insulation Engineering, Ravindra Arora, Wolfgang Mosch, New Age
International (P) Limited, 2015
3. Extra High Voltage A. C. Transmission Engineering, Rakosh Das Begamudre,
Revised Edition, New Age International, 2007
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EE08) SWITCHED MODE POWER CONVERSION

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Power Electronics, Electronic Devices and Circuits

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand various modes of operation of DC-DC Converter
• To analyze control aspects of converter
• To design various Switched Mode Power Supply components
• To get awareness on EMI, Protection of converter system

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Analyze various modes of operation of DC-DC converter
CO-2: Understand various components of dc-dc converter
CO-3: Acquire the knowledge of EMI and thermal considerations
CO-4: Model a dc-dc converter using state space approach

UNIT – I:
Introduction: Linear converters Vs switching converters. basic principles of switch-
mode power conversion, concept of steady state in switching converters, volt-
second and ampere-second balance equations
Non-Isolated Converters: Steady state analysis of Buck Converter, Boost Converter
for both continuous conduction modes of operation and Buck - Boost converter,
sepic converter for continuous conduction mode of operation.

UNIT – II:
Introduction to Isolated DC-DC converters: Steady state analysis of isolated Fly back
Converter, Forward Converter, Half-Bridge and Full Bridge Converters, Continuous
conduction mode converters, Choice of switching frequency.

UNIT – III:
Magnetic Design: Selection of energy storage inductor, Design of high frequency
Inductor and high frequency transformer Design of Buck and Boost Converter.

UNIT – IV:
Modelling of Converter: Basic converter circuit components modelling-Block
diagram representation of Converter. Modelling of system representation: State
Space Model, Average Model of Converter and Transfer Function Model. State
space model of RC,RLC Circuit and DC-DC Converter(Buck,Boost).

UNIT – V:
Resonant Converters: Introduction- Need of resonant converter Classification of
Resonant Converters-Basic Resonant Circuit Concepts-Load-resonant Converters-
Resonant Transition Converters: Zero Voltage Switching and Zero Current Switching
converters
UNIT – VI:
Electro Magnetic Interference (EMI): EMI Filter Components, Conducted EMI
suppression, Radiated EMI suppression, Measurement.
Applications: High-Frequency Power Sources for Fluorescent Lamps and Low-Input-
Voltage Regulators for Laptop Computers and Portable Electronics.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Power Electronics, Robert W. Erickson and Dragan Maksimovic,
Reprint of the Original 2nd Edition, Springer, 2012
2. Power-Switching Converters, Simon Ang, Alejandro Oliva, 3rd Edition, CRC Press,
2010
3. Power Electronics, M. H. Rashid, Prentice-Hall of India

REFERENCES:
1. Power Electronics Converters, Application and Design, Mohan N. Undeland T. &
Robbins W., 3rd Edition, John Wiley, 2002
2. Design of Magnetic Components for Switched Mode Power Converters,
Umanand L., Bhat S. R., Wiley Eastern Ltd.,1992
3. Fundamentals of Power Electronics, Robert. W. Erickson, D. Maksimovic, Springer
International Edition, 2005
4. NPTEL Course Material on Switched Mode Power Conversion, V. Ramanarayanan
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EE09) ELECTRIC VEHICLE

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Electrical Machines

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To study the different drive train configurations of electric vehicles
• To propose the various propulsion and energy storage systems for EHVs
• To know the sizing of propulsion motors and other systems involved in EH vehicles
• To carry out different design case studies of EHV and BEVs

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Assess the performance, societal and environmental impact of EHVs having
known their past history
CO-2: Implement various drive train topologies and control strategies in Electric and
Hybrid vehicles
CO-3: Recommend, Design/Size and Control different electric propulsion units and
other components of EHVs and BEVs
CO-4: Appropriately select the energy storage system and strategize its
management in EHVs

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Electric Vehicles: History of hybrid and electric vehicles, social and
environmental importance of hybrid and electric vehicles, impact of modern drive-
trains on energy supplies. Conventional Vehicles: Basics of vehicle performance,
Forces acting on a vehicle, vehicle power source (plant) characteristics, transmission
characteristics: Manual, Hydro-dynamic and Continuously Variable Transmissions,
mathematical model of vehicle.

UNIT – II:
Electric Drive-Trains: Advantages of Electric Vehicles (EVs), Basic concept of electric
vehicle traction, introduction to various electric drive-train topologies, Electric
Vehicle Performance, power flow control, fuel efficiency analysis.

UNIT – III:
Hybrid Electric Drive-Trains: Basic architecture and concept of hybrid traction,
patterns of power flow, introduction to various hybrid drive-train topologies, power
flow control in hybrid drive-train topologies, fuel efficiency analysis.

UNIT – IV:
Electric Propulsion Unit: Introduction to electric components used in hybrid and
electric vehicles, Configuration and control of DC Motor drives, Configuration and
control of Induction Motor drives, configuration and control of Permanent Magnet
Motor drives, Configuration and control of Switch Reluctance Motor drives, drive
system efficiency, axial flux machine topologies for EV applications.
UNIT – V:
Sizing of the Drive System: Matching the electric machine and the internal
combustion engine (ICE), Sizing of the propulsion motor, Sizing of engine-generator,
Sizing the power electronics based on Switch Technology - Switching Frequency and
Ripple capacitor design, selecting the energy storage technology, Supporting
subsystems.

UNIT – VI:
Energy Storage and Energy Management Strategies: Energy Storage Requirements in
Hybrid and Electric Vehicles, batteries, fuel cell and super capacitors and flywheel-
based energy storage. Introduction to energy management strategies in HEVs,
classification of different energy management strategies, comparison of different
energy management strategies, implementation issues of energy management
strategies.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals, Iqbal Hussein, CRC Press,
2010
2. Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory
and Design, Mehrdad Ehsani, Yimi Gao, Sebastian E. Gay, Ali Emadi, CRC Press,
2009
3. Electric Vehicle Technology Explained, James Larminie, John Lowry, Wiley, 2003

REFERENCES:
1. Hybrid Vehicle Propulsion, Jefferson C. M., Barnard R. H., WIT Press, Boston, 2002
2. Hybrid, Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles, Jack Erjavec and Jeff Arias, Cengage
Learning, 2012
3. Electric Vehicles - The Benefits and Barriers, Seref Soylu, InTech Publishers, Croatia,
2011
4. Alternative Fuel Technology – Electric, Hybrid and Fuel Cell Vehicles, Jack Erjavec
and Jeff Arias, Cengage Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2007
5. Build Your Own Electric Vehicle, Seth Leitman, McGraw Hill, New York, USA 2013
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EC20) SENSORS AND ACTUATORS

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To expose to various sensors and transducers for measuring mechanical
quantities
• To familiarize with the specifications of sensors and transducers
• To identifyfor various sensors and transducers for various applications
• To expose to various actuators

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Familiarize with classification and characteristics of various sensors and
transducers
CO-2: Familiarize with the principle and working of various sensors and transducers
CO-3: Familiarize with the principle and working of various Actuatots
CO-4: Select proper transducer / sensor/Actuator for a specific measurement
application

UNIT – I:
Sensors & Transducers: Principles, Classification, Parameters, Characteristics,
Environmental Parameters (EP), Characterization. Mechanical and
Electromechanical Sensors: Introduction, Resistive Potentiometer, Strain Gauge,
Resistance Strain Gauge, Semiconductor Strain Gauges, Inductive Sensors- Sensitivity
and Linearity of the Sensor, Types- Capacitive Sensors, Electrostatic Transducer,
Force/Stress Sensors using Quartz Resonators, Ultrasonic Sensors.

UNIT – II:
Thermal Sensors: Introduction, Gas thermometric Sensors, Thermal Expansion Type
Thermometric Sensors, Acoustic Temperature Sensor, Dielectric Constant and
Refractive Index Thermo-sensors, Helium Low Temperature Thermometer, Nuclear
Thermometer, Magnetic Thermometer, Resistance Change Type Thermometric
Sensors, Thermo-EMF Sensors, Junction Semiconductor Types, Thermal Radiation
Sensors, Quartz Crystal Thermo-electric Sensors, NQR Thermometry, Spectroscopic
Thermometry, Noise Thermometry, Heat Flux Sensors.

UNIT – III:
Magnetic Sensors: Introduction, Sensors and the Principles Behind, Magneto-resistive
Sensors, Anisotropic Magneto-resistive Sensing, Semiconductor Magneto-resistors,
Hall Effect and Sensors, Inductance and Eddy Current Sensors, Angular/Rotary
Movement, Transducers, Synchros, Synchroresolvers, Eddy Current Sensors,
Electromagnetic Flowmeter, Switching Magnetic Sensors, SQUID Sensors.

UNIT – IV:
Radiation Sensors: Introduction – Basic Characteristics – Types of
Photosensistors/Photo detectors– X-ray and Nuclear Radiation Sensors– Fiber Optic
Sensors. Electro Analytical Sensors: Introduction – The Electrochemical Cell – The Cell
Potential – Standard Hydrogen Electrode (SHE) – Liquid Junction and Other
Potentials – Polarization – Concentration Polarization-– Reference Electrodes – Sensor
Electrodes – Electro ceramics in Gas Media.

UNIT – V:
Smart Sensors: Introduction, Primary Sensors, Excitation, Amplification, Filters,
Converters, Compensation, Information Coding/Processing, Data Communication,
Standards for Smart Sensor Interface, the Automation. Sensors Applications:
Introduction, On-board Automobile Sensors (Automotive Sensors), Home Appliance
Sensors, Aerospace Sensors, Sensors for Manufacturing, Sensors for environmental
Monitoring.

UNIT – VI:
Actuators: Pneumatic and Hydraulic Actuation Systems- Actuation systems,
Pneumatic and hydraulic systems, Directional Control valves, Pressure control valves,
Cylinders, Servo and proportional control valves, Process control valves, Rotary
actuators, Mechanical Actuation Systems Types of motion, Kinematic chains, Cams,
Gears, Ratchet and pawl, Belt and chain drives, Bearings, Mechanical aspects of
motor selection, Electrical Actuation Systems, Electrical systems, Mechanical
switches, Solid-state switches, Solenoids, D.C. Motors, A.C. Motors, Stepper motors.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Sensors and Transducers, D. Patranabis, PHI Learning Private Limited
2. Mechatronics, W. Bolton, Pearson Education Limited

REFERENCES:
1. Sensors and Actuators, Patranabis, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2013
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VI Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EC06) CPLD AND FPGA ARCHITECTURE

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Digital System Design

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce digital design concepts through various Programmable Logic
Devices
• To understand the CPLD and FPGA architectures in detail
• To analyse the physical design cycle in FPGA
• To know the various applications of CPLD and FPGAs

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Design digital applications using PLDs
CO-2: Analyze the architectural features of CPLDs, FPGAs
CO-3: Analyse Physical Design cycle for FPGA
CO-4: Implementation of various applications using FPGA

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Programmable Logic Devices: Programmable logic devices (PLD),
Simple Programmable Logic Devices (SPLD) – Read Only Memories, Programmable
Logic Arrays (PLA), Programmable Array Logic (PAL): Registered PALs, Configurable
PALS, Digital design using PLDs.

UNIT – II:
Complex Programmable Logic Devices: Features and applications of complex
programmable logic devices, Altera Max - 7000 series and Altera FLEX logic- 10K
series CPLD, Xilinx Cool Runner XCR3064XL CPLD, CPLD Implementation of a parallel
adder with accumulation.

UNIT – III:
Field Programmable Gate Arrays: Features and applications of FPGAs, advantages
and disadvantages of FPGA, architecture of FPGA, technology trends, programming
technologies, commercially Available FPGAs.

UNIT – IV:
SRAM Field Programmable Gate Arrays: SRAM Programming Technology, SRAM
Programmable FPGAs: Xilinx XC4000, Spartan-3 FPGA Architectures.
Anti-Fuse Programmed FPGAs: Anti-fuse Programming technology, The Actel ACT1,
ACT2 and ACT3 architectures.

UNIT – V:
Physical Design Implementation on FPGAs: FPGA Design flow, Physical Design cycle
for FPGAs, Partitioning, Routing-non-segmented, segmented and staggered models.

UNIT – VI:
Design Applications: General design issues, Counter design using FPGA, Designing
Adders and Accumulators with the ACT Architecture, A Fast Video Controller.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Logic Design, Charles H. Roth Jr., 5th Edition, Cengage Learning,
2004
2. Field Programmable Gate Array Technology, Stephen M. Trimberger, Springer
International Edition, 1994

REFERENCES:
1. Algorithms for VLSI Physical Design Automation, Naveed Sherwani, 3rd Edition,
Springer International Edition, 2005
2. Field-Programmable Gate Arrays, Stephen D. Brown, Springer, 1992
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EE10) ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AND AUTOMATION

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Power Systems-II, Switch Gear and Protection

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To get awareness of distribution systems for load modeling
• To understand the design & working of substations.
• To know about system protection and the coordination course outcomes.
• To know about Distribution Automation

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of this course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Analyze the Electrical Distribution system for voltage drop and power loss
calculations in lines
CO-2: Analyze optimal conductor selection for distribution systems
CO-3: Describe Distribution Automation objectives and SCADA
CO-4: Analyze the effect of series capacitor for voltage control

UNIT – I:
General Concepts: Introduction to distribution systems, Load modeling and
characteristics. Load factor, Coincidence factor, Contribution factor and Loss factor
- Relationship between the Load factor and loss factor. Classification of loads
(Residential, Commercial, Agricultural and Industrial) and their characteristics.

UNIT – II:
Distribution Feeders and Substations
Design Considerations of Distribution Feeders: Radial and loop types of primary
feeders, voltage levels, feeder loading; basic design practice of the secondary
distribution system. Substations, Location of Substations: Rating of distribution
substation, service area with 'n' primary feeders, benefits derived through optimal
location of substations.

UNIT – III:
Distribution System Analysis:
Voltage Drop and Power-loss Calculations: Derivation for voltage drop and Power
loss in lines, manual methods of solution for radial networks, three phase balanced
primary lines.

UNIT – IV:
Protection: Objectives of distribution system protection, types of common faults and
procedure for fault calculations. Protective Devices: Principle of operation of Fuses,
Circuit Reclosures, Line Sectionalizers, and Circuit Breakers, Coordination of
Protective Devices: General coordination procedure, Concepts of Smart grid and
Demand Side Management.

UNIT – V:
Voltage Control: Equipment for voltage control, effect of series capacitors, effect of
AVB/AVR, line drop compensation.
UNIT – VI:
Distribution Automation: Need for DA, Objectives & Functions of DA, SCADA,
Consumer information service, GIS, Automatic Meter Reading

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Electric Power Distribution system, Engineering, Turan Gonen, TMH
2. Electric Power Distribution, A. S. Pabla, 6th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company, 1997

REFERENCES:
1. Electrical Power Distribution and Automation, S. Sivanagaraju, V. Sankar,
Dhanpat Rai and Co.
2. Electrical Power Distribution Systems, V. Kamaraju, 2nd Edition, TMH Publishers
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EC05) INTERNET OF THINGS
(Common to EEE, ECE, EIE, CSE & IT)

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Microprocessors and Microcontrollers (19PC1EC10), Sensors

and Actuators (19PE1EC20)

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the concepts of Internet of Things
• To explore the various IoT Platforms and protocols
• To implement the web-based services on IoT devices
• To design an IoT application

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Understand the use of Devices, Gateways and Data Management in IoT
CO-2: Analyze various protocols for IoT
CO-3: Familiarize various IoT Development frameworks
CO-4: Develop various applications in IoT

UNIT – I:
Introduction: Definition and Characteristics of IoT, Physical Design of IoT, Logical
Design of IoT, IoT enabled Technologies – Wireless Sensor Networks, Cloud
Computing, Big data analytics, Communication protocols, Embedded Systems, IoT
Levels and Deployment Templates.

UNIT – II:
IoT Protocols: Message Queuing Telemetry Transport (MQTT), Secure Message
Queuing Telemetry Transport (SMQTT), Constrained Application Protocol (CoAP),
Extensible Messaging and Presence Protocol (XMPP), Advanced Message Queuing
Protocol (AMQP).

UNIT – III:
Connectivity Technologies: IEEE802.15.4, Zigbee, 6LOWPAN, Wireless HART, Z-Wave,
ISA 100, Bluetooth, NFC, RFID, LoRa and LoRaWAN

UNIT – IV:
IoT Physical Devices and Endpoints: Introduction to Raspberry PI-Interfaces (serial,
SPI, I2C) Programming – Python program with Raspberry PI with focus of interfacing
external gadgets, controlling output, reading input from pins.

UNIT – V:
IoT Platforms: Introduction to Cloud Storage models and communication APIs
Webserver – Web server for IoT, Cloud for IoT, Python web application framework
Designing a RESTful web API, Web Services for IoT.

UNIT – VI:
Domain Specific IoT Applications: Introduction, home automation, smart cities,
environment, energy, retail, logistics, agriculture, industry, Health and Lifestyle.
Design Methodology for Home Automation and Weather Monitoring.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Internet of Things: A Hands-on Approach, Vijay Madisetti, Arshdeep Bahga
2. The Internet of Things – Key Applications and Protocols, Olivier Hersent, David
Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi, Wiley, 2012
3. The Internet of Things in the Cloud: A Middleware Perspective, Honbo Zhou, CRC
Press, 2012

REFERENCES:
1. Internet of Things: Converging Technologies for Smart Environments and
Integrated Ecosystems, Dr. Ovidiu Vermesan, Dr. Peter Friess, River Publishers
2. Building the Internet of Things, Sara Cordoba, Wimer Hazenberg, Menno Huisman
BIS Publishers, 2011
3. Designing the Internet of Things, Adrian Mcewen, Hakin Cassimally, 2015
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EE11) INTEGRATION AND CONTROL OF RENEWABLE ENERGY TECHNOLOGIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To obtain necessary knowledge about the issues and interfacing requirements for
grid
• To know the principles of static and dynamic energy conversion technologies
• To understand the control issues and challenges of various renewable systems to
grid
• To have acquaintance with grid scale energy storage technologies

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of this course, the student should be able to
CO-1: Acquire knowledge on different renewable energy sources and storage
Technologies
CO-2: Recognize static and dynamic energy conversion technologies
CO-3: Analyze basic control strategies and issues associated with grid connection
CO-4: Implement an integrated control for different renewable energy systems

UNIT – I:
Introduction: Electric grid introduction, power quality issues, Stability, Effects of
renewable energy penetration into the grid, static and dynamic energy conversion
technologies, grid interfacing requirements, Distributed versus Centralized
generation.

UNIT – II:
Static Energy Conversion Technologies: Introduction to different conventional and
nonconventional static generation technologies, principle of operation and analysis
of fuel cell, photovoltaic based generators, integrated operation of different static
energy conversion devices

UNIT – III:
Dynamic Energy Conversion Technologies: Introduction to different conventional
and nonconventional dynamic generation technologies, principle of operation and
analysis of reciprocating engines, gas and micro turbines, hydro and wind-based
generation technologies, integrated operation of different dynamic energy
conversion devices.

UNIT – IV:
Real and Reactive Power Control: Control issues and challenges in Diesel, PV, wind
and fuel cell-based generators, PLL, Modulation Techniques, filters for grid
connected system, Linear and nonlinear controllers, Load frequency and Voltage
Control.

UNIT - V:
Integration of Different Energy Conversion Technologies: Resources evaluation and
needs, sizing of integration systems, Interfacing requirements, integrated Control of
different resources, Distributed versus Centralized Control, Synchro Converters, Grid
connected and Islanding Operations, Islanding detection methods.
UNIT – VI:
Grid-Scale Energy Storage: Requirement of energy storage, types of energy storage
technologies, Electro mechanical storage-pumped hydro, compressed air energy
storage, fly wheel storage, super capacitors, Electro chemical storage-Lead acid,
Lithium batteries, flow batteries, Hydrogen energy storage technology.

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Operation and Control of Renewable Energy Systems, Mukhtar Ahmed, Wiley
publications
2. Integration and Control of Renewable Energy in Electric Power System, Ali
Keyhani Mohammad Marwali and Min Dai, John Wiley publishing company
3. Power Conversion and Control of Wind Energy Systems, Bin Wu, Yongqiang Lang,
Navid Zargari, Wiley, 2011

REFERENCES:
1. Renewable and Efficient Electric Power Systems, G. Masters, IEEE-Wiley Publishers,
2013
2. Control of Power Inverters in Renewable Energy and Smart Grid Integration,
Quing-Chang Zhong, Wiley, IEEEPress
3. Power Electronics: Converters, Applications and Design, Ned Mohan, Tore M.
Undeland, William P. Robbins, Wiley Publishers
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EE12) ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Control Systems

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To cater to the knowledge of Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic Control and use
these for controlling real time systems
• To expose to the concepts of feed forward neural networks and about feedback
neural networks
• To teach about the concept of fuzziness involved in various systems and
comprehensive knowledge of fuzzy logic control
• To teach the design of fuzzy logic controllers

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Understand the concepts of neural networks and learning rules
CO-2: Categorize feed forward and feedback neural networks
CO-3: Analyze and appreciate the concepts of fuzzy logic over classical set theory
CO-4: Apply ANN and fuzzy logic control to real time systems

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Neural Networks: Introduction, Humans and Computers, Biological
Neuron and organization of the brain, Biological and Artificial Neuron Models,
Characteristics of ANN, McCulloch-Pitts Model and design of logic gates.
Types of Neuron Activation Function, ANN Architectures, Classification Taxonomy of
ANN – Connectivity, Neural Dynamics (Activation and Synaptic), Learning Strategy
(Supervised, Unsupervised, Reinforcement), Learning Rules.

UNIT – II:
Single Layer and Multilayer Feed Forward Neural Networks: Introduction, Perceptron
Models: Discrete, Continuous and Multi-Category, Training Algorithms: Discrete and
Continuous Perceptron Networks, Limitations of the Perceptron Model, Applications.
Multilayer feed forward neural networks, Generalized Delta Rule, Derivation of Back
propagation (BP) Training, Summary of Back propagation Algorithm, Learning
Difficulties and Improvements.

UNIT – III:
Associative Memories: Paradigms of Associative Memory, Pattern Mathematics,
Hebbian Learning, Linear associator, basic concept of recurrent associative
memory: Retrieval and Storage algorithm, performance consideration.
Bidirectional Associative Memory (BAM) Architecture, BAM Training Algorithms:
Storage and Recall Algorithm, BAM Energy Function, Architecture of Hopfield
Network

UNIT – IV:
Classical and Fuzzy Sets: Introduction to classical sets - properties, Operations and
relations; Introduction to Fuzzy set – Fuzzy versus crisp – Fuzzy sets - Membership
function – Basic Fuzzy set operations – Properties of Fuzzy sets –Operations on Fuzzy
relations – Min Max operations.

UNIT – V:
Fuzzy Logic System Components: Fuzzification, Membership value assignment,
development of rule base and decision making system, Defuzzification to crisp sets,
Defuzzification methods.

UNIT – VI:
Applications of Neural Network and Fuzzy Logic: Position and speed control of DC
and AC Motors, fault diagnosis and load forecasting using neural network.
Fuzzy logic controller for position and speed control of DC and AC Motors.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Neural Networks, Fuzzy logic, Genetic Algorithm - Synthesis and Applications,
Rajasekharan and Rai, PHI Publications
2. Artificial neural networks, B. Yegnarayana, PHI publications
3. Neural Networks, James A. Freeman and Davis Skapura, Pearson Education, 2002

REFERENCES:
1. Neural Networks, Simon Hakins, Pearson Education
2. Neural Engineering, C. Eliasmith and CH. Anderson, PHI
3. Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic System, Bart Kosko, PHI Publications
4. Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems, J. M. Zurada, Jaico Publishing House
5. Introduction to Neural Networks using MATLAB 6.0, S. N. Sivanandam, S. Sumathi,
S. N. Deepa, TMH, 2006
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EC12) EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Microprocessor and Microcontrollers (19PC1EC10)

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To learn the general embedded system concepts
• To understand design of embedded hardware and software development tools
• To learn the basics of OS and RTOS
• To describe key issues such as CPU scheduling, memory management, task
synchronization, and file system in the context of real-time embedded systems

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Understand the basic requirements of embedded systems
CO-2: Identify the hardware to develop the Embedded System
CO-3: Apply the software tools for Real time Embedded Applications
CO-4: Analyze the RTOS concepts to develop the Embedded Applications

UNIT – I:
Fundamentals of Embedded Systems: Embedded System-Definition, Characteristics,
Design metrics, Classification of Embedded Systems, Real Time Systems - Need for
Real-time systems, Hard and Soft Real-time systems, Processors in the system, Other
Hardware units, Software components, Examples for embedded systems, Challenges
in Embedded System Design.

UNIT – II:
Embedded Hardware Development Environment: Processor Architecture- Structured
units of a processor - Processor selection factors, Common memory devices -
Memory selection, Watch dog timer, Serial Communication Protocols.

UNIT – III:
Embedded Software Development Environment: Embedded System Development
Process, Programming languages, Software Development tools - Host and Target
machines, Linkers/Locators for embedded software, getting embedded software
into the target system, Testing on host machine.

UNIT – IV:
Real Time Operating Systems Concepts–I: Basics of Operating system, Need for RTOS
in embedded system, GPOS versus RTOS, RTOS Architecture and Characteristics,
Tasks and Task states, Task scheduling, Scheduling algorithms - Rate Monotonic, EDF,
Round Robin, Round Robin with Interrupts, Priority driven – Preemptive and Non-
preemptive scheduling.

UNIT – V:
Real Time Operating Systems Concepts–II: Inter-Process Communication
mechanisms – Semaphores, Message queues, Mailboxes, Pipes, Task Synchronization
- Shared data - Priority Inversion - Inheritance and Ceiling, Dead lock, Memory
management, Interrupt routines in RTOS environment, Device driver.
UNIT – VI:
Design Examples and Case Studies: Case study of embedded system design and
coding for Automatic Chocolate Vending machine using µCOS RTOS, Case study of
Digital Camera Hardware and Software architecture.

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Embedded Systems Architecture, programming and Design, Raj Kamal, 2nd
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011
2. An Embedded Software Primer, David E. Simon, Pearson, 1st Edition, 2005

REFERENCES:
1. Real time Systems, J. W. S. Liu, Pearson, 2009
2. Real-Time Embedded Systems: Design Principles and Engineering Practices, 1st
Edition, Newnes, 2015
3. Computers as Components - Principles of embedded computing system design,
Wayne Wolf, 2nd Edition, Morgan Kaufmann Publisher, 2008
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

0 2 1
(19PC2EC30) PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LABORATORY

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Digital Signal Processing

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To simulate and implement simple programs on the DSP processor
• To verify properties of a discrete system
• To learn various transforms on digital signals
• To understand the design of digital filters
• To understand concepts to design the drives

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Apply knowledge of digital filter design for various applications
CO-2: Analyze various signals in transform domain
CO-3: Design digital filters using different transformation techniques
CO-4: Perform real time experiments on the processors

The following experiments are to be performed using MATLAB:

1. Operations on signals and sequences such as Addition, Multiplication, Scaling,

Shifting, Folding, Computation of Energy and Average Power.
2. Verification of Linearity and Time Invariance Properties of a given Continuous/
Discrete System.
3. Linear Convolution and Circular Convolution
4. Computation of Unit sample, Unit step and sinusoidal responses of the given LTI
system and verifying its Physical realizability and stability properties.
5. Discrete Fourier Transform / Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform
6. Fast Fourier Transform
7. Sampling theorem Verification.
8. Implementation of Filters using IIR
9. Implementation of Filters using FIR

The following experiments are to be performed using DSP Processor Kit:

1. Generation of sine wave and square wave using DSP trainer kit
2. To Verify Linear Convolution and Circular Convolution
3. PWM generation on DSP training kit
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

0 2 1
(19PC2EE06) POWER SYSTEMS LABORATORY

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Power Systems-I, Power Systems-II, Switchgear and

Protection, Power System Analysis

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To perform simulation experiments in various softwares
• To observe the characteristics of IDMT, OV/UV, Differential relays
• To perform fault analysis on Generators, transformers, Transmission line models

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Perform load flow solution by using various methods
CO-2: Analyze different relays
CO-3: Test CT and PT’s, insulator strings
CO-4: Determine sequence impedance and fault currents of Generator, transformer
and transmission line models

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Characteristics of Electromagnetic IDMT over current relay.

2. Characteristics of Micro Processor based Over voltage/Under voltage relay.
3. Differential protection of 1-Φ transformer.
4. Testing of CT and PT’s, insulator strings.
5. Fault location of underground cable.
6. Measurement of Capacitance of 3-core cables.
7. Determination of sequence impedances of a 3-Φ synchronous machine.
8. Determination of sequence impedances of a 3-Φ Transformer.
9. Fault analysis of transmission system.
10. Formation of YBUS
11. Load flow analysis with GS Method.
12. Load flow analysis with FDLF method.
13. Transient Stability Analysis for Single Machine connected to Infinite Bus by Point
by Point Method.
14. Frequency and power deviation of two area load frequency control.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

0 4 2
(19PW4EE04) MINI-PROJECT

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Understand the formulated industry / technical problem
CO-2: Analyze and / or develop models for providing solution to Industry / Technical
problems
CO-3: Interpret and arrive at conclusions from the project carried out
CO-4: Demonstrate effective communication skills through oral presentation
CO-5: Engage in effective written communication through project report

COURSE OUTLINE:

• A student shall undergo an industry oriented mini-project, in collaboration with an

industry of their specialization, during the summer vacation after sixth semester (III
year II semester) of the B.Tech. programme.
• Mini-project shall be carried out for a minimum period of 04 weeks and maximum
of 06 weeks.
• Evaluation of the mini-project shall be done by a Project Review Committee
(PRC) consisting of the Head of the Department, faculty supervisor and a senior
faculty member of the department.
• The industry oriented mini-project shall be submitted in a report form and
presented before the Project Review Committee (PRC) for evaluation.
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
•
B.Tech. VIII Semester L T/P/D C
3 0 3
(19PE1EE13) HVDC TRANSMISSION

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Power Electronics, Power Systems

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To comprehend the conversion principles of HVDC transmission
• To analysis of 3, 6, 12 pulse converters, rectifier and inverter operations of HVDC
converters
• To identify the different types of Harmonics and reduction by using filters
• To comprehend Interaction between HVAC and DC systems in various aspects
• To appreciate the reliable MTDC systems and protection of HVDC system

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Understand HVDC technology
CO-2: Apply the knowledge of modelling and analysis of HVDC system for inter-area
power flow regulation
CO-3: Appreciate the reliable Multi terminal HVDC system
CO-4: Apply advanced protective schemes for HVDC systems against transient over
voltages and over currents

UNIT – I:
HVDC Technology: Historical development in DC Transmission, Advantages &
Disadvantages of DC Transmission over Ac Transmission, DC Transmission Systems:
Mono-polar, bi-polar and homo-polar lines, back-to-back HVDC systems,
Components of HDVC Transmission System, Main applications of DC Transmission.

UNIT – II:
HVDC Converters: Rectifier and Inverter operation of converters, Line commutated
Converters, Analysis of Graetz bridge converter with and without overlap, Analysis of
12 pulse converter. Characteristics and non-characteristics harmonics .

UNIT – III:
Converter and HVDC System Control: Converter control characteristics, System
Control Hierarchy, Firing Angle Control, Current and Extinction Angle Control, Starting
and stopping of DC Link, Power Control.

UNIT – IV:
MTDC Systems: Introduction-Potential applications of MTDC systems, Types of MTDC
systems and its Comparison, Control and Protection of MTDC systems, Study of MTDC
Systems.

UNIT – V:
Power Flow Analysis in HVDC Systems: Introduction, Power flow Analysis-an overview,
DC system Model-Basic model of the converter, converter equations, A Flexible per
unit system, DC Network equations, DC control equations
UNIT – VI:
Faults and Protection: Converter Faults, Protection against overcurrent’s,
Overvoltage’s in converter station, Surge arresters, Protection against overvoltage’s
Filters: Design of AC filters, Passive AC filters, DC Filters and Active Filters

TEXT BOOKS:
1. High Voltage Direct Transmission, J. Arrillaga, Peter Peregrinus Ltd. London,1983
2. HVDC Power Transmission Systems, K. R. Padiyar, Wiley Eastern Ltd.,1990

REFERENCES:
1. Direct Current Transmission, E. W. Kimbark, Vol. I, Wiley Interscience,1971
2. Power Transmission, Direct Current, Erich Uhlmann, B. S. Publications,2004
3. EHVAC and HVDC Transmission Engineering Practice, Theory, Practice and
Solved Problems, Felix A. Farret, M. S. Rao, Khanna Publishers,1990
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PC1IT04) OPERATING SYSTEMS

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To study the basic concepts and functions of operating systems
• To summarize various approaches to solve the problem of process concurrency
in an operating system
• To evaluate the memory usage trade-offs in terms of size (main memory, auxiliary
memory) and processor speed
• To understand disk storage strategies and file strategies with protection and
security issues

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Identify System calls and evaluate process scheduling criteria of OS
CO-2: Develop procedures for process synchronization and scheduling services of
an OS
CO-3: Distinguish disk access, file systems supported by an OS
CO-4: Extend operating systems virtual memory, protection and security aspects

UNIT – I:
Computer System and Operating System Overview: Overview of Computer System
hardware, Operating System Objectives and functions Operating System Services,
System Calls, System Programs.
CPU Scheduling: Basic Concepts, Scheduling Criteria, Scheduling Algorithms and
evaluation.

UNIT – II:
Linux Utilities: File handling utilities, Security by file permissions, Process utilities, Disk
utilities, Networking commands, Filters, Text processing utilities and Backup utilities,
sed – scripts, operation, addresses, commands, applications, awk – execution, fields
and records, scripts are using system commands in awk.

UNIT – III:
Process Management: Process Description, Process Control Block, Process States,
Threads Overview.
Concurrency: Cooperating Processes, Inter-process Communication, Principles of
Concurrency, Mutual Exclusion, Software and hardware approaches, Semaphores,
Monitors, Message Passing, Classic problems of synchronization.
Inter Process Communication: Introduction to IPC, Pipes, and FIFOs, Introduction to
three types of IPC-message queues, semaphores and shared memory. Message
Queues Kernel support for messages, client/server example.

UNIT – IV:
Principles of Deadlock: System Model, Deadlock Characterization, Methods for
handling Deadlocks, Deadlock Prevention, Deadlock avoidance, Deadlock
detection, Recovery from Deadlocks, Dining philosopher‘s problem.
UNIT-V:
Memory Management: Basic concepts, Swapping, Contiguous memory allocation,
Paging, Segmentation, Virtual memory, Demand paging, Page-replacement
algorithms, Thrashing.
Secondary Storage Structure: Disk structure; Disk scheduling, Disk management,
Swap space Management, RAID structure, Stable-storage Implementation
Case Studies: windows, Unix, Linux.

UNIT –VI:
File Management: File system-File concepts, File System Structure, Inodes, File
Attributes, File types, Access methods, Symbolic links & hard links, Directory structure,
Filesystem mounting, Implementing file systems-File system structure and
implementation, Directory implementation, Allocation methods, Free-space
management, Efficiency and performance
Protection & Security: Protection mechanisms, OS Security issues, threats, Intruders,
Viruses,
Case Studies: windows, Unix, Linux.

TEXT BOOKS:
3. Operating System Principles, Abraham Silberchatz, Peter B. Galvin, Greg Gagne,
7th Edition, John Wiley
4. Unix Concepts and Applications, Sumitabha Das, 4th Edition, TMH, 2006

REFERENCES:
5. Modern Operating Systems, Andrew S. Tanenbaum, 2nd Edition, Pearson/PHI
6. Operating Systems – A Concept Based Approach, D. M. Dhamdhere, 2nd Edition
7. Unix System Programming using C++, T. Chan, PHI
8. Operating Systems - Internal and Design Principles, Stallings, 5th Edition, Pearson
Education/PHI, 2005
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VIII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EE14) ADVANCED POWER ELECTRONICS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Power Electronics

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the operation of various semiconductor devices
• To analyze resonant pulse converters
• To describe the operation of multilevel inverters with switching strategies for high
power applications
• To appreciate the design of switch mode power supplies

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Comprehend these miconductor device switch characteristics
CO-2: Analyze and assess multilevel inverters and resonant pulse converters
CO-3: Design switch mode power supplies
CO-4: Analyze and assess resonant pulse converter

UNIT – I:
Modern Power Semiconductor Devices: Modern power semiconductor devices –
MOS Turn Off Thyristor (MTO) – Emitter Turn OffThyristor (ETO)–Intergrated Gate-
Commutated Thyristor (IGCTs)–MOS-Controlled Thyristors (MCTs) – Static Induction
Thyristors (SITHs) – Power integrated circuits (PICs) –symbol, structure and equivalent
circuit–comparison of their features. (silicon carbide devices)

UNIT – II:
Two-Level Voltage Source Inverter: Introduction, SinusoidalPWM, Modulation
Scheme, Harmonic Content, Ove rmodulation, Third Harmonic Injection PWM, Space
Vector Modulation, Switching States, Space Vectors, Dwell Time Calculation,
Modulation Index, Switching Sequence, Spectrum Analysis, Even-Order Harmonic
Elimination, Discontinuous Space Vector Modulation.

UNIT – III:
Multilevel Inverters: Need for Multilevel Inverters, Multilevel Concept, Classification of
Multilevel Inverters–Diode Clamped Multilevel Inverter- Principle of Operation – Main
Features - Flying Capacitor Multilevel Inverter – Principle of Operation – Main
Features, Cascaded Multilevel Inverter, Principle of Operation- Features,
Applications of Multilevel Inverters.

UNIT – IV:
DC-DC Switch-Mode Converters: Dc-Dc Converters with Electrical Isolation. Control
Of Dc-Dc Converter, Fly Back Converter, Forward Converter, Full-Bridge Dc-Dc
Converter.

UNIT – V:
Control of Switching DC Power Supplies: Linear Power Supplies, Overview of
Switching Power Supplies, Control of Switch Mode Dc Power Supplies, Power Supply
Protection, and Electrical Isolation in the Feedback loop, designing to meet the
Power Supply Specifications.

UNIT-VI:
Resonant Converters: Introduction to Resonant Converters, Classification of Resonant
Converters, Basic Resonant circuit concepts, Series Resonant Circuit-Parallel
Resonance Circuit
Resonant Switch Converters: ZCS Resonant Buck Converter, ZVS Resonant Boost
Converter

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Power Electronics Circuits, Devices and Applications, M. H. Rashid, 1st Edition, PHI,
1995
2. Power Electronics Converters, Applications and Design, Ned Mohan, Tore M.
Undeland and William P. Robbins, 3rd Edition, John Wiley Sons, Inc., Publication

REFERENCES:
1. High-Power Converters and AC Drives, Bin Wu, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
Publication
2. Switchmode Power Supply Handbook, Keith Billings, Taylor Morey, 3rd Edition,
McGraw Hill
3. Fundamentals of Power Electronics, Robert W. Erickson, Dragan Maksimovic, 2nd
Edition Kluwer Academic Publishers
4. Pulse-width Modulated DC–DC Power Converters, Marian. Kazimierczuk, John
Wiley and Sons
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VIII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1AE17) FUEL CELL TECHNOLOGY

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Physics and chemistry

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To study the concepts, principle and working of fuel cell
• To present the components and automotive applications of fuel cell
• To explain the fueling techniques for fuel cell
• To provide the performance and analysis of fuel cell

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Explain the concepts, principle and working of fuel cell
CO-2: Describe the components and automotive applications of fuel cell
CO-3: Outline the fueling techniques for fuel cell
CO-4: Analyze the performance of fuel cell

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Fuel Cells: Introduction, working and types of fuel cell, low, medium
and high temperature fuel cell, liquid and methanol types, proton exchange
membrane fuel cell solid oxide, hydrogen fuel cells, thermodynamics and
electrochemical kinetics of fuel cells.

UNIT – II:
Sample Calculations: Unit operations - fuel cell calculations, fuel processing
calculations, power conditioners, System issues - efficiency calculations,
thermodynamic considerations, cost calculations - cost of electricity, capital cost
development, common conversion factors and automotive design calculations.

UNIT – III:
Fuel Cell Components and their Impact on Performance: Fuel cell performance
characteristics, current/voltage, voltage efficiency and power density, Ohmic
resistance, kinetic performance, mass transfer effects, membrane electrode
assembly components, fuel cell stack, bi-polar plate, humidifiers and cooling plates.

UNIT – IV:
Fueling: Hydrogen storage technology – pressure cylinders, liquid hydrogen and
metal hydrides, methods of hydrogen production, carbon fibers, reformer
technology – steam reforming, partial oxidation, auto thermal reforming, CO
removal and fuel cell technology based on removal like biomass.

UNIT – V:
Fuel Cycle Analysis: Introduction to fuel cycle analysis, application to fuel cell and
other competing technologies like battery powered vehicles. SI engine fuelled by
natural gas and hydrogen and hybrid electric vehicle.
Solar vehicle: Solar photovoltaic cell, solar array, solar car electrical system and
drive train.
UNIT – VI:
Fuel Cells for Automotive Applications: Fuel cells for automotive applications,
technology advances in fuel cell vehicle systems, onboard hydrogen storage, liquid
hydrogen and compressed hydrogen, metal hydrides, fuel cell control system,
alkaline fuel cell and road map to market.

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Fuel Cells: Principles and Applications, Viswanathan B. and Scibioh Aulice M,
University Press, 2006
2. Fuel Cells for Automotive Applications, Professional Engineering Publishing UK,
2004
3. Fuel Cell Handbook, 7th Edition, EG&G Technical Services Inc.

REFERENCES:
1. PEM Fuel Cells: Theory and Practice, Frano Barbir, Elsevier Academic Press, USA,
2005
2. Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory
and Design, Mehrdad Ehsani, Yimin Gao, Sebastien E. Gay and Ali Emadi, CRS
Press, 2004
3. Fuel Cell Technology Handbook SAE International, Gregor Hoogers, 1st Edition,
CRC Press, 2003
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VIII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EC04) DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Digital Signal Processing

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce fundamentals of digital image processing and study image
transforms
• To learn enhancement & restoration techniques in spatial and frequency
domains
• To study and compare various image compression image segmentation and
Morphological algorithms
• To understand image analysis methods

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Understand the basic principles of digital image processing and perform
image transforms
CO-2: Understand and perform basic image processing methods such as Image
filtering operations, Image enhancement and restoration
CO-3: Analyze and compare various image compression image segmentation and
Morphological techniques and their applications
CO-4: Design and implement various algorithms for image analysis

UNIT – I:
Fundamentals of Image Processing: Digital Image Fundamentals, Basic steps of
Image Processing System, Sampling and Quantization of an image, relationship
between pixels, Imaging Geometry.
Image Transforms: 2 D- Discrete Fourier Transform, Discrete Cosine Transform (DCT),
Haar Transform, Hadmard Transform, Hotelling Transform and slant transform.

UNIT – II:
Image Enhancement: Spatial domain methods: Histogram processing, Fundamentals
of Spatial filtering, Smoothing spatial filters, Sharpening spatial filters.
Frequency Domain Methods: Basics of filtering in frequency domain, Image
smoothing, Image sharpening, Selective filtering.

UNIT – III:
Image Segmentation: Segmentation concepts, Point, Line and Edge Detection,
Edge Linking using Hough Transform, Thresholding, Region Based segmentation.
Wavelet Based Image Processing: Introduction to wavelet Transform, Continuous
wavelet Transform, Discrete wavelet Transform, Filter banks, Wavelet based image
segmentation.

UNIT – IV:
Image Compression: Image compression fundamentals - Coding Redundancy,
Spatial and Temporal redundancy, Compression models - Lossy and Lossless,
Huffman coding, Arithmetic coding, LZW coding, Run length coding, Bit plane
coding, Transform coding, Predictive coding, JPEG Standards.
UNIT – V:
Image Restoration: Image Restoration Degradation model, Algebraic approach to
restoration, Inverse Filtering, Least Mean square filters.
Morphological Image Processing: Dilation and Erosion, Opening and closing, The Hit
or Miss Transformation, Morphological algorithms.

UNIT – VI:
Representation and Description: Boundary following, chain codes, polygonal
approximation using minimum - perimeter polygons, boundary segments, skeleton,
simple boundary descriptors, shape number, simple regional descriptors.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Digital Image Processing, Rafael C. Gonzalez and Richard E. Woods, 4th Edition,
Pearson, 2018
2. Digital Image Processing, S. Jayaraman, S. Esakkirajan, T. Veerakumar, 5th Edition,
TMH, 2015

REFERENCES:
1. Digital Image Processing, William K. Pratt, 3rd Edition, John Willey, 2007
2. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, A. K. Jain, 3rd Edition, PHI, 1989
3. Digital Image Processing using MATLAB, Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods
and Steven L. Edding 2nd Edition, TMH, 2010
4. Digital Image Processing and Computer Vision, Sonka, Hlavac, Boyl, Cengage
Learning, 2008
5. Introduction to Image Processing and Analysis, John C. Russ, J. Christian Russ,
CRC Press, 2008
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VIII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EE15) POWER QUALITY AND FACTS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Thorough knowledge of Power Systems, Power electronics

and Electrical Drives

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To get the knowledge on Power quality issues
• To get the knowledge on PQ Mitigation Methods
• To understand the need of various FACTS controllers
• To understand the working of combined compensators

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Acquire knowledge and analyze power quality issues.
CO-2: Understand the PQ Mitigation Methods
CO-3: Analyze the working and Control of FACTS devices
CO-4: Analyze the working and Control of combined compensators

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Power Quality
Power quality problems in distribution systems: Transient and Steady state variations
in voltage and frequency. Unbalance, Voltage - Sags, Swells, Interruptions, Wave-
form Distortions: harmonics, noise, notching, dc-offsets, fluctuations, Flicker and its
measurement. Power Quality monitoring standards.

UNIT – II:
Harmonics and Mitigation Methods
Harmonics: Effect of harmonics-harmonic distortion-voltage and current distortion-
harmonic indices-inter harmonics. Harmonic sources from commercial and industrial
loads, locating harmonic sources. Harmonics Vs transients.
Mitigation Methods: Overview of mitigation methods – from fault to trip, reducing the
number of faults, reducing the fault clearing time, different events and mitigation
methods.

UNIT – III:
Introduction to FACTS Controllers: Basics of Power Flow in AC transmission, Analysis of
uncompensated AC transmission lines. Classification of FACTS Controllers based on
type of connection, relative importance of different types of controllers and benefits
of FACTS Technology.

UNIT – IV:
Static Shunt Compensators: Objectives of Shunt compensation, Methods of
controllable VAR generation, Static Var compensator, its characteristics, TCR, TSC,
FC-TCR configurations, STATCOM, basic operating principle, control approaches and
characteristics.
UNIT – V:
Static Series Compensators: Objectives of series compensators, variable impedance
type of series compensators, TCSC, TSSC-operating principles and control schemes,
SSSC, Power Angle characteristics, Control range and VAR rating, capability to
provide reactive power compensation.

UNIT – VI:
Combined Compensators: Introduction to Unified Power Flow Controller, Basic
operating principles, Conventional control capabilities, independent control of real
and reactive power.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Electrical Power System Quality, Roger C. Durgan, McGrahan, Santoso&Beaty,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012
2. Understanding Power Quality Problems, Math H. J. Bollen. IEEE Press
3. Understanding FACTS: Concepts and Technology of Flexible AC Transmission
Systems, Narain G. Hingorani & Laszlo Gyugyi, Wiley

REFERENCES:
1. Power Quality: Problems and Mitigation Techniques, Bhim Singh, Ambrish
Chandra, Kamal Al-Haddad, John Wiley & Sons Ltd., 2015
2. FACTS Controllers in Power Transmission and Distribution, K. R. Padiyar, New Age
International Publishers, 2007
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VIII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EE16) SMART GRID

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand concept of smart grid and its advantages over conventional grid
• To know smart metering techniques
• To learn wide area measurement techniques
• To understand the problems associated with integration of distributed generation
& it’s solution through smart grid

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Appreciate the difference between smart grid & conventional grid
CO-2: Apply smart metering concepts to industrial and commercial installations
CO-3: Formulate solutions in the areas of smart substations, distributed generation
and wide Area measurements
CO-4: Come up with smart grid solutions using modern communication technologies

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Smart Grid: Introduction, Evolution of Electric Grid, Smart Grid
Concept, Need of Smart Grid, Functions of Smart Grid, Opportunities of Smart Grid,
Challenges in Implementation of Smart Grid, Difference between Conventional and
Smart Grid, Concept of Resilience.

UNIT – II:
Smart Grid Technologies: Introduction, Objectives and functions of Smart Substation,
Sub-Station Automation: Benefits and Functions. Feeder Automation, Energy
Management System (EMS), Vehicle (PHEV) to grid.

UNIT – III:
Phasor Measurement Unit: Concept of Phasor Measurement, Phasor Measurement
Unit (PMU)-Features –Fundamentals, Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) Systems,
Synchrophasor –Definition-Measurements, Applications of PMUs in Power Systems.
The Comparisons between SCADA system and PMUs System, Intelligent Electronic
Devices-Functions-Advantages.

UNIT – IV:
Micro-Grid: Concept of Micro grid, need & applications of Micro grid, Formation of
micro grid, protection and control of micro grid, Overview of Variable speed Wind
generators, micro turbines, basic concept of fuel cell, Pumped hydro, Compressed
air storage, Integration of Renewable Energy Sources.

UNIT – V:
Power Quality in Smart Grid: Introduction, Power Quality, Electromagnetic
Compatibility (EMC), Relation Between Voltage Quality and EMC, Power Quality
Issues of Grid Connected Renewable Energy Sources, Causes of Low Power Quality,
Issues, Challenges and Solutions of RES-Grid Integration, Power Quality Conditioner
(PQC).
UNIT – VI:
Advanced Metering & Security: Introduction- Smart Grid-Smart Meter Systems -
Benefits, Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI).
Local Area Network (LAN)-Objectives, Home Area Network (HAN), Wide Area
Network (WAN), Broadband Over Power Lines (BPL)-Features-Working, Cyber
Security for Smart Grid.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Smart Grid Fundamentals of Design and Analysis, James Momoh, 1st Edition
2. Introduction to the Smart Grid Concepts, Technologies and Evolution, S. K.
Salman, IET library, 2017

RERERENCES:
1. Smart Grid Technology, Harsh Tanwar, Bhavishya Mittal, Bhawana Chouhan,
Genius Publications
2. Smart-Grid-Handbook: For Regulators & Policy Makers, Indian Smart Grid Forum,
2017
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VIII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EE17) RELIABILITY ENGINEERING AND APPLICATIONS TO POWER SYSTEMS

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Control Systems, Electrical Distribution Systems and

Automation

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To describe Rules for combining probabilities of events and Binomial distribution
• To analyze Series, Parallel, Series-Parallel and Non-series parallel networks
• To describe Markov models and Frequency and duration concepts
• To apply Reliability concepts for Generation, composite and Distribution systems
• To evaluate basic and performance indices of radial networks

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Describe reliability and unreliability rules
CO-2: Illustrate hazard rate function and expressions for different reliability functions
CO-3: Design discrete Markov chains and continuous Markov process
CO-4: Apply Reliability concepts for Generation, composite and Distribution systems

UNIT – I:
Basics Of Probability Theory and Distribution: Concepts of Reliability, Unreliability,
Availability, Unavailability–Rules for combining probabilities of events – Bernoulli’s
trials – probability density and distribution functions – Binomial distribution – expected
value and standard deviation of binomial distribution.

UNIT – II:
Network Modelling and Reliability Analysis: Analysis of Series, Parallel, Series-Parallel
networks, complex networks: decomposition method, Path based and Cutset based
approaches.

UNIT – III:
Reliability Functions: Reliability functions f(t), F(t), R(t), h(t) and their relationships –
Bath tub curve -exponential distribution – Expected value and standard deviation of
exponential distribution –reliability analysis of series, parallel networks using
exponential distribution – reliability measures: MTTF, MTTR and MTBF.

UNIT – IV:
Markov Modelling
Discrete Markov Chains: General modeling concepts-concept of stochastic
transitional probability Matrix, Evaluation of limiting state Probabilities, Continuous
Markov process: one component repairable model – time dependent probability
evaluation using Laplace transform approach – evaluation of limiting state
probabilities using STPM
Frequency and Duration Techniques: Frequency and duration concept – Evaluation
of frequency of encountering state, MTTF and MTTR of one, two component
repairable models – evaluation of cumulative probability and cumulative frequency
of encountering of merged states of two component repairable model.
UNIT – V:
Generation System Reliability Analysis: Reliability model of a generation system:
Recursive relation for unit addition and removal methods, load modeling - Merging
of generation and load model – evaluation of transition rates, Probability and
frequency of failure for merged state model – LOLP, LOLE.

UNIT – VI:
Composite System Reliability Analysis: Markov model-Weighted average rate
model– Decomposition method – Reliability Indices.
Distribution System Reliability Analysis: Basic Concepts – Evaluation of Basic and
performance indices of radial networks.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Reliability Evaluation of Engineering System, R. Billinton, R. N. Allan, BS Publications
2. Reliability Evaluation of Power Systems, R. Billinton, R. N. Allan, BS Publications

REFERENCES:
1. Reliability Engineering: Theory and Practice, Alessandro Birolini, Springer
Publications
2. An Introduction to Reliability and Maintainability Engineering, Charles Ebeling,
TMH Publications
3. Reliability Engineering, E. Balaguruswamy, TMH Publications
4. Reliability Engineering, Elsayed A. Elsayed, Prentice Hall Publications
5. System Reliability Concepts, V. Sankar, Himalaya Publications
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VIII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EE18) ENERGY AUDITING AND CONSERVATION

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To have acquaintance with Energy Conservation Act and to understand energy
management principles
• To use energy efficient technologies like energy efficient motors and transformers
• To understand the methods of energy audits
• To know the operation of energy audit equipment

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Understand the current energy scenario and importance of energy
conservation
CO-2: Implement different energy management strategies
CO-3: Apply various electrical energy efficient technologies
CO-4: Carry out energy audits in industrial and lighting sectors

UNIT – I:
Energy Scenario and Energy Management: Energy Conservation and its importance,
long term energy scenario, energy pricing, reforms in energy sector, energy security,
salient features of Energy Conservation Act-2001.
Principles of Energy management, Qualities and Functions of energy manager,
checklist for top management, questionnaire

UNIT – II:
Principles of Energy Audit: Energy audit- concept and definitions, types of audit,
energy index, cost index, pie charts, Sankey diagrams, load profiles, Energy,
conservation schemes- Energy audit of process industries, thermal power station and
substation as case studies, energy saving potential, calculation of simple payback
method, net present worth method.

UNIT – III:
Energy Efficiency in Electrical Systems: Electricity billing/tariff, electrical Load
management, Maximum Demand Control, Power factor improvement, its benefits,
selection and location of capacitors, Automatic Power Factor controllers.

UNIT – IV:
Electrical Energy Efficient Technologies-I: Energy efficient motors, factors affecting
efficiency, loss, distribution, constructional details, characteristics - variable speed,
variable duty cycle systems, RMS hp- voltage variation-voltage unbalance- over
motoring, motor energy audit

UNIT – V:
Electrical Energy Efficient Technologies-II: Soft starters with energy saver-comparison
with conventional starters, variable speed drives, energy efficient transformers, use of
amorphous core, electronic ballast, use of low frequency induction motors
UNIT – VI:
Energy Audit in Illumination and Energy Audit Instruments: Design and practice of
good lighting system, energy efficient lighting control, light energy audit, use of CFL,
Energy audit instruments: watt-meter, data loggers, thermocouples, pyrometers, flux
meters, tongue testers.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Energy Management, W. R. Murphy & G. Mckay, Butterworth-Heinemann
2. Energy Management, Paul O’ Callaghan, 1st Edition, McGraw Hill Book
Company,1998

REFERENCES:
1. Energy Efficient Electric Motors, John C. Andreas, 2nd Edition, Marcel Dekker
Inc.Ltd., 1995
2. Energy Management Handbook, W. C. Turner, John Wiley and Sons
3. Energy Management and Good Lighting Practice: Fuel Efficiency, Booklet12, EEO
4. Guide books for National Certification Examination for Energy manager/Energy
Auditor books 1 and 3
5. Utilization of Electrical energy and Conservation, S. C. Tripathy, McGraw Hill 1991
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

3 0 3
(19PE1EC23) VLSI TECHNOLOGY AND DESIGN

COURSE PRE-REQUISITES: Electronic Devices and Circuits (19PC1EC02), Digital System

Design (19PC1EC03)

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To learn the fabrication process of Integrated Circuit and electrical properties of
MOSFET
• To study the concepts of stick diagrams and layouts with the knowledge of MOS
layers
• To understand the concept of scaling and its effects
• To learn the design of digital systems using subsystem design approach

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Understand IC Fabrication process steps required for various MOS circuits
CO-2: Know the various electrical properties of MOS transistors
CO-3: Design the digital circuits using various logic styles
CO-4: Implement subsystems with different technologies

UNIT – I:
Introduction to MOS Technology: Introduction to VLSI design, Moore’s Law, VLSI
Design flow, Basic MOS Transistors, Operation of Enhancement and Depletion Mode
Transistors, Fabrication Process: nMOS, pMOS, and CMOS fabrication. BiCMOS
technology.

UNIT – II:
Basic Electrical Properties of MOS and BiCMOS Circuits: Ids-Vds relationships, MOS
transistor threshold Voltage, Transconductance, and Output conductance, Figure of
merit, Pass transistor, pull-up to pull-down ratio for nMOS inverter-driven through one
or more pass transistors, NMOS Inverter, and Bi-CMOS Inverters.

UNIT – III:
VLSI Circuit Design Processes: VLSI Design Flow, MOS Layers, Stick Diagrams, Design
Rules and Layout, Transistors Layout Diagrams for nMOS and CMOS Inverters and
Gates, Scaling of MOS circuits.

UNIT – IV:
Combinational MOS Logic Circuits: CMOS logic gates - NOR and NAND gate,
Realizing Boolean expressions using nMOS and CMOS gates, Stick diagrams and
layouts for basic logic gates, CMOS full adder, Designing of logic circuits using Pass
Transistor Logic (PTL) and CMOS Transmission Gates (Pass Gates)

UNIT – V:
Sequential MOS Logic Circuits: Behavior of bi-stable elements, static SR Latch circuit,
Clocked latch and flip flop circuits, CMOS D-latch, and edge-triggered flip flop.
UNIT – VI:
Subsystem Design: Adders, Multipliers, Multiplexer, Parity generator, Dynamic shift
register, ALU subsystem, Comparator, Up/Down Counter.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Essentials of VLSI Circuits and Systems, Kamran Eshraghian, Dougles and A.
Pucknell, PHI Edition, 2005
2. CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits Analysis and Design, Sung-Mo Kang, Yusuf
Leblebici, 4th Edition, TMH, 2019

REFERENCES:
1. CMOS VLSI Design – A Circuits and Systems Perspective, Neil H. E. Weste, David
Harris, Ayan Banerjee, Pearson, 4th Edition, 2015
2. Introduction to VLSI Systems: A Logic, Circuit and System Perspective, Ming-BO
Lin, CRC Press, 2011
3. Modern VLSI Design-IP-Based Design, Wayne Wolf, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2015
 VNR VIGNANA JYOTHI INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. VII Semester L T/P/D C

0 8 4
(19PW4EE05) MAJOR PROJECT PHASE-I

B.Tech. VIII Semester L T/P/D C

0 12 6
(19PW4EE06) MAJOR PROJECT PHASE-II

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course, students should be able to

CO-1: Identify and formulate the problem (Industry/technical/societal)
CO-2: Analyze, design and develop a solution to industry/technical/societal
problems
CO-3: Implement and execute the solution
CO-4: Demonstrate effective communication skills through oral presentation
CO-5: Engage in effective written communication through project report

COURSE OUTLINE:
• A student shall initiate major project in seventh semester (IV year I semester) and
continue it in the eighth semester (IV year II semester).
• Major project shall be carried out in two phases i.e., Major Project Phase-I in the
seventh semester and Major Project Phase-II in the eighth semester.
• Major project shall be evaluated for a total of 200 marks. Out of which, Major
Project Phase-I shall be evaluated for 100 marks in seventh semester and Major
Project Phase-II for 100 marks in eighth semester.
• Evaluation of Major Project Phase-I and Major Project Phase-II shall consist of both
CIE and SEE in each semester.
• CIE shall be done by a Project Review Committee (PRC) consisting of Head of
the Department, project supervisor and senior faculty member of the
Department.
• CIE shall be done on the basis of two seminars conducted in each semester as
per the academic calendar and as per the evaluation format provided by the
DoA.
• A student shall submit project progress in prescribed report format during each of
the project reviews.
• SEE shall be carried out in both Major Project Phase-I and Major Project Phase-II.
• SEE in Major Project Phase-I shall be conducted by a committee consisting of
Head of the Department, the project supervisor and one senior faculty of the
programme.
• SEE in Major Project Phase-II (project viva-voce) shall be conducted by a
committee consisting of an external examiner, Head of the Department, the
project supervisor and one senior faculty of the programme.